Improve Ramdev Peer Mandir Marg Road and Infrastructure

BRIHAN MUMBAI MAHA NAGAR PALIKA
Tender No. _________________

EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT Rs. ______________________
Standing Deposit Rs. ____________________
Issued to M/s ________________________________________________________
Class: Registration No: Valid up to __________
Address: ________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
Last Date of Submission of Tender (Due Date) 10.09.2009
Office of Deputy Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S

Dy.Ch.E.(Rds)E.S.
4th floor, Transport Garage Bldg.,
Behind BEST Depot.,
Pant Nagar,
Ghatkopar (E),
Mumbai - 400 075.
Ph. 25121495/25129337
(Rubber stamp of the name and Signature of the

address of Issuing Office ) Issuing officer……………….
Date:……………………. For Dy.Ch.E. (Roads) E.S.
Name of work :- AE-23 Improvement of Road from Vidyavihar Station to

Santacruz - Chembur Link Road known as Ramdev Peer
Mandir Road
1. Tenders to be submitted upto 13.00 hours on or before due date at the office
of the Dy. Ch. E. (Roads) E.S.
2. Tenders will be opened in the presence of the tenderers who may be present
on due date. Kindly see tender notice.
Prepared by : Consultant Checked by:

S.N.Bhobe & Associates Pvt. Ltd. Asst. Engineer (Roads) L/E.S.
Ramdeo peer mandir marg

1
INDEX
Section
No. Topic Page No.
1 Tender Notice 3
1A Scope of work 6
2 Instructions to Tenderers 8
A - General
B - Tendering Documents
C - Preparation of Tenders
D - Submission of Tenders
E - Tender Opening & Evaluation
F - Award of Contract
G - General Information
3 General Conditions of Contract 49
4 Special Conditions of Contract 51
5 Special Directions to Tenderers 78
6 Specifications 80
7 Additional Specifications 82
8 Annexure ‘A’, 269

Forms of Bank Guarantee,
Agreement Form
9 Consolidated Bill of Quantities, 278
Financial Bid Form 298
10 Drawings 299

2
SECTION – 1
TENDER NOTICE

3
MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OF GREATER MUMBAI

No. Dy.Ch.Eng./5573/Rds/ES dt. 25.08.2009
TENDER NOTICE
The Commissioner of Municipal Corporation of Grater Mumbai (MCGM) invites
sealed tender for the following work in Packet ‘A’, Packet ‘B’ and Packet ‘C’ on
percentage basis from the firm registered on the approved list of Municipal
Contractors in Class “AA” and from the contractors having equivalent class
registered with P.W.D. and other Government organizations in India.
Sr. Name of work Estimated Contract E.M.D. Rs. Cost of

No. Cost in Rs. period Tender
(Incl. of
4% VAT)
Rs.
1 AE-23. Improvement of 67,96,31,000/- 24 Months 67,96,310/- 10,400/-
Road from Vidyavihar (Excluding
station to Santacruz – Monsoon)
Chembur Link road
known as Ramdev Peer
Mandir Road.
The tenderers quoting rebate more than 12% on the office estimated cost shall pay an
“Additional Security Deposit” as mentioned in the tender copy, by Pay Order /
Demand Draft in the name of Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai and shall be
enclosed in Packet ‘C’. If Pay Order / Demand Draft is not submitted along with the
tender, the same will be rejected outright.
Tenderers are requested to note conditions for maintenance and deferred payment
introduced and high lighted in the tender documents before quoting for the bid.
With introduction of 3 Packet system, requisite details for post-qualification are to be
furnished in Packet ‘B’. Before purchasing tender copy, tenderers may refer to post-
qualification criteria on M.C.G.M.’s web- www.mcgm.gov.in
The E.M.D. shall be in the form of Pay Order / D.D. payable in Mumbai and shall
enclosed in Packet ‘A’. The registered Municipal Contractors can pay E.M.D. by
paying difference over their Standing Deposit.
The blank tender forms are available between 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m. on week days
(except 2nd and 4th Saturday and holidays) from the office of Dy. Chief Engineer
(Roads) / Eastern Subs., whose office is situated at following address –
Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S.,
Transport Garage Bldg.,
4th Floor, Behind BEST Depot,
Pant Nagar, Ghatkopar (East),
Mumbai – 400 075.
Tel. No. 2512 9337, 2512 1103.

4
The tenderer should bring with them the original registration certificate at the time of
purchasing and submitting the tender copy. The copy will not be sent by post.
The tenders duly filled in should reach the office Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads)
E.S., Transport Garage Bldg., 4th Floor, Behind BEST Depot, Pant Nagar,
Ghatkopar (East), Mumbai – 400 075 upto 1.00 p.m. on the date of submission.
The Packet ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ of the tenders will be opened as per the time-table
shown below in the office of Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads) / E.S.
The Municipal Commissioner reserves the right to reject all or any of the tender/s
without assigning any reason.
Pre-bid meeting will be held at the office of Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S.,
Transport Garage Bldg., 4th Floor, Behind BEST Depot, Pant Nagar, Ghatkopar (East),
Mumbai – 400 075
Other details can be seen in the tender documents. The dates and time for
submission and opening the tenders and pre-bid meeting are as under. If there are
any changes in the dates, same will be displayed on the Notice Board at Chief
Engineer (Roads & Tr.) / Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S.’s office.
Date of Pre- Last date of Date of Date of opening the tender in the office
Bid meeting sale submission of Dy.Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S.
of the tender
Packet ‘A’ Packet ‘B’ Packet ‘C’
At 3.00 p.m. upto 1.00 upto 1.00 At 2.00 At 2.00 p.m. At 11.00
on 05.09.2009 p.m. on p.m. on p.m. on on 10.09.2009 a.m. on
08.09.2009 10.09.2009 10.09.2009 25.09.2009
Sd/-
Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S.

5
SECTION – 1A
SCOPE OF WORK

6
1A - SCOPE OF WORK
1 General: This contract covers the following works:
i) Improvement of road – Existing narrow road from vidyavihar station road

in ‘N’ ward named ramdeo peer mandir marg running along trained
nalla up to 700m toward south for access to railway properties and a
bridge across the nalla. This road will be developed up to 18.3m width
and further extended up to SCLR in L Ward as marked in Development
plan, having total length about 1500 Rmt.
j) Construction of 2 cell box drain- A nalla runs within D.P. road length for
about 900m. With some branches connecting in the way and finally
directed from road on east side towards central railway tracks. A 2 cell
box drain will be constructed for width as prescribed by S.W.D planning.
Proper ventilation and access for cleaning of cells, arrangement for
surface drainage system for road as per drawings is also included in
scope of work.
k) Construction of sewer line- 800mm dia. Sewer line with NP3 class RCC
trips will also be laid prior to construction of road as per requirement of
sewerage project department.
l) Shifting of watermain:- Existing water pipe line shall be shifted suitably.
m) Desilting of storm water drain:- The drain is to be desilted by contractor
during monsoon period till the site is in possession of the contractor.
Contractor will also provide sufficient labour force to remove floating
material for water during monsoon and throughout construction period.
n) Maintenance of road stretches improved under the project work – The
road stretches improved under the project work including road side
Storm Water Drains, footpaths, cross drainage works, railings, road
signboards, street furniture, lane markings etc. shall be maintained as per
relevant conditions in the specifications over a maintenance period of 5
years from the date of completion of the contract.
o) Reinstatement of trenches – The trenches excavated by various utilities
including MCGM’s Depts, on the project roads shall be reinstated by the
contractor, as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer during
the contract period including intervening monsoon.

7
SECTION - 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO
TENDERERS

8
2 - INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS
A - GENERAL
2.1 INVITATION OF TENDER

The Municipal Commissioner for and on behalf of the Municipal
Corporation of Greater Mumbai , hereinafter referred as ‘The Corporation’
invites tender for the work as detailed in the tender document.
2.2 QUALIFICATION OF THE TENDERER(S)

2.2.1 All tenderer(s) shall provide Qualification Information as necessary to
enable their post Qualification.
2.2.2 To qualify for a package of contracts made up of this and other contracts
for which tenders is invited, the tenderer(s) must submit documents
having experience and resources sufficient to meet the aggregate of the
qualifying criteria for the individual contracts.
2.2.3 POST QUALIFICATION CRITERIA –
I) GENERAL
a) Post qualification will be based on tenderer's meeting all the following
criteria regarding their general and particular construction experience,
financial position, personnel and equipment capabilities and other
relevant information as demonstrated by tenderer's responses in the
information forms attached to the tender.
The Post qualification criteria as prescribed below shall be filled in the

proformas given and supported by documents mentioned.
b) The cost of the executed works and turnover will be enhanced by 10%
every year to bring the same to present level for purpose of post
qualification.
c) The cost of executed works and the turnover of the current financial year
to meet the requirements will be accepted, subject to submission of non-
audited financial statement (original documents) duly certified by C.A.
II) GENERAL CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE

The tenderer(s) shall provide evidence that -
a) It has been actively engaged in the civil works construction business for
similar works such as those pertaining to Roads/Highways/ Storm water
drain/Sewers during the last 5 years in the role of prime contractor,
partner in a joint venture or approved Sub Contractor.

9
b) The tenderer(s) has generated a Maximum annual turnover of any one-

year during the last three financial years not less than 75% of the cost of
the work tendered for.
III) PARTICULAR CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE: -

a) The tenderer(s) shall provide evidence that it has successfully completed
during last 5 years at least one contract of similar work or is successfully
executing currently one work of Similar type & storm water drain and
sewerlines of similler dia. with at least 75% progress (financial value as on
the date of invitation of Tender) of Cost of magnitude of at least 30% of
the cost of the work tendered for, for the works costing up to 10 crores
OR
5 Crores for the works costing more than 10 crores.
b) The tenderer(s) shall provide evidence that he has completed the

following quanties of items in last 5 years.
(1) R.C.C. work involving quantity of – 30% of 20303 Cum.
(2) Mechanised Mastic asphalt – 30% of 29615 Sq.mt.
(3) Sewer/Water pipe line (at least 800m. dia.) – 30% of 1200 R.mt.
IV) FINANCIAL CAPABILITIES

The tenderer(s) shall demonstrate that it has access to, or has available
liquid assets, unencumbered assets, lines of credit and other financial
means (independent of any contractual advance payment) sufficient to
meet the construction cash flow requirements for the subject contract in
the event of stoppage, start-up, or other delay in payment, of the
minimum 15% of the cost of the work tendered for, net of the tenderer's
commitment of other contracts. A notarized undertaking on Rs 100/-
stamp paper shall be submitted in Packet 'B' of the quoted work(s) stating
that "the requisite net cash flow i.e. 15% of the tendered cost will be made
available during the execution of the work."
The audited balance sheets for the last 3 financial years shall be submitted
and must demonstrate the current soundness of the tenderer's financial
position and indicate its prospective long term profitability. If deemed
necessary, the employer shall have the authority to make enquiries with
the tenderer's bankers.
V) PERSONNEL CAPABILITIES
Tenderer(s) shall supply general information on the management

structure of the firm, and shall make provision of suitably qualified
personnel to fill the key positions as required during the contract
implementation.
The tenderers shall supply information on a prime candidate for each key
position and each shall meet the requirements specified, as under –
10
Sr. Post Qualification Minimum

No. nos. to be
deployed on
this Project
1 Project At least B.E. (Civil) with min. 5 years 1
Manager experience or D.C.E. with min. 10
years experience.
2 Site Engineers At least B.E. (Civil) with min. 2 years 2
experience or D.C.E. with min. 4 years
experience.
3 Quality B.E. (Civil) or D.C.E. with Site 1
Control experience and having experience of
Engineer working in Material Testing
Laboratory
A notarized Undertaking on Rs.100/- stamp paper shall be submitted in

packet 'B' stating that "One Quality Control engineer per work having
experience of working on site & in Material Testing laboratory, will be
appointed/ deployed on the work on award of the contract."
Note: The minimum suggested Personnel, to begin with for execution of works,
in accordance with the prescribed construction schedule are shown in the
above list.
VI) EQUIPMENT CAPABILITIES

(A) The tenderer(s) shall own equipments, in full working order, as listed
below –
Sr. Equipment No.

No.
1 J.C.B./Poclain 1
2 Vibratory Roller (Min 10 T) 1
3 Dumpers 3
(B) The tenderer shall own or have assured access (through hire, lease,
purchase agreement or other commercial means) in full working
order, to the plant/equipment/ factory as listed below –
Sr. Equipment No.

No.
1 R.M.C. Plant (computerized), approved by M.C.G.M. 1
2 Paver Blocks manufacturing unit, approved by M.C.G.M. 1
3 Asphalt plant, approved by M.C.G.M. 1
4 Vibratory Roller (Min 3 T) 1
5 Computerised Mastic Batchmix Plant, approved by 1
M.C.G.M.
11
The minimum suggested major equipments to begin with for execution of

works in accordance with the prescribed construction schedule are shown
in the above list.
VII) BID CAPACITY –
The available bid capacity at the time of bidding shall be more than the
cost of the work tendered for.
The available bid capacity will be calculated as under:-
Assessed Available Bid Capacity = (Ax N x 2.0 - B)
Where,
A= Maximum value of Civil Engineering Works executed in any one
year during the last three financial years (updated to current price
level) taking in to account the completed as well as the works in
progress. The value of the works carried out during the current
financial year will not be updated.
N= Number of years prescribed for the completion of works for which
bids are invited (0.3 year to be added for each intervening
monsoon, within the contract period).
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed

during the ‘N’ years mentioned above.
Note : 1. The statements showing the value of the existing commitments and
ongoing works as well as the stipulated period of completion
remaining for each of the works, shall be supported by certificates
signed by the officer not below the rank of an Executive Engineer
or equivalent.
2. Tenderer(s) who meet the minimum qualifications criteria will be
Qualified only if the available bid capacity at the time of bidding is
more than the total estimated cost of the Work(s). The available bid
capacity will be calculated as mentioned above.
2.3 Consortium
I) Eligibility

12
The qualification criteria specified above shall be met by the tenderer, as a

Single Firm entirely on its own, or by forming a Consortium of not more
than three (3) firms / companies.
In case of Consortium, all the partners of the Consortium shall jointly

meet all the Technical Qualification.
Each tenderer shall submit only one tender either by itself, or as a partner
in a Consortium. Further a company participating in the Consortium
cannot submit the tender separately in its own name. A tenderer who
submits or participates in more than one tender shall be summarily
disqualified.
II) Qualification Criteria
The Consortium must comply with the following requirements:
a) The consortium must satisfy collectively the following criteria. For this
purpose, the following data of each member of the consortium may be
added together to meet the collective qualifying criteria.
i) Annual turnover in Clause 2.2.3 (ii) b
ii) Particular construction experience in Clause 2.2.3 (iii)
iii) Construction cash flow in Clause 2.2.3 (iv)
iv) Personnel capabilities in Clause 2.2.3 (v)
v) Equipment capabilities in Clause 2.2.3 (vi)
b) Lead Partner must satisfy the following criteria individually.

i) General construction experience for the period of years stated in
Clause 2.2.3 (ii) a
ii) 75% of the criteria specified in clause 2.2.3 (ii) b and 2.2.3 (iii) a
iii) Adequate sources to meet financial commitments on other
contractors and financial soundness in clause 2.2.3 (iv).
iv) Class requirement as per tender notice for all partners.
In accordance with the above, the submission by the tenderer shall

included all related information required for individual partners in the
Consortium.
III) Partner in Charge (Lead Partner):
One of the partners, who is responsible for performing a key function in

contract management or is executing a major component of the proposed
contract, shall be nominated as being in charge during the post
qualification and bidding periods and, in the event of a successful bid,
during contract execution. The partner in charge shall be authorized to
incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all
partners of the Consortium; this authorization shall be evidenced by

13
submitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of

all the partners.
IV) Partner Limitation:
The limit on the number of partners in a Consortium is three (including

lead partner).
V) Joint and Several Liabilities:
All partners of the Consortium shall be legally liable, jointly and severally,
during the bidding process and for the execution of the contract in
accordance with the contract terms.
VI) Consortium Agreement
A copy of the Consortium Agreement entered into by all the partners shall
be submitted with the tender. Alternately, M.O.U. (Memorandum of
Understanding), duly notarized/A letter of Intent to execute a
Consortium Agreement in the event of a successful bid shall be signed by
all partners and submitted with the tender together with a copy of the
proposed Agreement. Such Agreement shall be registered and submitted
within 15 days of receipt of letter of intent of the contract, failing which no
payment for the work being executed shall be released.
The Consortium agreement shall include among other things; the

Consortium’s objectives, the proposed management structure, the
contribution of each partner to the Consortium’s operations, the
commitment of the partners to joint and several liability for due
performance, recourse/sanctions within the consortium in the event of
default or withdrawal of any partner, and arrangements for providing the
required indemnities. The share of lead partner shall not be less than 51%
in Consortium. The share of other partner/partners shall be not less than
20% in Consortium.
VII) Consortium Agreement shall contain a clause to the effect that there shall
be a separate Consortium Bank Account (distinct from the Bank Accounts
of the individual partners) to which the individual partner shall contribute
their share capital and/or working capital. Consortium agreement shall
also contain a clause to the effect that the financial obligations of the
consortium shall be discharged through the said Consortium Bank
Account only and all the payments received or paid by M.C.G.M. by the
consortium shall be through that account alone.
VIII) The eligibility of a Consortium does not necessarily qualify any of its
partners to bid individually or as a partner in any other Consortium of
Association.

14
2.4 Even though the tenderer(s) meets the above qualifying criteria, they are
liable to be disqualified, with forfeiture of E.M.D., if they have:
a) Made misleading or false representations in the forms, statements and
attachments submitted in proof of the qualification requirements;
and/or
b) Record of poor performance such as abandoning the works, not
properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, or
financial failures etc; and/or
c) Participated in the previous tendering for the same work and had
quoted unreasonably high tender prices and could not furnish rational
justification to the employer.
d) Not submitted details of ongoing works /commitments
2.5 ONE TENDE PER TENDERER(S)
2.5.1 a) Firms with common proprietors/partners connected with one another

either financially or as principal agent or as master and servant or with
proprietor/partners closely related with each other such as minor
son/daughter and minor brother/sister shall not tender separately
under different names for the same contract.
b) If it is found that firms described vide above clause have tendered
separately under different names for the same contract, all such
tenders shall stand rejected and tender deposits shall be forfeited. Any
contract entered into under such conditions will also be liable to be
cancelled at any time during its currency and penal action including
black listing of such firms will be taken.
2.6 COST OF TENDERING

The tenderer(s) shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of his Tender, and the M.C.G.M. will in no case be responsible
and liable for those costs.
2.7 SITE VISIT:

The tenderer(s), prior to submitting his tender for the work is encouraged
to visit and examine the site of works and its surroundings at his own
expenses and obtain and ascertain for himself, on his own responsibility
and risk, all information, technical data, etc. that may be necessary for
preparing his tender and entering into a contract including, inter-alia, the
actual conditions regarding the nature and conditions of site, availability
of materials, labour, probable sites for chowky/stores etc. and the extent
of lead and lift required for the execution of the work over the entire
duration of the contract, after taking into consideration local conditions,
traffic restrictions, obstructions in work if any, allow all such extra
expenses that are likely to be incurred due to any such conditions,
restrictions, obstructions, etc. in the quoted contract price for the work.

15
2.8 SITE OFFICE :

On receipt of the work order, the contractor will have to erect ready-made
site Office in form of porta cabin/ container cabin, with appropriate
insulation from heat, before commencement of the work. No separate
payment will be made for providing the Office and ancillary items
mentioned below -
The contractors shall obtain necessary permission from the concerned

Asstt. Commissioner, for suitable site. The contractors shall provide
following -
1. A Office of area admeasuring min. 30 sq.m.(for MCGM site staff

only) with at least two windows for proper ventilation.
1. It should have toilet facility.
2. This Office should be equipped with electric supply,
Air-conditioner, Fans, sufficiently big tables, chairs, water filter and
cupboard with locking arrangement etc. furniture as directed by
site in charge.
3. A Telephone connection, mobile phones (at least two), one
Pentium IV or advanced/branded Computer with AutoCAD,
broadband/triband connection and Internet facility, latest M.S
office and a printer (A-3 size, lazor jet), as directed by engineer.
4. A laptop of latest version (Dual core/ Pentium)
5. Two pen-drives (Min. 2 GB)
6. Site Godown
7. Curing Tank
The site Office will have to be removed from the site, leaving the site clear
of all material within the period of seven days from the date of completion
of work. In case of failure to do so, the Office will be demolished without
any intimation to the contractor at their risk and cost and no request for
compensation will be entertained.
If Office with necessary requirements is not provided within 15 days from

the receipt of work order, a penalty of Rs. 2000/- per day per item and
additional Rs. 2000/- per day, if computer is not provided, will be
imposed.
2.9 SITE LABORATORY:

Contractors shall set up a laboratory at site of size about 20 sq.m. before
commencement of work at their cost for performing various tests and at
least the following machines and equipments shall be provided therein –
1. Compressive strength testing machine (for cube tests) of
minimum 150 tonne capacity electrically operated and
16
duly calibrated every 6 months. Testing machine should be

maintained properly. In case of failure, the same shall be repaired
or replaced within 2 days.
2. Set of sieves.
3. Laboratory weighing balance of minimum 20 kg. Capacity, with set
of standard weights from 1 gm to 5 kg. & Electronic weigh balance
with least count of 1gm.with electric operated.
4. Aggregate drying equipments M.S.Tray of 0.6 M x 0.45 M and
Kerosene stove or electric hot plate.
5. Equipment for testing of silt content in sand.
6. Infra Red thermometer calibrated upto 250 degree Celsius (for
checking asphalt / bitumen temperature).
7. Sieve shaker.
8. Kadappah stone platform of size 2.5m. x 0.90m. approx.
9. Camber Board
10. 3m straight edge
11. First Aid Box
12. Other machines as may be directed by the Engineer.
All the test records shall be maintained in the site office and made
available as and when required.
The laboratory must be established within 15 days from the date of receipt
of the work order. On failure to do so, a penalty of Rs 2000/- per day shall
be imposed.
2.10 TAXES AND DUTIES ON MATERIAL:

All charges towards Royalty, Octroi, Terminal or Sales Tax/VAT etc. and
other duties on material obtained for the work from any source including
the tax applicable, as per Maharashtra Sales Tax Act; on the transfer of
property in good involved in the execution of work contracts, (re-enacted)
Act 1991 or as amended shall be borne by the tenderer.
2.11 Tenderer should specifically state their residential address besides their
official addresses, along with the telephone, mobile and fax no. & E-mail
ID. The successful tenderer will have to establish office in Greater Mumbai
with telephone and fax facility. The contractor or their partners or
authorized representative shall be available on the given telephone no.
B - TENDERING DOCUMENT
2.12 CONTENTS OF TENDERING DOCUMENT –
The set of tendering documents comprises the documents listed below –
1. Tender Notice
17
1A. Scope of work

2. Instructions to Tenderers
3. General Conditions of Contract
4. Special Conditions of Contract
5. Special Directions to Tenderers
6. Specifications
7. Additional Specifications
8. Annexure 'A',
Bank Guarantee,
Agreement Form
9. Bill of Quantities
Financial Bid Form
10. Drawings
2.13 CLARIFICATION OF TENDERING DOCUMENTS
2.13.1 PRE-BID MEETING

a. The tenderer or his authorized representative is invited to attend a pre-
bid meeting as per the date, time and venue mentioned in the tender
notice.
b. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer
questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.
c. Any tenderer requiring any clarification of the tender document
and/or the works may submit his questions in writing to reach the
Dy. Ch. Eng. (Roads) E.S.'s office before the meeting day.
d. The text of the questions raised (without identifying the source of
enquiry) and the response given will be circulated/informed to all
purchasers of the tendering documents within 7 days. Any
modification of the tendering documents, which may become
necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting, shall be made by the
M.C.G.M. exclusively through the issue of an Addendum
e. Non-attendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for
disqualification of tenderer.
2.13.2 AMENDMENT OF TENDERING DOCUMENTS

a. Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the M.C.G.M. may
modify the tendering documents by issuing addendum/ corrigendum.
b. Any addendum/corrigendum thus issued shall be part of the
tendering documents and shall be communicated in writing to all the
purchasers of the tendering documents. Prospective tenderers shall
acknowledge receipt of each addendum to the M.C.G.M.
c. The addendum/corrigendum thus issued shall be signed by the
tenderer and submitted in Packet 'B'.
d. To give prospective tenderers reasonable time to consider the
addendum/corrigendum before submitting their bids, the M.C.G.M.
may extend as necessary the revised deadline for submission of
18
tenders. Revised deadline will be displayed on the notice board at

Divisional/Head Office.
C - PREPARATION OF TENDERS
2.14 LANGUAGE OF TENDER

Tender shall be written in English. Documents/ Information in any other
language shall be accompanied by its translation in English. Only English
text shall be governing.

19
2.15 Tenderer(s) shall not amend the text of these documents. If it is found that
the tenderer has violated this condition, his tender is liable to be rejected.
2.16 BID PRICES

a. The contract shall be for the whole work as described in scope of work
attached hereto based on the Bill of Quantities submitted by the
tenderers.
b. The tenderer shall fill in the percentage either plus or minus (i.e. above
or below) in the attached Financial Bid Form, in both figures & words
or at par. Corrections, if any, shall be made by crossing out and shall
be endorsed at every place by initialing, dating and rewriting.
c. All taxes, duties, cess and charges such as Royalty, Octroi, Service Tax,
Terminal or Sales Tax, VAT etc. and other duties on material obtained
for the work from any source including the tax applicable as per
Maharashtra Sales Tax Act, on the transfer of property in good
involved in the execution of work contracts (re-enacted) Act 1989 or as
amended shall be borne by the tenderer. The tenderer shall not be
reimbursed the taxes, duties, cess and charges whether now inforce or
that may be enforced in future.
d. The tenderer shall be registered under Maharashtra Sales Tax/ VAT on
the transfer of property in goods involved in the execution of works
contracts (Reenacted) Act 1989 and should produce documentary
evidence to that effect (a copy of registration of certificate from the
Sales Tax department).
e. The successful bidder within 15 days from the date of issue of the work
order for executing the contract work under reference shall enter into a
contract agreement with the MCGM. The contract agreement shall be
adjudicated for payment of stamp duty by the successful bidder and
accordingly the successful bidder shall pay the stamp duty on the
contract agreement so as to ensure that, the contract agreement is
executed within the stipulated period as aforesaid.
2.17 TENDER VALIDITY

The tender offer shall be kept valid for 120 (one Hundred and Twenty)
calendar days from the date of submission of the tender. Thereafter
validity may be extended for further period as may be mutually agreed
upon between the Tenderer(s) and M.C.G.M.
2.18 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (E.M.D.)

a. In case of a tenderer not being registered with M.C.G.M., the E.M.D. shall
be 1% of the estimated cost. In case of the tenderers registered with
M.C.G.M., it shall be in the form of Standing Deposit plus additional
Deposit (i.e. the difference between 1% of the estimated cost and the
Standing Deposit, if the Standing Deposit is less than the prescribed
E.M.D). The E.M.D./additional Deposit shall be in the form of D.D. /Pay
order, payable in Mumbai and shall be enclosed in Packet ‘A’.
20
b. If the tenderer(s) withdraw tender offer during the tender validity period,
their E.M.D shall be forfeited and/or equivalent amount shall be
recovered from their Standing Deposit with the M.C.G.M
2.19 ALTERNATIVE/ CONDITIONAL PROPOSALS BY TENDERERS

Tenderers shall submit offers that comply with the requirements of the
tendering documents, including the basic technical design as indicated in
the drawing & specifications. If the tenderer suggests any alternative or
stipulates his own condition(s), the tender shall be rejected.
2.20 FORMAT & SIGNING OF TENDER

Tenderer(s) shall sign the Financial Bid Form, "Annexure A", the minutes
of the pre-bid meeting or Addendum. Pl. note that -
(i) If a tender is submitted by an individual, it shall be signed with date,
giving his full name and address.
(ii) If a tender is submitted by a proprietary firm, it shall be signed by the
proprietor with date, full name, name of the firm and address.
(iii) If a tender is submitted by a firm in partnership, it shall be signed by
all partners of the firm with date, full names and addresses or by a
partner/person holding the power of attorney on behalf of the firm
for signing the tender with a copy of the Power of attorney
accompanying the tender. A certified copy of the partnership deed
duly registered, addresses of the firm and full names and addresses
of all partners of the firm shall be submitted with the tender.
(iv) If a limited company or a Corporation submits a tender, it shall be
signed by a person holding power of attorney for signing the tender
with the certified copy of the Power of Attorney accompanying the
tender. Such limited company or Corporation shall furnish evidence
of its existence before the contract is awarded. The Power of
Attorney shall be registered/ notarized.
(v) The person signing the tender shall initial erasures and changes, if any.
D - SUBMISSION OF TENDER
2.21 Tenders must be submitted in envelopes red wax sealed, addressed to the
Municipal Commissioner for Greater Mumbai and super scribed “Tender
for the work of (as on cover page) and delivered at the office as mentioned
in the tender notice, not later than 1.00 p.m. on due date. Tenders received
after this time and date shall be returned unopened to the tenderer.
Telegraphic tenders will not be accepted under any circumstances.

21
No tender will be accepted unless it is properly red wax sealed.

Tenderer(s) shall not be allowed to fill in or seal their tenders at the
Municipal Office. Tenderer(s) are requested to present the tenders in time
on the stipulated day so as to avoid rush at the closing hours.
2.22 The tenderer will submit bid in three packets i.e. Packet ‘A’, Packet ‘B’
and Packet ‘C’. Packet ‘A’, Packet ‘B’ and Packet ‘C’ each shall be
separately sealed and put in a larger/outer envelope which shall also be
sealed & submitted as specified below.
2.23 These inner and outer envelopes shall indicate name of the tenderer(s)
and addresses and super scribed Tender for the work of (as on cover
page) and Packet A/B/C as the case may be. It shall be mentioned on the
outer envelope as ‘Packet A+B+C’
2.24 The copies of the documents asked for in packet ‘A’ and 'B' shall be
certified by the Gazetted Officer or Officers not below the rank of Asstt.
Engineer/ Administrative Officer of the MCGM or Practicing Notary
approved by of the Govt. of Maharashtra or Govt. of India with his stamp,
with or without a red seal clearly stating his name & registration number,
except where original documents are demanded. One set of certified
documents shall be enclosed in the tender having highest estimated cost
in division and this will be mentioned in other tenders of the same
division. Also, the requirements of net cash flow , personnel etc. can be
submitted in one affidavit.
2.25 THE PACKET ‘A’ SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS -
a. Requisite payment towards Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) in the form of
Pay Order/ D.D. payable in Mumbai (original).
b. Valid Registration Certificate.
c. Receipt towards Standing Deposit paid in M.C.G.M., if applicable.
d. Valid Bank Solvency Certificate (Issued for a period of one year prior to
the date of submission of tender)
e. Sales Tax Registration Certificate in Maharashtra (or equivalent
requirement under VAT). Those not registered in Maharashtra, shall
submit an undertaking to the effect that if they are successful tenderer,
they shall submit Sales Tax Registration Certificate in Maharashtra
within 15 days of issue of work order, failing which payment for
the work
executed will not be released.
f. The 'PAN' documents and photographs of the individuals, owners, Karta
of Hindu undivided Family, firms, private limited companies, registered
co-operative societies, partners of partnership firms and at least two
Directors, if number of Directors are more than two in case of Private
Limited Companies, as the case may be. However, in case of Public
Limited companies, Semi Government Undertakings, Government
Undertakings, no 'PAN' documents will be insisted.
22
g. Latest Partnership Deed in case of Partnership firm.
2.26 THE PACKET "B" SHALL CONTAIN THE COPIES OF FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS -
a. The names of civil works construction business for similar works such as
those pertaining to Roads/Highways/Runways during the last 10 years in
the role of prime contractor, partner in a joint venture or approved Sub
Contractor (Proforma - I) (original).
b. Maximum annual construction work turnover of any one year during the
last 3 financial years (excluding the current financial year) (Proforma - II)
(original).
c. Evidence stating that the tenderer has successfully completed at least one
contract pertaining to Concrete Roads Work of size stated in post
qualification criteria (Proforma - III) (original).
d. The quantity of total Reinforced concrete work (M-35 or richer mix) in one
year. (Proforma - IV) (original).
e. Evidence stating that it has access to, or has available liquid assets,
unencumbered assets, lines of credit and other financial means
(independent of any contractual advance payment) sufficient to meet the
construction cash flow requirements for the subject contract in the event of
stoppage, start-up, or other delay in payment, of the minimum 15% of the
cost of the work tendered for, net of the tenderer's commitment of other
contracts.
f. The audited balance sheets for the last 3 financial years. (If deemed
necessary, the employer shall have the authority to make enquiries with
the tenderer's bankers).
g. Information on provision of suitably qualified personnel (Proforma V)
(original). The tenderers quoting for more than one work shall submit a
notarized undertaking on Rs.100/- stamp paper in packet 'B' stating that
"Requisite personnel per work will be appointed/ deployed, on award of
the contracts."
h. Information about ownership, or assured access (through hire, lease,
purchase agreement or other commercial means) to key items of
equipments (Proforma VI A & VI B) (original).
i. Details of existing commitments & works in hand (Proforma VII)
(original).
j. Details of works for which bids are already submitted.(Proforma VIII)
(original).
k. Programme of work in the form of a Bar chart/PERT.
l. Financial & physical Milestones of various stages of the work during the
contract period.
m. Signed copy of the addendum and corrigendum, if any.
n. The tenderer shall submit the details of manufacturer, casting yard of C.C.
M-20 and above grade kerbstone, watertable, paverblocks & central
median, letters from manufacturers regarding timely supply of material in
adequate quantity.

23
Note: Subsequent commitments, if any, after submission of the tender

and till opening of packet ‘B’, shall be submitted during submission
of required documents of packet ‘B’.
2.27 THE PACKET ‘C’ SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS -
a. Original tender document duly filled in either percentage plus or minus
(above or below), or at par.
b. Demand Draft of required amount for Additional Security Deposit, as per
condition incorporated in this tender (if rebate quoted is more than 12%)
c. Rate analysis for major items in schedule if the premium offered is
above 15%.
2.28 PROFORMAS -
PROFORMA - I
The list of Civil Works construction business for similar works pertaining
to roads/ highways / runways and storm water drain/ Desilting and
sewerlines during last ten years –
Name of the Name of the Stipulated Date Actual Date Actual cost
Project Employer of Completion of Completion of work done
1 2 3 4 5
Note: 1) Attested copies of completion/performance certificates from the

Engineer-in-charge for each work should be annexed.
2) Works shall be grouped financial year-wise.
3) The actual cost of work shall mean, the cost of work executed, adjusted
by the contractor’s quoted rates.
PROFORMA - II
Max. annual turnover of Construction Works of any one year during last three
financial years.
Sr. Financial Annual Turnover of Updated value to Page No.

No. Year Construction Works current year
1 2 3 4 5

24
Note: The above figures shall tally with the audited balance sheets submitted by
the tenderers duly certified by Chartered Accountant.
PROFORMA – III
At least one work, pertaining to storm water drain/ Desilting and sewerlines
works of size as mentioned in the post qualification criteria
Name Name of Cost Stipulated Actual Actual Remarks

of the the of the Date of Date of cost of explaining
Project Employer Project Completion Completion work reasons for
done delay, if any.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note: Attested copies of completion/performance certificates from the Engineer-

in-charge for each work should be annexed.
PROFORMA – IV A
Quantity of total Reinforced Concrete (M 35 or richer mix) on volumetric basis in

Cu.m, completed in any one year
Year Name of the Name of the Quantity of Remarks

Works Employers Concrete (M 35
or richer mix)
(Cum)
1 2 3 4 5
Note: To be supported by requisite certificates from the Engineer-in-charge.
PROFORMA – IV B
Maximum quantity of total asphaltic works on volumetric basis i.e. in Sq.m.,

completed in any one year.
Year Name of the Name of the Quantity of D.B.M. Remarks

Works Employers + Mechanized
Mastic work (Sq.m.)
1 2 3 4 5

25
Note: To be supported by requisite certificates from the Engineer-in-charge.
PERSONNEL:
PROFORMA - V
Sr. Post Qualification Minimum nos.

No. to be deployed
on this Project
1 Project Manager
2 Site Engineers
3 Quality control Engineer
A notarized undertaking on Rs.100/- stamp paper shall be submitted in

packet 'B' stating that "One Quality Control engineer per work having
experience of working in Material Testing Laboratory, will be appointed/
deployed on the work on award of the contract." Similarly, the tenderers
quoting for more than one work shall submit a notarized undertaking on
Rs.100/- stamp paper in packet 'B' stating that "Requisite personnel per
work will be appointed/ deployed on the works, on award of the
contracts."
Note : Attested copies of qualification certificates and details of work experience

shall be submitted.
MACHINERY :
PROFORMA - VI / A
a. The tenderer(s) shall own equipments, in full working order, as listed below -
Sr. Equipment No.
26
No.
1 J.C.B./Poclain
2 Vibratary Roller (Min 10 T)
3 Dumpers
PROFORMA - VI / B
The tenderer shall own or have assured access (through hire, lease,
purchase agreement or other commercial means) in full working order, to
the plant/equipment/ factory as listed below –
Sr. Equipment No.
No.
1 R.M.C. Plant (computerized) - Capacity 30 Cu.M.
per hr. approved by MC.G.M.
2. Paver Blocks manufacturing factory approved by
M.C.G.M. with valid registration number.
3 Asphalt Plant, approved by M.C.G.M.
4 Vibratory Roller (Min 3 T)

5 Computerised Mastic Batchmix Plant, approved by
M.C.G.M.
Note: The tenderer(s) shall furnish the requisite documents.
PROFORMA - VII
Details of Existing Commitments and ongoing works –
Description Place Contract Name & Value Scheduled Value of Anticipated

of work No. & Addresses of date of work date of
Date of Contract completion remaining completion
employer in Rs. to be
completed
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFORMA – VIII
Details of works for which bids are already submitted –
Description Place Name & Value of Time Date on Remarks

of work Addresses Contract Period which
27
of employer in Rs. decision is

expected
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note: Attested copies of certificates from the Engineer-in-charge for each work
shall be annexed.
E – TENDER OPENING AND EVALUATION
2 .29 DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF TENDER -
a) Tender copy shall be sold up to 1.00 p.m. on the date specified and
shall be received up to 1.00 p.m. on the due date of submission at the
28
office as specified in the tender notice. Late tenders or telegraphic

tenders shall not be accepted. During the opening of the tender
Packets, the tenderers/their authorized representative may attend.
b) Packet ‘A’ will be opened after 2.00 p.m. on the same day. On opening
Packet ‘A’, if it is found that, tenderer have not enclosed requisite
E.M.D., then the tender shall be treated as non-responsive. Similarly, if
the tenderer have not submitted required documents other than
E.M.D. in packet ‘A’, then the tenderer shall be intimated to comply
with the said requirements within three days and if the tenderer fails
to do so, then 10% amount of the E.M.D/SD paid by them shall be
recovered & the tender shall be treated as non-responsive.
c) Thereafter, the Packet 'B' of the remaining tenderers shall be opened.
The contents of Packet ‘B’ will be read out. The tenderer will have to
submit information/clarification/documents if required after opening
of Packet ‘B’ within three days of being asked in writing to do so.
Information in Packet ‘B' will be scrutinized & evaluated by the Tender
Evaluation Committee and non-responsive tenderers will be informed
accordingly, specifying the reasons and they will be requested to
collect the unopened Packet 'C' from the Office.
d) Packet ‘C’ of only the eligible and responsive tenderer(s) shall be
opened on scheduled date, the price, and other relevant details shall be
read out.
e) Any change in date & time of opening of Packet 'A, B & C' as specified
in the tender notice, will be displayed at Divisional/Head Office.
f) The Corporation reserves the right to reject all or any of the tender(s)
without assigning any reason.
2.30 PROCESS TO BE CONFIDENTIAL -

Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation and
comparison of tender and recommendations for the award of a contract
shall not be disclosed to tenderers or any other persons not officially
concerned with such process until the award to the successful tenderer
has been announced. Any effort by a tenderer to influence the Employer's
processing of tenders or award decisions may result in the rejection of his
tender, and his disqualification.
2.31 EXAMINATION OF TENDERS AND DETERMINATION OF

RESPONSIVENESS -
Prior to the detailed evaluation of tenders, the M.C.G.M. will determine
whether each tender -
(a) Meets the eligibility criteria
(b) Has been properly signed.
(c) Is accompanied by the required securities.
(d) Is responsive to the requirement of the tendering documents.
29
2.32 MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS

The tender shall be treated as non-responsive if the tenderers –
i) Do not submit tender as per guidelines given.
ii) Stipulate the validity period less than 120 days.
iii) Stipulate his own condition/s.
iv) Do not fill and sign the Financial Bid Form.
v) Do not submit adequate amount of Additional Security deposit in the
form of D.D.for rebate as per the condition in the tender.
vi) Do not quote percentage in figures and words in the Financial Bid
Form. If there is any discrepancy in the figures and words while
quoting percentage, the percentage quoted in the words shall be
considered for deciding responsiveness of tender.
vii) Do not submit documents listed in Packet ‘C'.
viii) Do not submit requisite E.M.D. in form of D.D. /Pay Order, in
Packet 'A'.
2.33 THE TENDERERS SHALL NOTE THAT -
(i) For detailed description of items, rates, units and the corresponding
notes, the following Fair Market Rate Schedules of MCGM in force at
the time of invitation of the tender shall be referred to and be
applicable - common schedule, road works, storm water drain works,
bridge and building works, sewerage project and Hydraulic Engineer
dept.
(ii) Though tenders may not be rejected for non-compliance of any of
other than mandatory requirements, tenderers are liable for suitable
action by way of scrutiny fee as penalty, as decided by Tender
Committee.
(iii) The tenderer shall specifically note that his/ their registration class on
the date of submission of the tender will be considered for considering
responsiveness of the tender.
(iv) In case of tenders having equal percentage from tenderer, the
preference will be given as below:-
a) In case of contractors registered with M.C.G.M. and contractors
registered with other organization, preference will be given to the
contractors registered with M.C.G.M.
b) On the basis of higher class (AA, A, B, …..)
c) If the class of tenderers is same, the preference shall be given to the
tenderer whose registration date in higher class stands ahead of the
other.
d) If the tenderers are registered in higher class on the same date,
then the preference shall be given to the tenderer whose
registration stands ahead of the others in M.C.G.M. or to the
tenderer who have higher registration in various other categories.
e) The tenderers who have been registered in M.C.G.M. and also in
Govt. body of Maharashtra and/or Central Government, then their
30
class whichever higher will be considered for deciding eligibility

criteria.
Note : In the event if successful tenderer submits the aforesaid security
deposit by submitting Banker’s Guarantee from the banks
of the appointed list of MCGM, the successful tenderer shall submit the
B.G. only after paying adequate stamp duty for the B.G. No
Bankers Guarantee shall be accepted without stamp duty paid by
the successful tenderer.
2.34 A responsive tender is one, which conforms to all the terms, conditions
and specifications of the tendering documents, without material deviation
or reservation. A material deviation or reservation is one -
(a) Which affects in any way the scope, quality or performance

of the works.
(b) Which limits in any way, the Employer's rights or the
tenderer's obligations under the contract and inconsistent with the
Tendering documents
(c) Whose rectification would effect unfairly the competitive position
of other tenderers presenting responsive tenders.
2.35 Evaluation of Tenders -

In comparing tenders, efficiency and reliability of tenderer(s) and the
eligibility criteria mentioned in the tender document shall be considered.
2.36 Correction of Errors

If tender contains errors such as computing mistakes, incorrect transfers
etc., the Engineer will inform the tenderer(s) of such errors or
discrepancies and rectify the errors or discrepancies and will re-total the
amounts of bill of quantities. The foregoing procedure may be applied at
any time prior to award of contract and the Engineer is not liable for any
error or discrepancy, which was not discovered during scrutiny of the
tender.
F - AWARD OF CONTRACT
2.37 Award Criteria
2.37.1 Notification of award will be issued in writing to successful tenderer(s).

The contract will be awarded to the lowest biding responsive tenderer(s)
in conformity with the tender document.
Prior to the expiry of the Tender validity, the Corporation will notify the
successful tenderer(s) by letter that his tender has been accepted. This

31
letter herein after and in condition of contract called “The Letter of the
Acceptance”. Notification of Award will constitute the formation of
Contract.
2.37.2 Corporation reserves right to accept/reject any or all tenders and to annul
the tendering process at any time prior to award of contract, without
thereby incurring any liability to the affected tenderer(s) or any obligation
to inform the affected tenderer(s) of the grounds for the Employer's action.
2.38 Signing of the Contract/Agreement

a. Within 15 days of receipt of the Notification of Award (Letter of
Acceptance), the successful tenderer shall furnish the required Contract
Deposit (2% of the contract sum), and thereafter sign the form of
Agreement along with all documents required for execution of contract.
b. The tenderers paying contract deposits in the form of Govt.
Securities/Bonds/N.S.C. to the Municipal Corporation of Greater
Mumbai shall have to pay service charges and depositing/withdrawing
charges on the face value of the securities for the entire period of
deposit. The charges shall be paid in cash before submitting
Securities/Bonds/N.S.C. etc.
2.39 Contract Deposit and Retention Money -

a. Within 15 days of receipt of the notification of award, the successful
tenderer shall furnish a Contract Deposit of required amount of the
Contract Sum for faithful compliance of the work. The B.Gs. shall be
from a Bank acceptable to the M.C.G.M. and shall be strictly in the
prescribed proforma attached to tender. The B.Gs shall be kept valid by
renewal until finalization of final bill, settlement of accounts of work by
the contractor in all respect or the completion of defect liability period
whichever is later. Penalty of Rs.500.00 per day will be recovered till
signing of agreement & furnishing contract deposit at the discretion of
the Engineer In Charge of the contract.
b. In addition to the Contract Deposit, Retention Money at the rate of Five
Percent (5%) of bill amount shall be deducted from each Running
Account Bill.
c. If the successful tenderer fails to comply with the requirement of the
clause 2.38a, it shall constitute sufficient grounds for annulment of the
award and forfeiture of the E.M.D & A.S.D.
d. The total security deposit shall be 7% as given below:
Contract deposit : 2% of the Contract Sum to be furnished

within 15 days of receipt of Notification of
Award.
Retention money : 5% from the certified bill amount shall be
deducted as retention money on which no
interest shall be paid.

32
e. The banks with their branches in Greater Mumbai and up to Virar and
Kalyan have been approved for the purpose of accepting Banker’s
Guarantee. (Please see the list of Banks attached).
f. The bankers guarantee issued by branches of Approved Bank beyond
Kalyan and Virar can be accepted only if the Banker’s Guarantee is
countersigned by the Manager of a Branch of the same Bank within the
Mumbai limit categorically endorsing there on that the said Banker’s
Guarantee is binding enforced against the said Branch of the bank in
case of default by the tenderer(s) /supplier furnishing the banker’s
guarantee.
g. In the event if successful tenderer submits the aforesaid security deposit
by submitting Banker’s Guarantee from the banks of the appointed list
of MCGM, the successful tenderer shall submit the B.G. only after
paying adequate stamp duty for the B.G. No. Bankers Guarantee shall
be accepted with stamp duty paid by the successful tenderer.
h. Performance Guarantee amounting to 10% of contract sum will have to
be paid by the appointed bidder. The performance guarantee will be in
the form of deposit in addition to other prevailing deposits. This
deposit will be allowed in the form of Bank Guarantee and shall be paid
within 8 days after receipt of Acceptance Letter but before issue of Work
Order. In case the contractor fails to give the Performance Bank
Guarantee in given time, the EMD/Standing Deposit etc. shall be
forfeited. The Performance Guarantee will be refunded to the
contractor after satisfactory completion of the work. In case of failure of
the contractors, the same will be encashed. The B.G. shall be kept valid
by renewal till the date of completion of contract.
i. The contract deposit/retention money shall be refunded to the
Contractor only on finalization of final bill, settlement of accounts of
work by the contractor in all respect or after the completion of defect
liability period whichever is later.
2.40 Mode of payment for Contractual work -

 It will be obligatory on the part of successful tenderer to get himself
registered as M.C.G.M’s vendor by paying necessary fees to M.C.G.M by
following due procedure.
 The payment will be made through S.B.I. by E.C.S.
2.41 Legal Charges & Charges for Bill Forms–

Successful tenderer shall pay the Legal charges of Rs.7, 000/-.
The successful tenderer shall pay Rs. 3,000/- for supply of prescribed form
for preparing Bills for the work and Stationery Charges.
All the costs, charges and expenditure incurred in connection with this
contract agreement including stamp duty, registration charges and such

33
other incidental charges of the agreement shall be borne and paid by the
contractor.
2.42 Additional Security Deposit -
a. The contractors should submit Additional Security Deposit at the rate

of 3% of the estimated cost for every percentage quoted below 12% in
form of D.D. /Pay order in the name of Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai (payable in Mumbai).
b. Additional Security Deposit of all the tenderers, except first four
lowest responsive tenderers will be refunded immediately after
evaluation of the tenders (except where there is a court case).
c. Additional Security Deposit of other than the first two lowest
responsive tenderers shall be refunded after Tender Committee
Meeting.
d. Additional Security Deposit of second lowest tenderer shall be
refunded after Standing Committee's approval.
e. The Additional Security Deposit of the successful tenderer shall be
refunded after satisfactory completion of the work, or on completion of
contract period, whichever is later.
G - GENERAL INFORMATION –
2.43.1 Information regarding Classes -

Classes classified in M.C.G.M with limits of works, standing Deposit,
amount of solvency prescribed for each class.

34
Class Works Solvency Amount Standing

Limit (Rs. in Lakhs) Deposit
Rs. Rs. Rs.
AA Without Limit 60 7,50,000.00
A Up to 3 Crores 30 4,50,000.00
2.43.2 Approved Banks -

1. The following Banks with their branches in Greater Mumbai and upto
Virar and Kalyan have been approved only for the purpose of
accepting Banker’s Guarantee from 1997-98 onwards until further
instructions.
2. The Bankers Guarantee issued by branches of approved Banks beyond

Kalyan and Virar can be accepted only if the said Banker’s Guarantee
is countersigned by the Manager of a Branch of the same Bank, within
the Mumbai Limit categorically endorsing thereon that said bankers
Guarantee is binding on the endorsing Branch of the Bank within
Mumbai limits and is liable to be enforced against the said branch of
the Bank in case of default by the contractor/supplier furnishing the
Bankers Guarantee.
List of the approved Banks -
(A) S.B.I. and its subsidiary Banks:
1. State Bank of India. 5.
State Bank of Patiala.
2. State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur. 6. State Bank of Saurashtra
3. State Bank of Hyderabad. 7. State Bank of Travancore
4. State Bank of Mysore. 8. State Bank of Indore.
(B) Nationalised Banks:
9. Canara Bank 18. Oriental Bank of Commerce
10. Andhra Bank 19. Punjab National Bank
11. Bank of Baroda 20. Punjab & Sind Bank
12. Bank of India 21. Syndicate Bank
13. Bank of Maharashtra 22. Union Bank of India
14. Central Bank of India 23. Vijaya Bank
15. Dena Bank 24. UCO Bank
16. Indian Bank 25. United Bank of India
17. Indian Overseas Bank 26. Corporation Bank
(C) Scheduled Commercial Banks:
27. Corporation Bank 40.
Jammu & Kashmir Bank Ltd.
28. Bank of Madura Ltd. 41. Karnataka Bank Ltd.
29. Bank of Rajasthan Ltd. 42. Karur Vysya Bank Ltd.

35
30. Banaras State Bank Ltd. 43. Lakshmi Vilas Bank Ltd.
31. Bharat Overseas Bank Ltd 44. Nadungadi Bank Ltd.
32. Catholic Syrian Bank Ltd. 45. Ratnakar Bank Ltd.
33. City Union Bank Ltd. 46. Sangli Bank Ltd.
34. Development Credit Bank 47. South Indian Bank Ltd.
35. Dhanalakshmi Bank Ltd. 48. S.B.I. Commercial & Int. Bank Ltd.
36. Federal Bank Ltd. 49. Tamilnadu Mercantile Bank Ltd.
37. Indsind Bank Ltd. 50. United Western Bank Ltd.
38. I.C.I.C.I. Banking Corpn. Ltd. 51. Vysya Bank Ltd.
39. Global Trust Bank Ltd. 52. IDBI Bank Ltd.
D) Scheduled Urban Co-Op. Banks -
53. Abhyudaya Co-op. Bank Ltd. 62. New India Co-op. bank Ltd.
54. Bassein Catholic Co-op. Bank Ltd. 63. North Canara G.S.B. Co-op. Bank
Ltd.
55. Bharat Co-op. Bank Ltd. 64. Rupee Co-op Bank Ltd.
56. Bombay Mercantile Co-op. Bank 65. Sangli Urban Co-op Bank Ltd.
Ltd.
57. Cosmos Co-op. Bank Ltd. 66. Saraswat Co-op Bank Ltd.
58. Greater Mumbai Co-op. Bank Ltd. 67. Shamrao
Vithal Co-op Bank Ltd.
59. Maharashtra State Co-op. Bank Ltd. 68. Citizen Bank Ltd.
60. Mumbai District Central Co-op. 69. Mahanagar Co-op Bank Ltd.
Bank.
61. Janata Sahakari Bank Ltd. 70. Punjab & Maharashtra Co-op
Bank Ltd.
(E) Foreign banks:
71. A.B.N. Amro Bank (N.V.) 77. Barclays Bank
72. American Express Bank Ltd. 78. Citi bank N.A.
73. ANZ Grindlays Bank 79. Mitsui Taiyokbe Bank Ltd.
74. Bank of America N.T. & S.A. 80. Standard Chartered Bank.
75. Bank of Tokyo Ltd. 81. Cho Hung Bank
76. Bank Indosuez 82. Hongkong & Shanghai Banking
Corporation

36
2.43.3 LIST OF APPROVED ASPHALT PLANTS -
Sr. Name & Address of the Plant Location of the

No. Plant
A BATCH MIX ASPHALT PLANT.
1 M/s Prakash Engineers & Const. Co. Survey No. 208,
101, Charsima Centre, 19th Rd. Plot No.4,
Near M/W Municipal Office, Nagla Bunder Off:
Chembur Mumbai 400 071 Ghodbunder Rd
Tel: 2528 2363/ 2528 6044 Thane
Fax: 25298647
2 M/s Relcon Infrastructer Pvt. Ltd. Nagala Bunder,
105/C, Shyam Kamal, Ovala Village
1 floor, Agarwal Market,
st
Post:Kasarwadavali
Vile Parle (E) Mumbai 400 057 G.B.Rd.,
Tel. (O) 26141088/ 2613 0414 Thane 400 607
Fax: 26113815
3 M/s P.B.A. Infrastructer Pvt. Ltd. Mhape, Navi
611/3, V.N. Purav Marg, Mumbai
Chembur, Mumbai 400 071
Ph. 25973767
Fax. 91225229699
4 M/s New Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. Q.2, Q.3S, No. 76,
101, Siddheswar Apartment, MIDC Mahape,
Lokmanya Tilak Nagar, TTC, Navi Mumbai
Nr. Raghuleela Shopping Mall,
Poisar, Kandivli(W)
Mumbai 400 067
Tel: 28081772/32461470
Fax: 2808 1705
B Drum Mix Asphalt Plant situated within Greater Mumbai Limits
1 M/s New Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. 42/ A Damupada,
35, Ram Nagar Bldg. No.2, Akurli Rd,
Ramnagar Rd. Off S.V.Rd, Kandivali(East)
Borivali (W) Mumbai 400 092 Mumbai 400 101
Tel(O) 2807 9961
2 M/s Ramesh & Associates 42/A, Damu Pada,
5, Swami Sadan, Kandivali(E)
Opp. Shah Polyclinic Mumbai 400 101
M.G. Rd. Kandivli (W)
Mumbai 400 057
Ph. 2862 5955 (Plant) 28870708
3 M/s Sunrise Stone Industries 42/A, Damu Pada,
42/A, Damupada, Akurli Rd, Kandivali(E)
Kandivali(E) Mumbai 400 101 Mumbai 400 101
Tel: 2613 0464
(Plant) 28874288/28871815
4 M/s Kiran Construction Co. Akurli Road,
37

No. Plant
B-1/6, Veena Vadini Co-op Hsg Society, M.G. Rd. Damupada,
Goregaon(W) Mumbai 400090 Kandivali(E)
Ph. 28722868
Plant 28874702
C Drum Mix Asphalt Plant situated outside Greater Mumbai Limits
1 M/s Dynasty Engineering & Nagala Bunder,
Construction Co. Ovala Village
105/C, Shyam Kamal, Post:Kasarwadavali
Agarwala Market, 1 floor,
st
G.B.Rd.,
Vile Parle (E) Mumbai 400 057 Thane 400 607
Tel: 26141088/ 26130464
Fax: 26113815
(Plant) 25970504/25973617
2 M/s Surface Road Construction Nagla Bunder
D-30/004, Yogi Vaibhav Society Off Ghodbunder
Yogi Nagar, Eksar Rd. Rd, Thane
Borivali(W) 400 091
Tel: 2833 5614/15
Plant(Asphalt) 2597 3331
3 M/s G.L. Construction Pvt.Ltd. Bounsari Village
304, Gokul Arcade-B, Subhash Road D.Y. Patil Quarry
Vile Parle (E) Mumbai 400 057 Turbhe
Tel: 28395099/ 28239368 Navi Mumbai
Plant: 27611495
4 M/s Motive Engineers & Infrastructure (P)Ltd. Plot No. 387, Near
A-603, Kent Enclave, Ganesh Tample,
Haridas Nagar, Mr. Tarmat Pitzer
Near Shimpoli, Rd, Turbe, Navi
Borivali (W) Mumbai 400 092 Mumbai
Ph. 022- 56191515
5 M/s Mahavir Roads and Infrastructure Pvt.Ltd. Survey No. 387,
5, Basement Vasant Industrial Estate,Saki Vihar Post Pfixer Road,
Road, Sakinaka,Mumbai 400 072 Turbhe Hill, Navi
Ph. 28572290/ 28573742 Mumbai
6 M/s Apex Infra Tech (P) Ltd. 323, a, Shirwane
102, Harsha I, 7 Bunglows, Village, New
Andheri (W), Mumbai 4000 081 Mumbai, Thane
Ph. 262 05178/ 26206808
7 M/s Sahyadri Construction, Village Sonale
1, Om Sheetal Chhaya, Bhiwandi, Thane
Opp. Beauty Power Laundry,
Near Pratap Cinema
Khopat, Thane
Tel: 25471032 Fax: 25471650
8 M/s.Saket Infroprojects Limited, Mhape, Navi
Malaviya Road C.H.S. Ltd., Plot No. 262-A, Mumbai
38

No. Plant
Vallabh Niwas No.2, Flat No.2,
Malaviya Road, Vile Parle (E)
Mumbai 400 057
Contractor shall arrange to bring asphalt mixes from above approved

plants registered with M.C.G.M., during the execution of the work.
The above list contains plants already approved. The valid list of
approved asphalt plants at the time of execution of works to be obtained
from the Dy.Chief Engineer (Roads & Bridges) City’s office.
The Municipal Site Engineer to ensure the validity of registration

certificate of asphalt plant and compliance of conditions laid down in the
registration certificate issued to the asphalt plant owner before receiving
asphalt mixes.
2.43.4 LIST OF APPROVED MANUFACTURER OF INTERLOCKING

PAVER BLOCKS –
Sr. Name & Address of the Plant Location Type of

No of the Paver
Plant
1. M/s Conwood Pre-Fab Pvt. Ltd. Palghar 60mm, 80mm &
Conwood House, Yashodhan, Manor 100mm uni-shape
General A.K. Vaidya Marg, Rd. Dist:
Goregaon (E) Thane
Mumbai 400 063.
Tel: 28402304
2. M/s R.D.C. Concrete ( India) Ltd. Taloja 60mm,80mm &
Sigma, C/8 Rd. No. 22, 100 mm uni-shape
MIDC, Andheri (E) ,
Mumbai 400093.
Tel: 5691055
3. M/s Super Tiles & Marbles Pvt. Ltd. Silvasa 60mm,80mm
107, Nirman Kendra, lacquered
Famous Studio Lane, & uni-shape&
Dr. E.Moses Road, Mahalaxmi, 100 mm uni-shape
Mumbai 400 011
Tel: 24943614 Fax: 91-22-24944431
4. M/s. Automatic Tiles & Marbles Vasai 60mm,80mm
Industries Pvt.Ltd. lacquered & uni-
Plot No. 13, 14, Survey No. 79, shape& 100 mm
Opp. Mittal Indl. Estate, uni-shape
Andheri Kurla Road,
Mumbai 400 059.
Tel; 2850 2376
39

No of the Paver
Plant
5. M/s Gaurav Tiles & Marble Boisar 60mm lacquered
Industries,
Anjani Complex, Gr. Floor,
Shop No.11, Parrera Hill Rd,
A.K.Road, Opp. Guru Nanak Petrol
Pump,
Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 099
6. M/s. Vyara Tiles Pvt.Ltd. Surat 60mm,80 mm
A-403, Gyandeep, Carter Road No.5 lacquered
Borivali ( E), & uni-shape &
Mumbai 400 066 100mm
Tel: 9322285672 uni-shape
7. M/s. Noble Precast, Taloja 60mm& 80 mm
Shop No.1, Shiv Parwati Bldg. lacquered
Plot No. C-19/20 Sector 29,
Agroli Village, C.B.D. Belapur,
Navi Mumbai 400 614
Tel. 27572567, Mob. 9323033443
8. M/s Mahadev Floorings (I) Pvt.Ltd. Juichandra 60mm,80mm &
A/301, Shree Palace, 100mm uni-shape
Satya Nagar,
Borivali(W)
Mumbai 92.
9. M/s. Magnum Constructions, Dahisar 60mm,80mm
107, Shyam Kamal-A, Agrawal Mkt, lacquered & 80mm
Tejpal Road, Vile Parle (E), uni-shape&
Mumbai 400 057.
Tel: 26101544
10. M/s Gyan Construction Co., Mira road 60mm,80mm
136, Madhani Estate, lacquered & uni-
542 Senapati Bapat marg, shape & 100mm
Dadar uni-shape
Mumbai 400 028
11. M/s. Aesthetic Pavers, Mumbai 60mm,80mm
Vrindavan Society, Near Akashwani, lacquered & uni-
Opp. Green Village Resort, Marve shape & 100mm
Church Rd., Malad (West) uni-shape
Mumbai 400 095.
12. M/s Shree Precast Industries, Nalasopara 60mm,80mm
Shop No.7, Maitri Mohan Bldg., lacquered
Near Saraswati School,
Opp. Saraswati Baug,
Virar (West)
13. M/s Shivam Industries Talegaon & 60mm,80mm

40

No of the Paver
Plant
306, Ashish Plaza, Dehuroad lacquered & uni-
3rd Floor, Sector 27-A, shape & 100mm
Near Bhel chowk, Pradhikaran, uni-shape
Nigdi Pune 411 044.
14. M/s.Mansi Concrete Ghodbund 60mm, 80mm
A-601, Pleaant Palace, er, lacquered &
Sodawala Lane, Thane uni-shape
Borivali (W),
MUMBAI - 400 092.
Mob:9818990473 Tel. 28632243
15. M/s.Pyramid Industries Panvel 60mm, 80mm
9, Shubh Milan Bldg., lacquered &
1st Dixit Cross Road, unishape & 100mm
Vile Parle (E), uni-shape
MUMBAI - 400 057.
Tele Fax : 26111379
16. M/s S.S. Pavers & Tiles Malad 60mm lacquered
Solanki & Sons Comp.
Op VIP Palace Hotel,
Azad Road,Vile Parle (E)
Mumbai 400 057
17. M/s.Kalpattaru Precast Industries Asangaon, 60mm,80mm
Shiv Shakti Industrial Complex, Tal. lacquered & uni-
Plot No.34-35, Asangaon, Shahpur, shape & 100mm
Tal. Shahpur, Dist. Thane uni-shape
Mob.932335600,9323361000
18. M/s.Prism Infra Concrete (India) Mira Road 60mm& 80 mm
D-7, Gordhan Baug, lacquered
Opp. Jain Temple,
Jambli Gali, Borivali (W),
Mumbai - 400 092.
Mob.9819769986, 9867497722
19. M/s Paramount Engineers, Ghodbun- 60mm,80mm &
A-401, Mangal Villa, der 100mm uni-shape
Tejpal Road,
Vile Parle (East)
Mumbai 400 057
20. M/s.Hindustan Block Mfg. Co. Kalamboli 60mm,80mm &
Basant Niwas, 100mm uni-shape
14 Malviya Road,
Vile Parle (E),
MUMBAI - 400 057.
Tel : 26148537,26147023
Fax.26115914
21. M/s.Reltek Tiles India Pvt. Ltd., Palghar, 60mm,80mm
41

No of the Paver
Plant
C-107, Shyamkamal, Dist.Thane lacquered & uni-
Agarwal Market, shape & 100mm
Tejpal Road, uni-shape
Vile Parle (East),
MUMBAI- 400 057.
22. M/s Pramax Confab Private Ltd., Pise 60mm, 80mm &
409, Shreekant Chambers, Panjarapur 100mm uni-shape
V.N.Purav Marg, Rd.
Chembur, Mumbai 400 071
23. M/s Dimko Pavers, Palghar 60mm, 80mm
103/14, Gautam Niwas, lacquered &uni-
Jawahar Nagar, Road NO. 5, shape
Goregaon(W) Mumbai 400 0602
24. M/s Ved Pmc Limited Taloja 60mm, 80mm
Plot No. A-83/1, lacquered & uni-
MIDC Industrial Area, Taloja, shape & 100mm
Dist Raigad- 410208 uni-shape
25. M/s Universal Infraprojects Manor 60mm,80mm
Flat No.5, 1st floor, lacquered & uni-
Matru Chhaya Co-op Hsg. Soc. shape
Roshan Nagar, Borivali (W)
Mumbai 400 092
26. M/s Bansal Building Materials (P) Surat 60mm, lacquered
Ltd., & uni-shape &
302, City Centre, Nr. Sosyo Circle, 80mm, 100mm uni-
Udhna- Magdalia Road. shape
Surat 395 002
27. M/s. Shree Sai Enterprises Bhiwandi 60mm, 80mm
Reti Bander Opp Parsik Police Lacquered &
Chowki, Uni-shape
Old Mumbai-Pune Road,
Near Traffic Circle, Mumbra,
Thane 400 605
28 M/s Acme Floor(S) Tiles Mfg. Co., Dadra 60mm, 80mm
63/5, R.A. Kidwai Road, Lacquered &
Mumbai 400 019 Uni-shape
Note : The above list contains the manufacturers of Interlocking paver blocks
already approved.
The valid list of approved manufacturer of Interlocking paver blocks at

the time of execution of works can be obtained from the Dy.Ch.Eng.
(Roads) City’s office.

42
2.43.5 List of approved R.M.C. Plants -
Sr. Name & Address of the RMC Plant Location of RMC Plant
No owner
.
1. M/s. Lafarge Aggregates & Concrete S.No.345C (Pt.), CS No.23308,
India Pvt. Ltd., Sant Kabir Road,
Bth floor,Hallmark Business Plaza, Konkanipada,
Sant Dnyaneshwar Marg, Near Shingte Quarry,
Kalanagar, Bandra (E), Dahisar (E),
MUMBAI - 400 051. Mumbai-400 068.
2. M/s.Ultra-Tech Cement Ltd., Plot No. 65, CTS No. 1(pt) of
Ahura Centre, A wing, 1st floor, village Deonar, behind Deonar
Mahakali Caves Road, Abattoir, Chembur in M/East
Andheri (E), Ward,
MUMBAI - 400 093.
3. M/s. Saket Engineering Construction MMRDA Plot,
Co., Opp. Imax Theatre,
Malaviya Road Co-Op. Hsg. Sty., Ltd. Anik Wadala Road,
Plot No. 262-A, Vallabh Niwas No.2, Mumbai - 400 037
Flat No.2, Malvia Road,
Vile Parle (East),
MUMBAI - 400 057
4. M/s.J.Kumar Infraprojects Ltd. Wadala Truck Terminal, Phase
Unit No.16-A, II, Opp. IMAX Theatre,
Andheri Industrial Estate, Wadala (E),
Veera Desai Road, MUMBAI - 400 037
Andheri (W),
MUMBAI - 400 058.
5. M/s.Relcon Infra Project Pvt. Ltd., MMRDA Plot,
(formerly M/s.Reliance Construction Opp.IMAX Theatre,
Co.) Anik Wadala Road,
105-C, Shyamkamal, MUMBAI – 40 0037.
Agrawal Market,1st floor,
Vile Parle (East),
MUMBAI – 400 057.
Ph.No.26141088, 26130464
6. M/s.Relcon Infra Project Pvt. Ltd., Plot CTS No. 2971 (B),(C) &
105-C, Shyamkamal, (D), village Dahisar,
Agrawal Market,1st floor, Dahisar (E),
Vile Parle (East), Mumbai
MUMBAI – 400 057.
7. M/s. New Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. S.No.17, H.No.8, of village
35, Ram Nagar Bldg. No.2, Ghodbunder,
Ram Nagar Road, Vallabh Dedia Compound,
Near Sai Baba Nagar, Ghodbunder Village Road,
Borivili (W), Mira Bhayander Municipal
MUMBAI - 400 092. Limit, Dist. Thane.
43
No owner
.
Ph.022-28457438
(RMC supply is restricted to K/E, K/W,
P/S, P/N, R/S, R/C, R/N Wards only)
8. M/s. M.E.Infraprojects Pvt. Ltd., Shrusti Road,
106, Shyam Kamal, Near Dahisar Check naka,
Tejpal Road, Mahajanwadi,
Vile Parle (E), Mira Road (E),
MUMBAI - 400 057. Dist. Thane,
9. M/s.Mahavir Construction Co. Bandra Kurla Complex,
5, Basement, Vasant Indl. Estates, Near BPCL Petrol Pump,
Saki Vihar Road, Saki Naka, Bandra (E),
MUMBAI – 400 072. MUMBAI - 400 051
10. M/s.J.Kumar Infraprojects Ltd. Behind Dudhsagar Soc.,
Unit No.16-A,Andheri Industrial Estate, Off. Western Exp. Highway,
Veera Desai Road, Goregoan (E).
Andheri (W),
MUMBAI - 400 058.
11. M/s.Navdeep Const. Co. CTS No.214 of village
2, Vireshwar Kunj, Bhandup, L.B.S. Marg,
Tejpal Road, Vile Parle (E), Bhandup (W)
MUMBAI - 400 057
12. M/s G.L. Construction Pvt.Ltd. Survey No.203, Bounsari
304"Gokul Arcade" B', village, Opp. Vadar
Subhash Road, Near Garware, Mahasangh Soc.,
Vile Parle (E), Near D.R.Patil Crusher,
MUMBAI-400057 Turbhe,
Navi Mumbai
13. M/s. Chirag Const. RMC, Centenary Hospital,
6, Gulmohar Apartment, Opp. Telephone Exchange,
2nd floor, Opp.Mahavir Nagar, S.V.Road,
Factory Lane,Borivali (W), Kandivali (W),
MUMBAI - 400 092. Mumbai - 400 091
14. M/s. Shyam Narayan & Bros. Plot CTS No.175, 176(pt) of
159 A/A-102, Vinah Bhavya Complex, Village Mohili, Opp.
CST Road, Kalina, Jangleshwar Mahadeo
Santacruz (E), Mandir,
MUMBAI - 400 098. Asalfa Kherani Road,
Ghatkopar(W),
MUMBAI-400 084.
15. M/s.Sayhadri Constructions, Survey No. 202/2, Village
Om Sheetal Chhaya, Sonale,
Opp. Beauty Power Laundry, Takula Bhiwandi,
Near Pratap Cinema,Khopat, Dist. Thane.
THANE - 400 603.
16. M/s.Paramount Infraprojects, Survey No.32,
44
No owner
.
204/A, Gokul Arcade, Hissa No.3 of village
Swami Nityanand Road, Ghodbunder,
Opp. Garware House, Taluka & Dist.Thane.
Vile Parle (E),
MUMBAI - 400 057.
17. M/s Supreme Infrastructure (I) Pvt.Ltd. Survey No.132,
Hissa No.1/2 of village
Engineers & Contractors, Talwali,
8, Bhawani Service Industrial Estate, Tal. Bhiwandi,
I.I.T. Powai, Dist.THANE.
Mumbai 400 076.
Ph.No.25782931 / 5783549/30935977
18. M/s.Spec Concrete Pvt. Ltd., End of Tulsi Pipe Road,
"Panchratna" 29/B, Police Quarters,
Jawahar Nagar, 1st floor, Mahim,
Off. S.V.Road, Goregoan (W), MUMBAI – 400 016.
MUMBAI – 400 062.
Ph.No.28724781,28737963,30934749
19. M/s Prakash Engineers, Survey No.387/207,
104, Karishma Centre, Turbhe, Village,
19th Road, Chembur, Turbhe,
MUMBAI - 400 071. Navi Mumbai
20. M/s. Shree Krishna Const. S.No.207 Village Dahisar Mori,
6,Sham Kunj, Post.Dahisar,
Vikhroli (East), Dist. Thane
MUMBAI-400 083
21. M/s.Vitrag Const. Co. TPS-III,1st Road, Borivali (W),
C-4/006, Yogi Darpan Co.op. Hsg. Soc. Mumbai-400 092
Yogi Nagar,Borivali (W), for the MCGM works W-251
MUMBAI - 400091. and W-235
22. M/s. Chirag Const. RMC, Municipal Plot,
6, Gulmohar Apartment, Behind Deonar Abattoir,
2nd floor, Opp.Mahavir Nagar, Opp. Deonar Municipal
Factory Lane, School,
Borivali (W), Tata Nagar,
MUMBAI - 400 092. Govandi, Mumbai - 400 043
23. M/s. Chirag Const. RMC, Kamani Oil Mill,
6, Gulmohar Apartment, Chanidvali Road,
2nd floor, Opp.Mahavir Nagar, Sakinaka,
Factory Lane, Andheri (E),
Borivali (W), Mumbai - 93
MUMBAI - 400 092.
24. M/s. R P S Infraprojects Pvt. Ltd. Behind IES School,
C-113, Shyamkamal, Next JVLR Road,
Agarwal Market, Andheri (East),
45
No owner
.
27, Tejpal Road, Mumbai-400 059.
Vile Parle (East),
MUMBAI- 400 057.
25. M/s. Supreme Infrastructure India Ltd. Situated behind Hiranandani
8, Bhavani Service Industrial Estate, Complex
I.I.T. Powai, off Adishankaracharya Marg,
MUMBAI – 400 076 Powai.
26. M/s. Lafarge Aggregates & Concrete Situated at C.S. No 8,
India Pvt. Ltd., Phase III, MMRDA Plot,
8th floor, Hallmark Business Plaza, Opp. Imax Theatre,
Sant Dnyaneshwar Marg, Anik Wadala Road,
Kalanagar,Bandra(E), Mumbai -400037.
MUMBAI - 400 051.
Note : The above list contains plants already approved.

The valid list of approved R.M.C. plants at the time of execution of works
can be obtained from the Dy.Ch.Eng. (Roads) E.S.'s office.
2.43.6 LIST OF THE APPROVED MANUFACTURERS FOR SUPPLYING

M35 GRADE PRECAST KERB STONES AND WATER TABLES, M 25
GRADE PRECAST FRAME & COVERS AND M 35 GRADE ROAD
DIVIDERS (CENTRE MEDIAN) TO THE WORKS OF MCGM.
Sr. Name & Address of the Location of RMC Precast Validity

No manufacturer Plant/Place of items Period
. manufacturing upto
1. M/s. SUNDARAM M/s. Sundaram Ferrocrete 30.06.2009
Precast Concrete Precast Concrete slab of size
Products, Products, Gt No.37, 1050 mm x
Gate No. 37, 46, 47, 48, 46, 47, 48 500 mm x
Jadhavwadi, Jadhavwadi, 45 mm
G.P. Navalakh Umbre, GP-Navalakh
Tal. Maval, Umbre,
Dist. PUNE - 410 507 Tal-Maval,
Dist. Pune-410507.
2. Relcon Infraprojects Pvt. BEST Plot, Kerb stones 31.03.2009
Ltd., Kandarpada, and water
105/C, Shyam Kamal, Dahisar (W), tables, frame
1st floor, Agarwal Market, MUMBAI. & covers &
Vile Parle (East), road
MUMBAI- 400 057. dividers
3. M/s.Magnum Const. Behind Diamond Kerb stones 30.06.2009
C-107, Shyamkamal, Ind. Estate, and water
Agarwal Market, Ahead of Dahisar tables, frame

46
Sr. Name & Address of the Location of RMC Precast Validity

No manufacturer Plant/Place of items Period
. manufacturing upto
Tejpal Road, Toll Naka, & covers &
Vile Parle (East), Ketkipada, road
MUMBAI- 400 057. Dahisar (E), dividers
MUMBAI.
4. M/s.Valani Enterprises S.No.221, C.T.S. Kerb stones 31.03.2009
203/Su-Prabhat Apt. No. 532 (pt) of and water
Ashok Cross Road No.1, village Eksar, tables, frame
Kandivali (E), Taluka Borivali. & covers &
MUMBAI - 400101. road
dividers
5. M/s.New India Const. CTS No. 2966 of Kerb stones 31.03.2009
Co. village Malwani, and water
103, Flyover Apartment, Taluka Borivali, tables, frame
Telly Gully, MSD & covers &
Andheri (E), road
MUMBAI - 400 069. dividers
6. M/s.Shiv-Shakti 7-B, Jagruti Kerb stones 30.06.2009
Infrastructure, Compound, and water
2, Trimurti Society, Post-Vajreshwari, tables, frame
Shimpoli Cross Road Taluka Bhiwandi, & covers &
no.2, Dist. Thane. road
Borivali (West), dividers
MUMBAI - 400 092.
7. M/s.Dimco Pavers, S.No. 210 of village Kerb stones 31.03.2009
103/14, Gautam Niwas, Girale, and water
Jawahar Nagar Road Taluka Palghar, tables, frame
No.5, Dist. Thane. & covers &
Goregoan (W), road
MUMBAI - 400 062. dividers
Note : The valid list at the time of execution of works can be obtained from the
Dy.Ch.Eng. (Roads) E.S.'s office.
2.43.7 (A) APPROVED LABORATORY -
Sr. Name & Address Location

No.
1. Structwel Designers & Consultants Goregaon @ Mumbai
Pvt.Ltd, &
401/ 402, Railkar Bhavan, Sanpada @ Navi Mumbai
Sector 17, Vashi, Navi Mumbai 400 703.
Note : The tests to be carried out in the above laboratory shall be restricted to
max. 20% per project.
2.43.8 (B) LIST OF APPROVED MANUFACTURER OF MICRO SILICA

47
Sr. No Name & Address Registered Office

1 Orkla India Pvt.Ltd., C-225, TTC Industrial area,
307/308 B-Wing, BSEL Tech- Park MIDC-Turbhe ,
3rd floor, Sector -30A, Navi Mumbai - 400613
Vash-Navi Mumbai - 400705
Tel. No. 67761900
Fax : 67761999,
Web site : --
2.43.9 LIST OF DUMPING GROUNDS –

Sr.No. Name of Dumping Ground
1. Deonar
2. Gorai
3. Mulund
4. Navi Mumbai SEZ Pvt . Ltd., Kalamboli.
Note: 1. The dumping sites may change at the discretion of Engineer at

short notice, without any financial liability on M.C.G.M.
2. Only surplus construction debris be sent at Navi Mumbai SEZ

Pvt . Ltd., Kalamboli. Any other material such as silt,
garbage etc. will not be accepted by Navi Mumbai SEZ Pvt .
Ltd., The list of vehicle nos. which will take the debris to Navi
Mumbai SEZ Pvt . Ltd. shall be sent by intimation to
contact person -
Shri Pande - Telephone No. (M) 098675 57500 (O) 022-4072 3000.

48
SECTION - 3
GENERAL
CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT

49
3 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Copies of G.C.C. :
Copies of General Conditions of Contract (G.C.C.), effective from are available

in the office of the Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads & Bridges)
City/Western/Eastern Suburbs in office hours on payment of Rs. 500/- + 4%
VAT in cash for each.
Tenderers shall note that if the conditions of G.C.C. are in variance with the
conditions contained in the tender document, the conditions of the tender
document shall prevail.

50
SECTION – 4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
OF CONTRACT

51
4 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
4.1 This contract envisages three parts -

a) Improvement of Roads in cement concrete.
b) Construction of two box cell along existing nalla. To enable
construction of road on the same.
c) Construction of 800 dia. Sewer line along existing nalla
d) Desalting of nalla
4.2 The engineer’s representative will be from the office.
4.3 In the event of any contradiction between these conditions/ directions

and general specifications for road works and general conditions of
contracts for civil works, these special conditions/ directions shall
supercede corresponding provisions elsewhere and shall prevail.
4.4 PERMISSIONS:
4.4.1 The contractors will have to obtain permission from the traffic police
department well in advance either for closing down the road
partially/fully or for diversion of traffic for execution of the work. The
work may be required to be executed in phases as per traffic police
permission. The contractors should therefore consider this factor while
quoting.
4.4.2 The contractor shall have to obtain all the permissions of the concerned
authorities outside M.C.G.M. required for carrying out the work. Only
recommendatory letters will be issued by MCGM.
4.5 The contractors will be given 12 mm. dia. or 20 mm. dia. (as per the
conditions of H.E.) water connection for drinking purposes. Extra water
required for construction purposes will have to be brought by the
contractors at his own cost and no extra claims on this behalf will be
entertained.
4.6 Methodology of the work and quality assurance plan shall be submitted
before commencement of the work.
4.7 Quantities of all items provided in the B.O.Q. may not be required to be
executed depending upon the site conditions. The tenderer shall not be
entitled for any compensation on this account. Before starting the work,
contractor shall consult with the Site Engineer and shall take actual
measurements on the site for procurement of material.
4.8 The contractor shall procure all material required for the work from
manufacturers with I.S.I. certificates and according to M.C.G.M.
specifications wherever applicable.

52
4.9 Corporation will appoint a consultant for quality audit during execution
period. The contractor will extend all help in carrying out any survey; test
etc. as directed and adverse decision there of including rectification shall
be carried out by the contractors at their cost.
No bill/payment shall be released unless the adverse remarks/
observations of the quality auditors, pertaining to the contractor in their
earlier audit, are complied with.
4.10 i) All material required for the work can be stacked near the site of work
in
such manner so as not to cause any inconvenience to the pedestrian and
vehicular traffic. If no space is available on site then tenderer shall make
his own arrangement for stacking of material etc. No extra payment will
be made on this account.
ii) The surplus excavated material from the site shall be removed free of
cost to the dumping ground within 24 hours, as directed. The
necessary tipping charges at the dumping ground, as applicable, shall
be borne by the contractor.
iii) The royalty charges in respect of excavated soil shall be paid by the
contractors to the collector as and when asked for.
iv) The contractor should note that during the execution of the work,
debris etc. dumped on the public streets/places will have to be
removed immediately after completion of the work as per direction of
the Engineer, failing which the same will be got removed at their risk
and cost.
v) The site shall be cleared by removal of surplus material on or before

31st of May every year.
4.11 i) All the excavated material belongs to the Municipal Corporation of

Greater Mumbai and therefore shall be the property of Municipal
Corporation of Greater Mumbai. It will be mandatory on the part of
contractor to use this material in the execution of works under contract if
the quality of material available is as per the specification. The contractor
shall have to dump the surplus excavated material to any dumping
ground e.g. Gorai, Deonar, Mulund, Navi Mumbai SEZ Pvt. Ltd.,
Kalamboli. or as directed by the Engineer. The payment of transportation
charges upto 30 km. from the construction site under reference will not be
considered irrespective of within municipal limit or outside municipal
limit. The payment of transportation charges will be considered as per the
scheduled rate of cu.m./km. beyond 30 k.m. distance from the
construction site of municipal works. The distance of each site from the
NMSEZ shall be certified by concerned Asstt. Engr. The contractors shall
have to submit to the site staff the receipts from the staff of the receiving
dumping ground, acknowledging actual receipt of the material. However
53
no payment will be made for dumping the construction debris, excavated

earth in the dumping ground in Mumbai Municipal limits.
ii) All excavations, trenches, obstructions, materials etc. taken, kept or

stacked on site in connection with the work should be sufficiently
barricaded, as per the specifications mentioned in the item included for
providing barricade, transverse and longitudinally and blinking lights
should be provided at night as directed by the Engineer to prevent against
any damage or danger to the traffic. The contractors shall take all
precautions to keep all the blinkers working throughout the night for the
guidance of the traffic in the following manner. No extra payment will be
made for blinkers. The contractors should take this in account while
quoting for the tender.
All blinkers shall be red in colour.
At least two blinkers shall be provided across the direction of the traffic.
The contractors will take any other measures as may be directed by the
Engineer from time to time for the safety of the traffic as well as concreted
slab etc. The drawing showing full details of the barricade will be
available from the department of Executive Engineer (T & C). A penalty
of Rs.10/- R.M. per day till compliance of these requirements will be
imposed. Barricading will be paid separately.
4.12 The noise level shall be maintained within the permissible limit in Silence
zone area during the construction activities by the Contractors, as per the
notification dated 14.2.2000, issued by the Ministry of Environment &
Forests.
4.13 The contractors shall make necessary arrangement for adequate lighting
during nighttime. No extra claims will be entertained for the same.
The work will be allowed during night time by obtaining prior permission
from concerned Dy.Ch.E.(Roads).
4.14 The labourers' huts for the works may be permitted on work site in
consultation with the respective Asstt. Comm. and subject to the following
conditions or any other condition imposed by the Asstt. Comm.
a. The labourers hutments will be completely isolated from the public

by providing a tinsheet fencing around them.
b. They will be specifically identified by MCGM staff by numbering

them suitably.
c. Adequate toilet and bathing facilities will be provided for them

inside this fencing.

54
d. The contractors will strictly observe that labourers will use these
toilets and bathing facilities and no unhygienic conditions are
created at site.
e. In case, any of the above conditions is violated, such hutments will

be removed by the Asstt. Comm. in consultation with the Ex.
Engineer in-charge of the work.
f. The labourer's hutments will be removed by the contractors within

7 days of the completion of the work.
4.15 The Engineer not below the rank of Executive Engineer is entitled to
impose a penalty of Rs. 1000/- per day/lapse, in accordance to the gravity
of default communicated in writing. Penalty amount will be recovered
from contractors running bill. This penalty is over and above Penalty
mentioned under G.C.C. clause No. 100.
If it is observed that, the contractor carrying out the work fails to comply
with the instructions given by the authorities at the A.M.C./M.C.'s level
during execution of work twice, the work will be terminated and will be
carried out at the risk and cost of the contractor and penal action will be
taken against them. This decision will not be arbitrable at all.
The abovementioned condition will be in addition to the relevant
condition in the General Condition of contract regarding cancellation of
contract in full or partly final decision of disputes, difference of claims
raised by the contractor or relating to any mater out of contract.
4.16 On Completion of the work, the contractors shall furnish free of cost 2 sets
of final completion drawings showing details of bay plan, duct location
plan, S.W.D., Details of H.E’s work with cross-section & invert level etc. in
scale in AutoCAD along with the soft copy in CD, showing all the details
checked and signed by the Engineer within 2 months of completion of
works. The payment of final bill shall be made to the contractors after
receipt of above sets. In case the contractors fail to submit the completion
drawings, the same shall be got done through outside agency and cost of
the same shall be recovered from the contractor along with the penalty of
Rs. 5,000/- per drawing (applicable for only identified works.)
4.17 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT:-
4.17.1 The contractor shall have to provide adequate number of wardens as per
requirement of Traffic Police Deptt. at the contractor's cost.
4.17.2 Traffic signs – Temporary traffic and construction signs are to be provided
during construction and maintenance operations for traffic diversion and
pedestrian safety as per Traffic Diversion Plan approved by the Engineer.
4.17.3 The contractor shall display the boards stating information of the name of
the work, date of starting, date of completion, name of the Deptt. and
contact telephone nos.

55
4.18 While constructing/improving footpath, provision for slopping ramp of

atleast 1.00 m width or as directed, shall be made at every carriage
entrance, junctions, bus stops etc., for convenience of physically
challenged persons.
4.19 The full time services of the Personnel Team of the contractor is mandatory
during the entire period of the project.
4.20 Diameter of the S.W.D. pipe and sizes of manholes provided in the bill of
Quantities of the tenders are tentative and are likely to change at the time
of execution according to the site conditions. Contractors shall have to
carry out such extra items in S.W.D. works as per S.W.D. Schedule rates of
M.C.G.M. prevailing at the time of execution of work adjusted by
rebate/premium quoted by the contractors and no fair rate will be
admissible for the same.
4.21 The photographs of work sites & works as and when directed by Engineer
are to be taken. A new Digital Camera not less than 5 Megapixels shall be
provided in the site office for the said purpose. The Photographs should
be arranged in the Register showing original site position and finished site
position of the same location.
4.22 For bonafide use of Municipal Supervisory staff on work, the contractor
shall provide within 15 days from the date work order, 'T' Permit A/C.
car/jeep (with driver & fuel/oil/lubricant) for mobility on the sites,
during contract period plus three months after the contract period, at his
cost. The vehicle should be made available for two shifts with separate
driver per shift on 24 hrs. as per work requirement.
4.22.1 A penalty of Rs. 2000/-per day will be imposed if vehicle with driver is not
provided on the site.
4.23 PRICE VARIATION :-

i) Price variation shall be permitted for the following materials. The basic
rates adopted in the item of road schedule applicable to this tender are
as under -
(1) Cement - Rs. 240 /- per bag of 50 kg.
(2) Steel -
M.S.(6 mm to 10 mm) - Rs. 36000 /- per MT
M.S.(12 mm & above) - Rs. 36000 /- per MT
HYSD Fe 415 - Rs. 35000 /- per MT
(3) Bitumen - a) 10/20- Rs. 33621.07 - per MT.
b) 30/40 - Rs. 31240.95 - per MT.
c) 60/70 - Rs. 30121.07 - per MT.
Any variation in the rates of above materials shall be considered for
reimbursement/refund, as the case may be, in accordance with
G.R.P.W.D. The quantity of material to be used shall be evaluated
56
as per minimum specified requirement. However, price variation

shall not be admissible beyond theoretical date of completion of
contract period, as also for the fair items created during execution.
The said variation shall be applicable only for Asphalt & Concrete
mixes procured and brought on site from Plants and for steel being
paid separately as item in B.O.Q. -
ii) The price variation for labour & other materials (excluding (1), (2), (3)
above), shall be considered as per amended Clause No. 74 b of G.C.C.
iii) However, maximum amount of price variation payable for (i) and (ii)

above shall be restricted to 10% of the contract cost.
4.23.1 Tenderer is requested to refer to relevant Fair Market Rate Schedules of

MCGM for full description of the items in the BOQ. Rates in this tender
have been based on the under mentioned Fair Market Rate schedules of
this Corporation in force at the time of invitation of tender unless
otherwise stated.
i) Common schedule 02.03.2009

ii) F.M. Rates schedule for Bridge work with effect from 01.09.2008
(F.M.B.R.)
iii) F.M. Rates schedule for Road Works effective from 04.05.2009
(F.M.R.)
iv) F.M. Rates schedule for Hydraulic Engineer department work
w.e.f. 03.10.2008
v) Storm Water Drain works w.e.f. 01.04.2009
vi) Sewerage department works 01.06.2009
Tender should note that the work is of special natural and time bound
project, in view of the same it may be necessary to execute certain extra
items depending upon the site conditions / constraints and as directed by
the Engineer-In-Charge / Consultant. The tenderer should note that the
execution of such extra items will have to be carried by the contractor as
per the instruction in this regards.
4.24 Tenderers are requested to take cognizance of Child Labour Act and shall
not employ child Labourers on site.
4.25 Every running bill submitted for payment shall be with the detailed
measurements recorded for each item
4.26 Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act 1970: The Tenderer(s)
should specifically note that the successful tenderer shall have to strictly
comply with all the statutory requirement under the provision of the
Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act 1970 and with the

57
Maharashtra State Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Rules 1970

and indemnify the Corporation against any claim(s) whatsoever.
4.27 List of approved Banks/ Paver block manufacturers/ Asphalt Plants/

R.M.C. Plants etc. have been attached to this document. However,
M.C.G.M. reserves right to modify these lists.
4.28 All the asphalt works required to be done under the captioned contract
work shall be got executed with the specified asphalt mixes manufactured
in M.C.G.M. approved asphalt plants only.
4.28.1 All the Paver blocks required for the paver block works to be carried out
under the captioned contract work shall be procured from the specified
manufacturers registered with M.C.G.M. only.
4.28.2 The R.M.C. works required to be done under the captioned contract work
shall be got executed with the specified R M C mixes supplied by
M.C.G.M. approved R.M.C. plants
4.28.3 The Mastic Asphalt work will be got done through the specialized
agencies having expertise in Mastic Asphalt work.
4.28.4 Kerb stones, water tables, Central medians, SWD frame & covers are
required to be procured from the manufacturer approved by M.C.G.M.
4.29 FOR CEMENT CONCRETE ROAD WORKS :
1. The contractor shall have the full responsibility for quality control and
also in delivering the requisite quality in the field.
2. The cement and other materials shall be tested at the approved Lab., at
contractor's cost, preferably before it's use, as per the directions of the site
in charge. In case, the test results are not available before its use, the use of
the materials shall be permitted on the explicit understanding that they
will remove and redo the work at their own cost in case the specimens
fails to attain the specified tests.
3. Ordinary Portland Cement of 43 and above grade, Portland Pozzolana

Cement or Portland Slag Cement will be allowed to be used for
conventional mix. Contractor shall provide one independent cement
godown with capacity of minimum 100 cement bags, under double lock
system with one lock of contractor & other of M.C.G.M.
4. The rates proposed in this tender for all concrete and allied works are
inclusive of water cost. The contractors shall have to make their own
arrangements at their cost for bringing adequate water of potable quality
for mixing concrete, curing purposes etc. and for this no extra payment
will be made.
5. Water used for mixing and curing of concrete shall be clean and free from
injurious amount of oil, salt, acid, vegetable matter and other substances
58
harmful to the concrete. It shall meet the requirement stipulated in I. S.

456. The water brought for concreting and curing etc. shall be got tested
from Municipal laboratory (situated at G/North ward office) to verify
whether it is suitable for above purposes, whenever directed. This testing
will be done at contractor’s cost.
6. Contractors will have to apply for water connection and avail one metered
water connection of suitable size at their cost from nearby Municipal
water main for drinking purposes. The contractor has to pay the water bill
directly to the H.E.’s dept. as per the bill raised by the H.E.’s Department.
Condition No 26 of General Conditions of Contract for civil works, stands
modified to that extent.
7. Sand shall be of approved quality with fineness modulus between 2.4 to

3.5 as per approved mix design. The sand will have to be screened to
remove the oversized particles and washed to reduce the silt contents
below 8% by volume after one hour and to bring it within the permissible
range of fineness modulus. The fine aggregates will be tested as directed
by the Engineer.
8. If coarse aggregates are found having white spots, the same shall be got
tested from approved testing laboratory to eliminate possibility of
potential aggregate- alkali reactivity before accepting or using spotted
aggregates.
9. The contractor should make the necessary arrangement to stock the

aggregates separately so that they do not get mixed up with each other
and / or with the foreign materials and do not get segregated. The
screening of the aggregates shall be done if found necessary as directed by
the Engineer.
10. M. S. / Tor steel and structural steel required for the work shall conform
to the relevant latest Indian Standard Specifications. The steel brought on
site shall be got tested at Municipal or any other approved laboratory at
the contractors cost before using on site.
11. To determine the ‘K’ value, it is necessary to take a plate load test / CBR
test within the scope of the work wherever necessary. The test will be
taken by A. E. (soil Mech.). However contractor shall arrange at his cost
for excavation, loading and refilling. No payment will be made for this
work. For conversion of K - value to CBR value, the value of CBR / K
value shall be adopted from IRC /58 of 1988, as detailed below:
APPROXIMATE 'K' VALUE CORRESPONDING TO CBR VALUE FOR

HOMOGENOUS SOIL SUBGRADES
59
CBR value (%) 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100
K-Value 2.08 2.77 3.46 4.16 4.84 5.54 6.92 13.85 22

(Kg/cm3)
The recommendations of IRC: 15 – 1981 shall be followed and K-value of

less than 5.5 kg/ cm3 tested on the sub grade shall not be permitted. In
case, a large number of tests are required either in view of low K-value
obtained, or in view of heterogeneity/ variability of sub grade, additional
field soaked CBR test may be conducted using the above table for
assessing the K-value. The final checking will, however, be based on plate
bearing test. In case the 'K' value is less than 5.5 kg/cm 3 (C.B.R. less than
10.0), the C.B.R. shall be improved with intermediate W.B.M. sub base as
decided by the Executive Engineer.
12. Testing for the compressive strength shall be carried out for cement
concrete works of M 35 & above for each day’s work. At least three sets
consisting of 3 nos. of cubes (at regular interval) along with 3 flexural
beams shall be cast. Cubes from each set shall be tested for 7 days & 14
days at the site laboratory in presence of Asstt. Engr. I/c of the work & the
contractor shall submit remaining three C. C. cubes for testing
compressive strength for 28 days at the approved Laboratory. Also, the
contractor shall cast & submit for each day's work, 3 flexural beams for
testing flexural strength at the approved Laboratory.
13. Whenever the cubes and beams are required to be sent to the laboratory,
the same shall be transported to the Laboratory by the contractors at their
cost. The acceptance criteria for the test result shall be as per I. S. 456. No
payment for this will be made to contractors.
The contractors shall arrange to send the cubes and flexural beams to the
testing laboratory at least one days before the date of testing of the cubes
as well as beams failing which penalty of Rupees 1000/- per day will be
imposed and recovered from the contractors bill. The charges for testing
of cubes and beams at municipal laboratory shall be as per rate schedule
fixed for testing by the office of A. E. (Soil Mech.) M.C.G.M. Lab at Worli
from time to time and the same shall be borne by the Contractors.
Quality control in the field shall be exercised on the basis of compressive

strength and workability. The maximum water cement ratio shall be 0.40.
14. In case of concrete of less than M 35, at least two sets of cubes shall be cast
and tested for 7 days and 28 days strength in site lab. on the compressive
testing machine for day's work
15. If the contractors excavate certain portion of the road and fails to concrete
the same within the stipulated time limit as per the programme on / or
60
before 31st May of the year, they will be required to reinstate this
excavated road portion with bituminous layers as specified and directed
by the Engineer. No payment will be made for such restoration.
16. The contractors should also note that they will have to modify, if required,
the detailed programme submitted in the form of BAR chart or
PERT/CPM, considering the permission obtained from Traffic Police
before actual starting of the work at site so as to complete the same in the
stipulated contract period.
17. Mix - design to give the target strength as required shall be prepared
preferably in accordance with the relevant IRC / IS specifications. The
same shall be checked by the Asst. Engineer / Executive Engineer.
18. Minimum Cement content for M 40 Grade of Concrete shall be 350

kg./cum. If this minimum cement content is not sufficient to produce the
strength of concrete specified in the drawing/design, it shall be increased
as necessary without additional compensation under the contract, or else
the fresh mix design shall be carried out till desired resulted are achieved.
19. The water bound macadam base should be adequately watered on the
previous day and also two hours before starting lean concreting work so
as to keep it in moist condition.
20. To achieve the proper consolidation of the concrete slab, the top layer of
the concrete shall be compacted by needle vibrator, plate vibrator and
Screed vibrator. If any depressions are observed on the surface of the
concrete, fresh concrete shall be spread on the top, surcharged and got
compacted with batten screed vibrator is again to be used for compaction
as well as levelling. Minimum 3 skilled masons shall be deployed during
M 35 & above concreting work.
21. Care shall be taken to prevent the over vibration and appearance of
water/laitance on top surface of the slab. If any excess water is noticed on
the surface of the slab, the same shall be removed by moving hessian cloth
on top surface and the concrete mix shall be immediately rectified as
directed.
22. Plate vibrators shall be used for compaction of concrete mix in addition to
needle and screed vibrator and as such contractors must have at least two
numbers of each machine such as plate vibrator, screed vibrator and at
least three needle vibrators in working condition.
23. Whenever the needle vibrator is used, the mason must follow with a
trowel and punch to the portions of concrete from where the needle
vibrator is withdrawn to ensure that no hollow portion remains in the stiff
mass of concrete. Plate vibrating shall also follow thereafter immediately.

61
24. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to give the required finish of
riding surface by checking with the straight edge and wedge gauge and
any deficiency observed, shall be rectified as specified in the general
specifications for Road Works.
25. Initial curing shall be done immediately after the surface texturing.
Initial curing shall be done covering with hessian cloth and sprinkling
with water over the concreted portion as soon as the concrete starts setting
and by the application of approved resin based aluminized reflective
curing compound which hardens into an impervious film of membrane
with the help of mechanical sprayer. Care should be taken not to disturb
the brushed surface texture.
Further curing of concrete shall be done as directed, for a minimum

period of 14 days from the date of casting of c.c. slab.
A penalty of Rs.200/- per Sq.M. per day will be levied for broken vatas. A
penalty of Rs.2500/- per day will be levied for improper curing.
26. The vertical sides of concrete slab are required to be tarred with hot/cut-
back bitumen of 80/100 grade before casting of the adjoining relevant bay.
The channels should be erected perfectly in vertical position. The gaps
between two channels shall be properly covered by waterproof papers
and the gaps at the bottom shall be properly sealed in C.M. for which no
extra payment will be made.
27. The contractors shall have to cast runner beams, man hole bay, water
tables, water entrance bays etc. preferably within 5 days from the date of
casting slab failing which a penalty of Rs.500/- per day shall be levied on
contractors.
28. The cement concrete slab pavement in M 35 & above is required to be

carried out strictly as per the drawing. As regards thickness no claims on
account of additional thickness other than the specified, if provided, will
be entertained.
29. The flexible pavement shall be improved in asphalt mix, paver blocks or
by other methods as directed by the Engineer, before allowing the traffic
on adjoining completed c.c.slabs. In case it is not possible, a specific
sanction of DyChE (Roads) should be obtained before allowing traffic on
C.C. slabs.
30. The joints shall be cut within 10 hrs-16 hrs. to a depth of 100mm or
min.1/3th depth of C.C.bay, as directed, failing which these will be got
done at contractor's cost and penalty will be levied as directed by
Engineer including withholding the payment of adjoining panels of the
uncut joints for 5 years. A suitable rebate for less depth i.e. in betn. 75 mm

62
to 115 mm will be taken on prorata basis. A proper record shall be

maintained in the register.
31. The regularity of the surface of the slab shall comply with the
requirement of following clause.
31.1 Compliance with the requirements of this clause for surface regularity
shall be measured using an approved 3 m long straight edge and wedge
in such a way as to reveal any and all irregularities. The maximum
permitted number of surface irregularity of 5 mm and 7 mm in a length of
300 m shall be 20 numbers and such irregularities shall be properly
recorded in the register.
31.2 Longitudinal irregularity shall normally be measured along any line or

lines parallel to the edge of the slab.
31.3 Transverse irregularity shall normally be measured along any line with
the straight edge placed at right angles to the center line of the road.
32. If deemed necessary by the Engineer, any section of the slab which
deviates from the specified levels and tolerance shall be demolished and
reconstructed at the Contractor's expense.
33. There shall be a defect liability for 5 years period (60 months) for R.C.C.
work / Machanized Mastic Asphalt work.
34. The contractor when called upon will take up the additional work and
complete the same at their rates, terms & conditions of the contract
without claiming any compensation and work shall be completed within
the time period allotted to this contract. All taxes/duties etc. will be borne
by the contractors and not by the MCGM.
35. If any contractor fails to carry out work, the same will be got executed at
his risk and cost, through other agencies.
36. Ready mix concrete will be brought to the site from RMC plant only by
transit mixers.
a) Every transit mixer will carry delivery challan, mentioning the minimum
following details -
i) Name of Manufacturer and Depot.
ii) Serial No. of challan.
iii) Date
iv) Truck No.
v) Name of contractor to whom the RMC is being supplied.
vi) Location of contract work.
vii) Grade of concrete.
viii) Specified workability.
ix) Cement content and Grade of cement.
63
x) Time of loading
xi) Quantity of concrete.
b) A computerized print out showing details of ingredients or ready mix

concrete including admixture viz. the actual weight of each ingredients,
required weight of each ingredients as per mix design etc. shall
invariably be obtained with each transit mixer carrying RMC on site.
The computerized sheet shall be signed by the site in charge and
contractor's representative and shall be preserved as a record on the site.
37. When the truck arrives on site, the drum should always be speeded to
about 10 to 15 rev/min, for at least 3 minutes, to make sure that the
concrete is thoroughly mixed and uniform, before discharge.
38. Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete:- The sampling and testing

requirements for ready mixed concrete are the same as those for site
mixed concrete. As regards testing of workability, following procedure
be followed.
After making sure that the concrete has been uniformly mixed, take a
sample from the first 0.5 cu.m. of concrete discharge, and do a slump (or
compacting factor) test on the sample. If the result complies with the
specified requirements, then the load should be accepted. If the results
are beyond limits, a further sample should be taken from the second 0.5
cu.m. of the discharge, and if this is satisfactory, the load should be
accepted, if not, the concrete load shall be rejected, as the same is not as
per the specification range. The specified slump is 50 mm while carrying
out above tests, it may vary by 10 mm.
39. No extra payment will be made for the use of admixtures.
40. The defect liability period of 5 years will be the responsibility of the main
tenderer.
41. It will be the sole right of the Administration to allow or disallow the use
of ready mixed concrete in specific works based on the site situation,
number of works, distance of plant from the site of work, etc.
4.30 FOR ASPHALT MASTIC ROAD WORKS
Loads of asphalt mix brought on lorries shall be fully covered with

tarpaulin failing which Rs.500/- for every lorry load received on the site
uncovered with tarpaulin will be imposed as penalty and the same will be
recovered from the contractor’s bill.
The lorry loads of the asphalt mix shall be checked at random at public
weigh Bridge including the Tar Weight for verifying the correct weight of
the mix at the rate of one load out of every ten loads.
3. Various asphalt mix challans shall bear printed serial No. weight and
departure time from the plant end. The test reports of the test conducted in
64
the asphalt plant laboratory shall invariably accompany with the first load.
While laying asphalt mix layers on the existing road surface, care shall be
taken to see that no manhole or chamber covers of drainage, etc. are buried
or kept higher than road surface. They shall be first identified and raised or
lowered to be flushed with final asphalt surface.
Prime coat/Tack coat will be laid during resurfacing work only by
mechanical sprayer.
Field Density test shall be taken in Asphalt Concrete Carpet, D.B.M.
W.M.M., D.L.C. and GSB etc. as per Road Specifications.
The contractors shall bring the correct size of metal/material required for
construction of water bound layers. The contractors will not be allowed to
break stones, preparation of material for water bound layers on site.
The contractors should carry out if required, any minor works such as
raising/lowering of manhole, attending to bad spots, bad patches etc. as
may be decided by the Engineer-in charge any where within the concerned
ward limit where the work is in progress under contract at the rates
included in the Bill of Quantities of the above work with his percentage
quoted.
For mechanized mastic asphalt works, the mastic asphalt shall be provured
from the computerized mastic asphalt plant having arrangement of
producing mastic asphalt with lime hearing arrangement, transporting the
same by means of cooker having hearing arrangement more than 2000 C
and laying be means of paver with mechanical chip spraying arrangement
with paving width of 2.5 heating arrangement for base plate.
Computerized print out showing details of each ingredients, actual weight
of each ingredients, required width of each ingredients as per mix design
et. Shall invariably be obtained with each load of Asphalt mix and with
each cooker of Mastic Asphalt. The computerized sheet shall be signed by
the site in charge and contractor’s representative and shall be preserved as
a record on the site.
Mix design for Asphaltic material including mastic asphalt shall be

prepared in accordance with the relevant IRC / IS specification. The same
shall be checked by concern Assistant Engineer and approved by Executive
Engineer.
Mechanized Mastic Asphalt work using mastic paving machine:-
Item of work and Name of Test Method / Frequency

Test Codes
1. Quality of Binder
i. Penetration at 250 C IS 1203 One Test Per Lot
ii. Softening Point Deg C. IS 1205 One Test Per Lot
iii. Loss on heating for 5 hrs. IS 1212 One Test Per Lot
at 1630 C, % by Mass
iv. Solubility in Carbondi IS 1216 One Test Per Lot

65
Item of work and Name of Test Method / Frequency

Test Codes
Sulphide, % by Mass
2. Aggregates
i. Loss Angel’s; Abrasion IS 2386 (Part IV) One Test Per 250
Value / Aggregate Impact Cum. Mtr.
Value
ii. Aggregate Grading IS 2386 Part (I) & One Test Per 250
IS 1195 Cum. Mtr.
iii. Temp. of binder and 1600 C to 1900 C
aggregate for mixing and 280 C to 310 C
0 0
mix temp and laying temp 1900 C to 2100 C

0 0
190 C to 250 C
iv. Soundness in Sodium IS 2386 (Part V) One Test Per 250
Sulphate / in Magnesium Cum. Mtr.
Sulphate
v. Water absorption IS : 2386 (Part-III) One Test Per 250
Cum. Mtr.
3. Test on Lime Filler
i. Gradation IS 2386 Part-I One Test per
250Cu.M on per
source
ii. % Calcium content IS 1195 Annex C One Test per
250Cu.M on per
source
4. Mastic Asphalt
i. Gradation IS 5317 : 2002 One Simple per day
Annex D of IS
1195
ii. Hardness No. Annex E of IS One Simple per day
1195
4.31 TESTING OF MATERIAL –

Contractors are required to send at least one sample per day up to five
loads and at the rate of one sample for every additional five loads or part
there of per day for Asphalt Macadam/ Seal Coat/Asphalt Concrete and
other asphalt mixes to the laboratory for testing. The contractor shall note
that, 50% payment of the bitumen work will be withheld till the results are
received
The test of samples of asphalt macadam, asphaltic concrete, mastic
asphalt, used in the work shall be carried out at municipal laboratory or
approved laboratory as directed by engineer in-charge.
The site laboratory shall be used for testing of sub-base, GSB, base course,
WBM, concrete cubes (7 days, 14 days) and other materials as necessary
and directed engineer in-charge.
66
The charges for testing of construction materials and asphalt mixes shall
be as per the rates in force at the time of testing of materials/asphalt mixes
and the testing charges shall be borne by the contractor.
i. All requests for testing of samples must be made in writing in duplicate

specifying there in the following information (separate memo should be
sent for concrete, steel, soil, asphaltic mixes) etc.
a. Name of the Work, Work Code No. if any.
b. Type of material of material and test desired (i.e. grade of cement,
date of consignment)
c. Identification mark on the sample should be mentioned on the
forwarding memo (in case of concrete beams and cubes
identification marks, grade of concrete, date of casting, specimen
No. should be engraved on concrete. If these details are marked by
paint, samples will not be accepted. In case of re-inforcement bars,
details shall be displayed on label pasted on bars and label must be
signed by the officer who has taken the samples.)
d. Name and full postal address of the officer to whom the results must
be sent.
e. Date of sampling (i.e. date of laying asphalt mix, Sr.No. of load
casting concrete or taking cement samples.)
f. Name of the tenderer carrying out the work.
g. Any other information, which is specified by the user department.
ii. Samples must also bear the identification mark and signature of
site in charge/ officer taking the samples. In case of samples of
asphalt mixes sent in polythene bags a legible duplicate tag should
be stapled from outside.
iii. Quantity of sample for testing must be adequate as shown in the
schedule.
iv. For issuing additional copies or duplicate copies of test results at
Municipal Testing Lab. Rs. 20/- will be charged for each copy.
Request for additional /duplicate copy should be made in writing by
site in charge or higher officers of the user department.
v. Field Density test shall be taken in Asphalt concrete Carpet for any
thickness. The Contractor shall obtain the intimation letter from
Engineer-in-charge & furnish the same to A. E. (Soil Mech.) or as
directed by the Engineer within 7 days from the date of laying of asphalt
concrete for carrying out the field density test. For any neglect or delay
on the part of the contractor to intimate the same within seven days
period, the additional charges as penalty would be recovered from the
Contractor up to Rs. 200/- per test per week at the time of submission of
intimation to A. E. (Soil Mech.)’s office.
vi. Samples of bitumen cut back, emulsions shall be forwarded in wide
mouthed metal containers with label pasted on the lid.
vii. Samples for tensile testing of reinforcing bars shall be straight for entire
length without bends. The ends of the bars shall be hacksaw cut and not
67
chisel cut. One sample of each diameter bar shall be sent for first test
and for retest, two bars shall be sent. The length of the bars shall be 50 cm.
for all diameters.
viii. Samples that are sent for testing for natural moisture content, shall be
forwarded in wax coated packing or sealed airtight bags.
ix. Undisturbed samples sent in sampling tube shall be wax coated on both
open ends.
x. The samples thus taken shall sent to the Testing Laboratory within 4
days from the date of laying, of Asphalt mix on site. In case of delay,
additional testing charges as penalty would be recovered from the
Contractor at the following rates.
A) From the 5th day to 7th day from date of laying of Rs. 10,000/-
asphalt mix on site
B) From the 8th day to 14th day from date of laying of Rs. 20,000/-
asphalt mix on site
The above charges i.e. (A) & (B) shall be paid by the contractors at time of
submitting the samples in Municipal Laboratory.
If the samples of the Asphalt mixes are not sent for testing within 14 days,
payment for the corresponding quantity of those samples shall not be
made.
Charges would be recovered from the respective bills payable to the

contractor by respective department and credited to XV- Traffic
Operations, Roads and Bridges, H - Material Testing Laboratory.
xi) In case of failure of asphalt mix sample testing in Municipal

Laboratory in various tests the following penalties will be imposed.
a. Rs.500/- for each gradation failure as per result of asphalt macadam,

seal coat and asphaltic concrete and Rs.1,000/- for each gradation
failure in mastic asphalt.
b. For failure on more than 3 gradations in any asphalt mix. 50% of the
cost of the work represented by the failed sample will not be paid to
the contractors.
c. Rs.1,000/- each for failure in flow value/Bulk density/Void
ratio/marshal stability/hardness number in a asphaltic mix beyond
permissible limit as mentioned
d. In case of excess % of bitumen in the bitumen mix beyond specified
limit, a penalty of Rs.150/- per MT of AM/SC/AC having excess
bitumen for 5 loads for which representative sample was taken will
be imposed on C/s.
e. In case of less % of bitumen in the bitumen mix beyond specified
limit, 50% of the cost of the Day’s work represented by the sample
will be recovered as penalty.

68
The test of samples of asphalt macadam, asphaltic concrete, mastic

asphalt, paver blocks, concrete cubes (28 days) flexural beams used in the
work shall be carried out at municipal laboratory or approved laboratory
as directed by engineer in-charge.
The site laboratory shall be used for testing of sub-base, GSB, base course,
WBM, concrete cubes and other materials as necessary and directed
engineer in-charge.
The charges for testing of construction materials and asphalt mixes shall
be as per the rates in force at the time of testing of materials/asphalt mixes
and the testing charges shall be borne by the contractor.
Cement samples should be forwarded in sealed airtight container with

xii)
one opening on top not less than 10 cm. in diameter.
Moulds of concrete cubes/beams taken on hire shall be returned
xiii)
in clean, oiled condition with all nuts and accessories in proper
position.
4.32 PAVER BLOCKS
All paver blocks shall be sound and free of cracks or other visual defects
which will interfere with the proper paving of the unit or impair the
strength or performance of the pavement constructed with the paver
blocks.
The test criteria and material requirements for Paver blocks should
preferably adhere to IS-15658 : 2006. The salient features are as given
below –
Physical Requirements -
a) All paver blocks shall be sound and free of cracks or other visual
defects which will interfere with the proper paving of the unit or
impair the strength or performance of the pavement constructed
with the paver blocks.
b) When two layer paver blocks are manufactured there shall be
proper bonding between the layers. Delamination between the
layers shall not be permitted. The compressive strength of the
two layer blocks shall meet the specified requirements.
c) When paver blocks with false joints, surface relief or projections are
supplied, the same shall be specified. Also, the surface features
shall be well formed and be devoid of any defects.
d) The mix design for paver blocks shall be obtained from
manufacturers and shall be submitted before commencement of the
work.
e) In case of failure of samples, the corresponding area of paver blocks
shall be removed & replaced and samples of replaced lot shall be
tested.
69
f) Octroi receipt will not be insisted if paver blocks are procured

within Mumbai Limit, subject to the submission of documentary
evidence.
Thickness of Wearing Layer -

When paver blocks are manufactured in two layers, the wearing layer shall
have minimum thickness as specified in the IS. The thickness of the wearing
layer shall be measured at several points along the periphery of the paver
blocks. The arithmetic mean of the lowest two values shall be the minimum
thickness of the wearing layer.
Water Absorption -
The water absorption, being the average of three units, when determined in the
manner described in the IS, shall not be more than 6 percent by mass and in
individual samples, the water absorption should be restricted to 7 percent.
Tensile Splitting Strength Test
Sr. Thickness of Grade of Minimum Tensile

No. Paver blocks concrete Splitting strength in Mpa
Individual Average
i 50 30 > 2.1 > 2.2
ii 60 40 > 3.1 > 3.4
iii 80 50 > 4.1 > 4.5
iv 100 50 > 4.1 > 4.5
v 120 55 > 4.6 > 5.2
Abrasion Test -
Abrasion resistance for classes of H & I mark Paver blocks is < 20,000 mm2
/5000 mm2 (Individual) and < 18000 / 5000 mm2 (Average) , respectively.
The required number of test for abrasion resistance shall be 1 test for a quantity
of 2,00,000 paver blocks.
Sampling
The required number of blocks shall be sampled from each batch of the
consignment of blocks up to a quantity of 25,000 blocks.
Sr. Property Number of Paver Blocks for

No
Test
.
i) Water absorption 3
ii) Tensile splitting strength 8
iii) Abrasion resistance As above
4.33 DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF GGBS

70
1. Granulated slag used for manufacture GGBS shall conform to IS: 12089
2. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS) to be used as
cementitious material shall conform to BS 6699.
3. Cement used by RMC/ Contractors shall conform to OPC/ Portland
Slag Cement conforming to IS: 455.
4. In case of site mixing, a blend of 40% GGBS and 60% OPC 43 grade
shall preferably be used.
5. The mixture of cement containing GGBS and OPC shall conform to
IS:455 for chemical parameters.
6. RMC plants shall submit Manufacturer's test certificate of GGBS every
week.
7. RMC plants shall submit certificate of physical testing of cement
mixture twice a month and chemical testing of the same before its use.
8. To cover durability parameters Bof concrete, R.M.C. plants shall
submit one report during the project on permeability test (RCPT as per
ASTM 1202) and heat of hydration of cement mixture determined at 7
& 28 days from the Laboratories approved by Chief Engineer (Roads &
Tr.)
4.34-A DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF FLY ASH
1. I.S.I. mark fly ash conforming to IS 3812 shall be used 20% by weight
of cement.
2. Test certificate from Manufacturer shall be produced for satisfying
physical and chemical test properties as per IS 3812 before the use and
for every batch of fly ash.
3. A separate silo shall be provided for stacking fly ash in the R.M.C.
Plant.
4.34-B DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF MICROSILICA
1. I.S.I. Microsilica confirming IS:15388:2003 shall be used not more than

10% by weight of cement.
2. Test Certificate from Approved Manufacturers shall be produced for
satisfying physical and chemical test properties as per IS 3812 before
the use and every bath of Microsilica.
3. A separate silo shall be provided for stacking microsilica in the RMC
plant.
4.35 TABLE - 1: INDIAN STANDARDS (IS and IRC) FOR CONCRETE

PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION AND QUALITY CONTROL
I - MATERIALS
Specification Method of test Sampling

Cement IS: 8112 (Gr.43) IS: 4031 (Pt. 1 to 14) IS: 4879
IS:12269 (Gr. 53) IS: 4032 Or
Or Or Relevant IS

71
Specification Method of test Sampling

Relevant IS Relevant IS
Aggregate coarse & Fine IS : 383 IS :2386 (Pt. 1 to 8) IS : 2430
Water IS : 456
Admixture for concrete IS : 9103
Hot applied sealing IS : 1834 of 1984
compound for joints
Concrete mix design IS : 10262
IRC : 44
IRC: 59
Concrete strength IS : 516
Ready - mixed concrete IS : 4926
TABLE - 2 : MINIMUM TEST FREQUENCIES FOR QUALITY

CONTROL OF CONCRETE ROAD CONSTRUCTION
I - MATERIALS
Item Test Control Frequency

Criterion
Cement Physical and Relevant IS Once for each source of
chemical test supply for approval of the
source and subsequently
for every batch.
Coarse & fine --do- IS : 383 Once for each source
aggregates (including
soundness &
alkali reactivity)
Water Chemical Test IS : 456 --do---
Expansion Jt. Filter board IS : 1838 --do---
Jt. Sealing compound IS : 1834 of --do---
1984
10/20 Grade Bitumen Physical --do---
DURING CONSTRUCTION :
MATERIALS:
Cement Strength IS : 8112 for each lot of cement

received
Coarse & fine Gradation IS : 383 Regularly as required
aggregate
Regularly as required
subject to a minimum of
Moisture --do--- tests per day.
content

72
Cement Strength IS : 8112 for each lot of cement

received
Coarse aggregate Los Angeles IS : 383 Once for every change
Abrasion Value of source.
Aggregate
impact value --do---
Specify gravity
Flakiness Index --do--- --do---
Elongation Index --do--- --do---
Item Test Control Frequency

Criterion
CONCRETE
Workability One per transit mixer
Concrete strength Beam/Cube samples, as
specified for each age of 7
days, 14 days and 28 days
for every days.
Checking surface Three longitudinal lines
evenness with 3 mt. along with the slab length
straight-edge and wedge - one in the end middle -
gauge third end the two edge
third strips, along the line
of maximum unevenness.
4.36 Maintenance Works – During the Contract period (including intervening

monsoon) the contractor shall maintain the road motorable and traffic
worthy in asphalt mixes at his own cost. The contractor shall attend and
repair the damaged portion of the project road and the said work shall be
done within 48 hours from intimation as directed by Engineer. The
contractor shall not be entitled for any additional cost for such work
undertaken.
The defect liability period for maintenance of the project road shall be
60 months from its completion. The contractor shall be liable to maintain
the road during the defect liability period, which shall include any repairs.
Rectification of any part or portion of the project road immediately
without waiting for any notice or intimation and shall include :
i. Maintaining roads signs, road markings, arrow marking etc. throughout the
year. The painting shall be carried out. Failure to comply with this
condition will invite penalty of Rs.25,000/- per k.m. of road length covered
under this tender.
ii. Maintaining the kerbs, dividers, with proper painting, jointing etc. The
painting shall be carried out. Failure to comply with this condition will
invite penalty of Rs.25,000/- per k.m. of road length covered under this
73
tender.
iii. All roadside furniture shall be inspected, restored / painted to original
condition. The painting shall be carried out. Failure to comply with this
condition will invite penalty of Rs.25,000/- per k.m. of road length covered
under this tender.
iv. Surface deteriorations shall be rectified.
v. Paver blocks- the undulations in the paver blocks settlement of paver
blocks, broken pieces of paver blocks shall be rectified / replaced as
directed.
vi. The contractors shall not allow any trenches on the project road, stretch
without due permission from concerned authority of MCGM.
viii. Cleaning and maintaining of laterals and water entrances of storm water
drains including replacing missing/broken covers.
3. Prescribed period for completing the maintenance works shall be as

under:
a) Deteriorated surfaces in Asphalt, Paver Blocks that affect the
movement of traffic shall be repaired/rectified within 48 hrs. of
notice of such defects by the contractor or in his default when
brought to his notice by concerned staff of M.C.G.M.
b) All other maintenance work like Road signs, Lane marking, railing
etc. if found defective, shall be started within 7 days of notice of
such defects by the contractors and completed within a reasonable
period of 4 weeks or period as directed by Engineer whichever is
earlier.
c) Filling of potholes or patching up should be taken and completed
with 24 hrs. of issue of instructions to do so.
4. Penalty of Rs. 1,000/- per day for every day of delay beyond period
prescribed in the tender shall be levied as regards the Maintenance Works.
5. Prescribed period for completing the maintenance works shall be as
under :
a) Deteriorated surfaces in Asphalt, Paver Blocks that affect the
movement of traffic shall be repaired/rectified within 48 hrs. of
notice of such defects by the contractor or in his default when
brought to his notice by concerned staff of M.C.G.M.
b) All other maintenance work like Road signs, Lane marking, railing
etc. if found defective, shall be started within 7 days of notice of
such defects by the contractors and completed within a reasonable
period of 4 weeks or period as directed by Engineer whichever is
earlier.
c) Filling of potholes or patching up should be taken and completed
with 24 hrs. of issue of instructions to do so, failing which
the work may be got done at the risk & cost of the contractor.
6. Penalty of Rs. 1,000/- per day for every day of delay beyond period
prescribed in the tender shall be levied.

74
4.37 Reinstatement of Trenches on Project Roads –
During the Contract period, various agencies including Municipal utilities

may be permitted to take trenches. The contractors shall refill such
trenches by sand-metal layers and restore such portion with original
surface treatment as directed. The payment for these items will be as per
(1) and (2) below. The contractor shall co-ordinate with the Ward
Office /trenching utility etc. to start the reinstatement of the trench after
receipt of such intimation from Asstt. Commissioner of concerned ward
and complete the same as directed. If any unauthorized trenches are taken
in the project road stretch, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to
restore the same to original condition as directed. No extra payment
towards reinstating such unauthorized trenches shall be made.
The contractors will have to reinstate the trenches excavated on Project

Roads during the contract period, as per specifications and guidelines as
prescribed in policy guidelines issued under No. MCG/F/835 dtd.
17.11.2007 with amendments thereof up-to-date and as cited in the tender.
Booklet containing guidelines & circulars is available in respective offices
of Dy.Ch.Eng. (Roads) and may be purchased on payment of Rs. 100/-
from Municipal Head Office.
1. Bills for reinstatement will be prepared with application of C/s's

premium/rebate and payment will be released by Road Deptt.
from the budget provision of the concerned road work during
contract period.
2. The contractors shall be mobilized with sufficient men &
machinery for taking up work of this nature at short notice at multiple
places on Project Roads.
3. If any excavation is taken without the permission of concerned
Ward Office, it shall be responsibility of the contractor to restore
the same to the original condition as directed. No extra payment
towards reinstating such unauthorized excavation/ trenches shall
be made.
4. The reinstatement of trenches in D.L.P. will be done by ward CWC.

The DLP of the contractor will be partially waived for trench
portion only. No claim whatsoever, by the contractor will be
entertained.
4.38 It will be the responsibility of the contractors to arrange for a joint

inspection by 15th May every year after completion of the work till the
expiry of defect liability period and also 4 weeks before expiry of the
defect liability period. Further, if the contractor fails to do so, the
observations made by the staff during site inspection will be considered
for the purpose of noting the defects.

75
4.39 In super session of clause 96 of G.C.C., the following conditions shall

apply:-
If any dispute, difference or claim is raised by either party relating to any

matter arising out of the contract, the aggrieved party within a period of
seven days can appeal to the concerned Add. Municipal Commissioner
who shall constitute a committee comprising of three officers i.e. the
concerned Dy. Municipal Commissioner or Director (E.S.& P.), Chief
Engineer other than the Engineer of the Contract and the concerned Chief
Accountant. The Committee shall give its decision in writing within 60
days of its formation, after giving at least one hearing to the contractors.
Appeal against the order of the Committee may be referred to the

Municipal Commissioner within seven days. Thereafter, the Municipal
Commissioner shall constitute a Committee comprising of three Addl.
Municipal Commissioners including the Addl. Municipal Commissioners
in charge of Finance Department and an expert from outside M.C.G.M.
The Committee shall give at least one hearing to the contractors. The
decision shall be given within 60 days. The decision given by this
Committee shall be final and binding upon the parties.
4.40 The contractor shall maintain the following registers during execution of
work -
List of Registers
Register Name of Register
Code
1. Inventory Register
2. Correspondence file
3. External & internal utility remarks file
4. File containing drawings
5. Daily Progress Register
6. Instruction Register
7. Level Book
8. Mix design file
9. Material Testing Result file
10. Photograph file
11. Excavation Register (Asphalt , rock, soil etc)
12. Barricading Register
13. Filling/Embankment Register
14. Removal Challans
15. Desilting Register
16. G.S.B./K.T.R.Register
17. W.M.M./W.B.M.Register
18. Sand Metal Filling Register
19. D.L.C. Register
20. Duct Pipe /Lateral Register
21. Steel Register
22. Form Work Shuttering Register
76
List of Registers
Register Name of Register
Code
23. Pour Card Register
24. M 10 Register.
25. M 15 Register
26. M 20 Register
27. M 40 Register
28. M 10, M15,M20, M35/M40 Cube & Beam registers
29. R.M.C. Challan file
30. Cement Variation Register
31. Cement Register
32. Joint Cutting Register
33. Precast item register (Paver blocks, Kerb stone etc)
34. Precast item challan register
35. Asphalt macadam (mixes) register
36. D.B.M. Register
37. Asphalt concrete /Seal coat Register
38. Asphalt challan file
39. Penalty Register.
40. Traffic Amenity Register.
SECTION - 5
77
SPECIAL DIRECTIONS
TO TENDERERS
5 - Special Directions to Tenderers
5.0 The alignment of proposed Ramdeo Peer Mandir Marg is passing

through MHADA Land, adjucent to Railway properly. Hence it is
necessary to obtain NOC from concerned department before
commencement of the work.
In this case correspondence will be made by road department and

follow up will be done by the tenderer.
5.1 Tenderer should mentain proper flow of nalla during construction of RCC
box cells, Similarly during monsoon, sufficient labour staff and
machinery should be deployed to avoid flooding and water logging.
5.2 The tender is prepared as per the remarks received from SWD department,
Sewerage planning department and H.E. department. If any changes
78
suggested by concerned departments during execution of work same

shall be carried out at tender rates as per terms a condition of the
contract.
5.3 The proposed work is adjucent to SCLR. If any work will be proposed by
MMRDA / MSRDC which directly or indirectly related with Ramdeo
Peer Mandir Marg. shall be carried out tender rates as per terms and
conditions of contract.
5.4 Access to site is restricted due to MHADA land, Railway land and private
properties.
5.5 Tender should have experience of R.C.C. box cell construction and work of
providing mechanized Mastic contractor should note all above facts
before quoting the tender.
5.6 The H.E. works and Sewer works will be carried out simultaneously with
R.C.C. Box cell works and same shall be completed within a contract
period of 24 month excluding monsoon work, phases may be planned
accordingly.
5.7 The drawings, design, structural design is prepared by consultants hence

tenderer shall adopt the changes / modification in design, if any,
suggested by them.

79
SECTION - 6
SPECIFICATIONS

80
6 - SPECIFICATIONS
Copies of Technical Specifications :
Copies of Standard Specifications for Road works are available in the office of the
Dy.Chief Engineer (Roads) City/Western/Eastern Suburbs during office hours.
The Corporation has published documents related to Road works. The tenderer
may purchase following documents from the office of Dy.Ch.E.(Rds.)
City/W.S./E.S.
Sr. Document
No.
1. Quality Assurance Manual

2. Policy guidelines for granting of permission for excavating trench and
its reinstatement
3. Manual of External Quality Audit system.
4. Road Maintenance Manual

81
SECTION – 7
ADDITIONAL
SPECIFICATIONS

82
Specifications
Additional Specifications
Storm Water Drain Works :
7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 PREAMBLE
1.0 All works shall be carried out strictly as per detailed specifications whether
actually specified or not. If not specified work shall be carried out as per
directions of Owner/Engineer.
2.0 No separate payment whatsoever shall be made for dewatering if required

to be done during excavation, laying of PCC and RCC laying and jointing of
pipes, construction of manholes, testing and backfilling etc. and Contractor
should quote accordingly.
3.0 If the Tenderer needs any clarification, they shall obtain the same in writing
from Owner/Engineer. No notice will be taken of any verbal discussions in
such matters.
4.0 Abbreviations used in this section : Civil Specifications document have the
meanings shown below:
mm Millimetre CI Cast Iron

cm Centimetre GI Galvanized Iron
M Metre GSW Glazed Stone Ware
km Kilometre BBCC Burnt Brick Cement
Concrete
Sq.m Square Metre RCC Reinforced Cement
Concrete
cum. Cubic Metre PCC Plain Cement Concrete
M.T. Metric Ton wt Weight
SWG Standard Wire Gauge kg Kilogram
R.M. Running Metre I.D. Internal Diameter
nos. Numbers C.M. Cement Mortar
MS Mild Steel IS Indian Standards
M.D Metre Depth of Manhole SS Stainless Steel

83
7.2 GENERAL
7.2.1 Specification Drawings:-
The alignment drawing of proposed storm water drain is incorporated in

tender documents. This drawing is made for Tenderer's guidance only. The
bidders are free to visit and inspect the sites till the submission date for the
purpose of quoting and estimation.
Work shall be carried out by Contractor exactly in accordance with the

Drawings issued by MCGM and marked as "RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION" and as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge in
writing.
7.2.2 Materials:-
The term "Materials" shall mean all materials, goods and articles of every
kind whether raw, processed or manufactured and equipment and plant of
every kind to be supplied by the Contractor for incorporation in the works.
Except as may be otherwise specified for particular parts of the Works the
provision of clauses in "materials and workmanship" shall apply to
materials and workmanship for any part of the works.
All materials shall be new and of the kinds and qualities described in the
Contract and shall be approved by the Engineer in- charge.
Materials shall be transported, handled and stored in such a manner as to

prevent deterioration, damage or contamination failing which such
damaged materials will be rejected and shall not be used on any part of the
Works under this contract.
7.2.3 Samples and Tests of Materials:-
1. The Contractor should submit test certificates of the materials at the

time of material unloading on the site
2. The Contractor shall submit samples of such materials as may be

required by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall carry out the specified
tests directed by the Engineer-inCharge at the site, at the supplier's
premises and at a laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3. The Contractor should give Engineer-in-Charge seven days notice in

writing about the date on which any of the materials will be ready for
testing or inspection at the supplier's premises or at a laboratory as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer shall attend the
test at the appointed place within 7 days of the said date on which the
materials are expected to be ready for testing or inspection according
84
to Contractor, failing to which the test may proceed in his absence

unless instructed by Engineer-inCharge to carry out such a test on a
mutually agreed upon date in his presence. The Contractor shall in any
case submit to the Engineer-in-Charge within seven days of every test
such number of certified copies (not exceeding six) of the test readings
as the Engineer-in-Charge in charge may require.
4. Approval by the Engineer-in-Charge as to the placing of orders for

materials or as to samples or tests shall not prejudice any of the
Engineer-in-Charge's powers under the contract particularly as to the
provisions under the conditions of contract.
5. The provisions of this clause shall also apply to materials supplied

under any nominated sub-contract.
6. In any case the Contractor shall not use any material without prior
testing and clearance by the Engineer-in-Charge. In case such material
is used, this will be liable for rejection either partly or fully.
7. If required rejected material shall be marked and stockpiled separately;

and such rejected material shall be taken out within a week from
construction site.
The cost of the material testing at the supplier premises and as on the
site shall be borne by the Contractor and without prior testing and
clearance of the Engineer-in-Charge, the materials should not be used
for the work.
7.3 STANDARDS
1. The special attention of the Contractor is drawn to the relevant sections

and clauses of the National Building Code of India 1984 &
Maharashtra PWD specifications and latest BIS Codes (Latest editions
along with amendments) and should follow them strictly in addition
to the specifications & conditions stipulated in this volume.
2. Materials and workmanship shall comply with the relevant Indian

Standards (with amendments) current at the lot January 2007, unless a
more recent amendment is specified hereinafter, or with the
requirements of any other authoritative standard approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge which shall be no less exacting in the opinion of
the Engineer-in-Charge than the corresponding standard quoted here
in.
3. Where the relevant standard provides for the furnishing of a certificate

to the MCGM on request, stating that the materials supplied comply in
all respects with the standard, the Contractor shall obtain the
certificate and forward it to the Engineer-in-Charge.
85
4. The specifications, standards and codes listed below are made a part of
this specification. All standards, tentative specifications, specifications,
codes of practice referred to herein shall be the latest editions
including all applicable official amendments and revisions.
5. If no standard is indicated, the relevant Indian Standard, if any, shall

apply. Indian standards are published by BIS.
6. HandBook (1990) shall be followed, wherever not specified in this

"Volume Il: Technical Specifications", Maharashtra PWD specifications
(1990) and IS specifications shall be applicable in case of discrepancy
Engineer-in-Charge's decision will be final & binding. Specifications
for different Materials as per IS codes
7.3.1 List of Important Indian Standards:-
The following list includes various Indian Standards which are

IMPORTANT and are referred to in the general specifications and used in
construction works. These standards are to be strictly adhered to unless
otherwise is applicable in the relevant context. These standards are to be
followed both in respect of materials and construction of civil engineering
works included in the tenders.
Though the list of Indian Standards includes the year of Publication of the
standard, it may not in all cases be the latest. It is obligatory that only the
latest edition of the standard is referred to and followed, along with all
amendments and revisions issued with respect to the standard under
consideration. This list is not exhaustive but contains only the standards
that are very frequently used on the construction works. If a standard exists
for a particular item of material or equipment or code of practice the same
shall be followed whether the same is included in this list, specifications,
other parts of the tender documents or not. Some Indian Standards are
referred to in the specifications/ drawings/ other parts of the tender
documents and they are supplementing this list if they do not find a place
in the list.
Table 1: List of IS
Sr. IS Code No. / Year Title

1 153-1950 Ready mixed paint, spraying, stoving, lead free,
for general purposes
2 171-1985 Cotton and cotton regenerated cellulosic fibre
blended grey yam
3 2062-1984 Specification for Structural Steel (Fusion
Welding Quality)
4 269-1976 Ordinary and low heat Portland cement
5 383-1970 Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources
86

for concrete
6 432(partl )-1982 Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars
7 455-1976 Portland slag cement
8 456 Code of practice for plain and reinforced cement
concrete
9 458-1971 Concrete pipes
10 516-1959 Methods of test for strength of concrete
11 651-1981 Salt-glazed stoneware pipes and fittings
12 783-1985 Code of practice for laying of concrete pipes
13 784-1978 Pre-stressed concrete pipes
14 800-1984 Code of practice for general construction in steel
15 816-1969 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for
general construction in mild steel
16 1038-1983 Steel-doors, windows and ventilators
17 1077-1986 Common burnt clay building bricks
18 1199-1959 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete
19 1200 (partl-26) Method of measurement of building and civil
engineering works
20 1363 (part 1-3) Hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts of product
grade C
21 1367 Technical supply conditions for threaded steel
fasteners
22 1477 (part 1-2) Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in
buildings
23 1542-1977 Sand of plaster
24 1726 (part 1,2 & 4) Cast iron manhole covers and frames
25 1786-1985 High strength deformed steel bars and wires for
concrete reinforcement
26 2074-1979 Ready mixed paint, air drying red oxide zinc
chrome Priming
27 2116-1980 Sand for masonry mortars
28 2212-1962 Code of practice for brickwork
29 2250-1981 Code of practice for preparation and use of
masonry mortars
30 2339-1963 Aluminum paint for general purpose in dual
container
31 2386 (part I-Vill) Methods of tests for aggregate for concrete
32 2502-1963 Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars
for reinforced concrete
33 2720 (part IV,VIII) Methods of test for soil
34 3006-1979 Chemically resistant glazed stoneware pipes and
fittings
35 3370 (part I-IV) Code of practice for concrete structures for the
storage of liquids
36 3696 Safety code for scaffolds and ladders
37 3764-1966 (part 1-2) Safety code for excavation work
87

38 4082-1977 Recommendations on stacking and storage of
construction materials at site
39 4111 (part 1-4) Code of practice for ancillary structures in
sewerage systems
40 4127-1983 Code of practice for laying of glazed stone ware
pipes
41 6248-1979 Metal rolling shutters and rolling grills
42 6909-1973 Super sulphated cement
43 7293-1974 Safety code for working with construction
machinery
44 7969-1975 Safety code for handling and storage of building
materials
45 Code National Building Code of India
46 4014 Code of practice for steel. tubular scaffoldinq.
47 5121 Code of practice for deep foundation
48 2911-1980 Part III & IV Code of practice for design and construction of
pile foundation
49 3764 Safety code for excavation work
50 4082 Recommendations on stocking & storage
material at
site.
51 7293 Safety code of working with construction
machinery.
52 3114 Code of practice for laying Cl pipes
53 5822 Code of practice for laying of welded steel for
pipes
54 7364 Plastic pipe work for potable water supply (part
I-III)
Indian Standards Institution Manak Bhavan

9, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg New Delhi - 110 002.
7.4 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Road Works
Copies of Technical Specifications for Road Works are available in the office
of the Dy. Chief Engineer (Roads) City/Westem/Eastern Suburbs during
office hours on payment of Rs.1000/-+ 4% VAT in cash for each.
2. Storm Water Drain Works

i) The work under this contract requires execution in NaIIas / S.W.D
subjected to tidal fluctuations moreover, even during fair-season the
Nallas/S.W.D carry appreciable quantity of silage. This fact should be
borne in mind by the tenderers while quoting their percentage.

88
ii) During the course of the work it will be essential to construct

temporary coffer dams as and when found necessary and extensive
pumping will have to be resorted to for making the site for working
conditions. It may be noted that no separate payment for this purpose
will be made either for constructing cofferdams or pumping.
iii) The coffer dams should be constructed as found necessary for proper
progress of the work and approved by the Engineer.
iv) In order to neutralize the action of possibility of uplift forces 150 mm

diameter, M. S. pipes 250 mm long and 10 mm thick shall be inserted
vertically in the concrete bed of the nalla before concreting. These
pipes will be in two rows at a distance of quarter width from the nalla
edge and 3 m centre to centre and in a staggered manner. It may be
noted that no separate payment will be made for this purpose.
However, while paying for the concreting in the nalla bed the whole
area of the nalla bed shall be taken into consideration i.e., no deduction
in the concrete quantity due to the pipes.
v) Adequate working areas may not be available for construction

activities. Hence, the contractors may be required to construct accesses
wherever feasible, at their own cost. Arrangements for movement of
the trucks, machinery etc., along the entire length of the work will also
have to be done by the contractors at their own cost. Wherever it
would not be possible for the transport to reach the site of work, the
contractors will have to resort to carrying the material by head-load for
which no extra payment will be made. During excavation for the work,
it may be possible for the contractors to stack excavated material
required for back filling after completion of the retaining wall, due to
inadequate working place. In such an eventuality, the contractors
would be required to transport the excavated material away from the
site and bring back the same for refilling at their own cost.
vi) The contractor should note that in case where it will not be possible to
provide necessary water way for the diversion of water course of nalla
due to its inadequate width it will be necessary to block the complete
water way and make such arrangements either to divert the flow or to
resort to pumping the water from up stream side to down stream of
work site by using any number of pumps for any length of time.
Waterway of the diverted way shall be more than original. Permission
to block the complete water way shall be given only after inspecting
this arrangement. If work cannot be completed before rains, original
waterway be restored. No extra payment on this account shall be
entertained.
vii) Normal foundation depth in the section is based on the assumption

that good strata (i.e. having bearing pressure of 15 t/Sq. m) will be
available at a depth of 1.5 m below the final invert level and upto the
89
top of rubble-soling. In case the soil is not of good' quality, it will be

necessary to have a deeper excavation, as directed by the Engineer,
and the section of the walls will be proportionately modified and
payment will be made accordingly.
viii) Repairs to the damaged S.W. open drains, drain pipes, water entrances
shall be carried out by the contractor, as directed by the Engineer, for
which payment will be made to the contractor.
3. The testing of construction materials shall be done in material testing

laboratory or any other laboratory approved by the Engineer. The charges
for testing of construction materials shall be as per the rates in force at the
time of testing of materials and the testing charges shall be borne by the
contractor.
The list of testing fees in material testing laboratory and corresponding

quantities of samples for tests is available in the respective divisional
offices.
3.1 All requests for testing of samples must be made in written in duplicate,
specifying therein the following information. (Separate memo should be
sent for cement, concrete, steel, soil, asphalt etc) -
a) Name of the work, work code number if any.

b) Type of material and tests desired (i.e. grade of cement, date of
consignment)
c) Identification mark on the sample should be mentioned on the
forwarding memo (in case of concrete beams and cubes identification
mark, grade of concrete, date of casting, specimen number etc. should
be engraved on concrete). If these details are marked by paint, samples
will not be accepted. In case of reinforcement bars, details shall be
displayed on label pasted on bar and label must be signed by the
officer who has taken samples.
d) Name and full postal address of the Officer to whom the result must
be sent.
e) Date of sampling (i.e. date of laying asphaltic mix, Sr. No. Of load,
casting concrete or taking sample)
f) Name of Contractors carrying out the work.
g) Any other information, which is specified by the user department.
3.2 Samples must also bear the identification mark and signature of site-in-
charge/ Officer taking the sample. In case of samples of asphaltic mixes
sent in polythene bags, a legible-duplicate tag should be stapled from
outside.
3.3 Quantity of sample must be adequate as shown in schedule and the

specification with which the sample is to be tested shall be clearly mention
on forwarding memo by the site in-charge.
90
3.4 Full testing fees shall be paid in advance between 10.30A.M. and 1.00 P.M.
on working days except Saturday, and between 10.30 A.M. and 12 noon on
Saturday.
3.5 For issuing additional copies or duplicate copies, Rs.25/- will be charged for
each copy. Request for additional/ duplicate copy should be made in
writing by site-incharge or higher Officers of the user department.
3.6 Cement samples should be forwarded in sealed airtight. Container, one

opening on top not less than 10 cm. in diameter.
3.7 The steel samples for tensile testing of reinforcing bars, shall be straight for
entire length without bends. The ends of bars shall be hacksaw cut and not
chisel cut. One sample of each dia. Bar shall be sent for first test and for
retest two bars shall be sent. The length of the bars shall be 50 cm. for dia.
Less than 25 cm. and 60 cm. for dia equal to and greater than 25 mm.
3.8 Samples of bitumen, cut back, emulsions shall be forwarded in wide

mouthed metal containers with labels pasted on the lid.
3.9 Samples sent for testing natural moisture content shall be forwarded in wax
coated packing or sealed airtight polythene bags.
3.10 Undisturbed samples sent in sampling tube shall be wax coated on both
open ends.
3.11 The sample thus taken shall be sent to Municipal Testing Laboratory within
4(four) days from the date of laying of asphalt mix at site. In case of delay,
additional testing charges as penalty would be recovered from the
Contractor at following rates.
a) From 5th day to 7th day from : 100% additional testing charges.
Date of laying Asphalt mix.
b) From 8th day to 14th day from : 200% additional testing charges.
Date of laying of Asphalt mix.
The above charges i.e. (a) and (b) shall be paid by the Contractor at the
time of submitting the samples in Municipal Laboratory.
c) From 15th day to 20th day from : Rs., 5000/- or 25% cost of the days
date of laying of Asphalt mix work whichever is more.
d) Beyond 20 days-do- : Rs 10,000/- or 50% of the day’s work

whichever is more.
As regards (c) and (d), the charges would be recovered from the respective
bills payable to the Contractor by respective dept. and credited to: -
91
XV- Traffic Operations, Roads and Bridges

H- Material Testing Laboratory
Testing Charges and Voucher No. and date shall be intimated to A.E. (Soil
Mech.)
3.12 Field Density test shall be taken in Asphalt concrete Carpet for any
thickness. The Contractor shall obtain the intimation letter from the
Engineer-in-charge and furnish the same to A.E. (Soil Mech) within a day
from the date of laying of Asphalt concrete, for carrying out the field
density test. If the Contractor fails to intimate the same within 7 days
period, the additional charges as penalty would be recovered from the
Contractor at Rs. 200/- per test per week at the time of submission of
intimation to A.E. (Soil Mech.)'s Office.
3.13 Sample of Wood: DELETED
3.14 Sample shall be carefully brought and unload at Lab without any defects.
3.15 The sample taken for cubes and beams shall be sent to Municipal Testing
Lab at least two days before or actual date of testing. In case of delay
additional testing charges as penalty shall be recovered from the
Contractors at following rates
a) 100% additional testing charges per week shall be recovered other than
concrete road works.
b) for concrete road works, Rs.500/- per day will be recovered.
4. The contractors shall make necessary arrangement for adequate lighting

during night-time. No extra claims will be entertained for the same.
7.5 EARTHWORK AND EXCAVATION
7.5.1 Relevant is Codes
IS: 1200 : Method of Measurement for Building Works

IS: 3764 : Safety code for Excavation Work
IS: 3385 : Code of practice for measurement of civil engineering works
IS: 2720 : Part II - Determination of Moisture Content
Part VII - Determination of Moisture content dry density relation
using light compaction
Part VIII - Determination of Moisture Content Dry Density using heavy
compaction

92
Part XXVIII - Determination of Dry Density of soils, in place, by the sand

replacement method
Part XXIX - Determination of Dry Density of soils, in place, by the core
cutter method.
7.5.2 Excavation
Size of pipe Excavation in ordinary soil Excavation in rock

wherever it is met
with
Diameter Shoring Above Shoring In two Shoring Shoring
In one 2M Stages more In In
stage & upto than 5 M depth one two
upto 2 M 5M stage stages
depth depth upto more
5M than
depth 5M
depth
1 2a 2b 2c 3a 3b
150 mm S.W. 0.80 M 0.90 M ... ...
230 mm S.W. 0.90 M 1.00 M 1.4 M up to 5 M 0.90 M 1.00M
1 M below 5 M
300 mmS.W. 0.90 M 1.00 M 1.4 M up to 5 M 0.90 M 1.00 M
I M below 5 M
350 mm R.C. 1.30 M 1.50 M 1.8 M up to 5 M 1.50 M 1.50 M
pipe 1.5 M below 5 M
400mm R.C. 1.40 M 1.60 M 1.90 M up to 5 M 1.40 M 1.60 M
pipe 1.60 below 5 M
450 mm R.C. 1.50 M 1.70 M 2 M up to 5 M 1.50 M 1.70 M
pipe 1.70 M below 5
M
500 mm R.C. 1.50 M 1.70 M 2 M up to 5 M 1.50 M 1.70 M
pipe 1.70 M below 5
M
600 mm R.C. 1.60 M 1.80 M 2.10 M up to 5 M 1.60 M 1.80 M
pipe 1.80 M below 5
M
700 mm R.C. 1.70 M 1.90 M 2.20 M up to 5 M 1.70 M 1.90 M
pipe 1.90 M below 5
M
800 mm R.C. 2.00 M 2.30 M 2.60 M up to 5 M 2.00 M 2.30 M
pipe 2.30 M below 5
M
900 mm R.C. 2.10 M 2.40 M 2.70 M up to 5 M 2.10 M 2.40 M
pipe 2.40 M below 5

93
Size of pipe Excavation in ordinary soil Excavation in rock

wherever it is met
with
Diameter Shoring Above Shoring In two Shoring Shoring
In one 2M Stages more In In
stage & upto than 5 M depth one two
upto 2 M 5M stage stages
depth depth upto more
5M than
depth 5M
depth
1 2a 2b 2c 3a 3b
M
1000 mm R.C. 2.20 M 2.50 M 2.80 M up to 5 M 2.20 M 2.50 M
pipe 2.50 M below 5
M
1100 mm R.C. 2.30 M 2.60 M 2.90 M up to 5 M 2.30 M 2.60 M
pipe 2.60 M below 5
M
1200 mm R.C. 2.40 M 2.70 M 3.00 M up to 5 M 2.40 M 2.70 M
pipe 2.70 M below 5
M
1400 mm R.C. 2.70 M 3.00 M 3.50 M up to 5 M 2.70 M 3.00 M
pipe 3.00 M below 5
M
1600mm R.C. 2.90 M 3.20 M 3.50 M up to 5 M 2.90 M 3.20 M
pipe 3.20 M below 5
M
1800 mm R.C. 3.10 M 3.40 M 3.70 M up to 5 M 3.10 M 3.40 M
pipe 3.40 M below 5
M
Item No 1 to 14-A FMCS. Schedule are applicable for the excavation in any
material for laying pipes/dhapa/box type drains along new alignment or along
the alignment of excavation of existing storm water drain and for nalla in a case
of normal strata.
The work of excavation in any type of rock shall be carried out by blasting.
Wedging or chiseling. In case where the Police/Municipal authorities do not
permit blasting, excavation in any of the rock will have to be done by wedging
and /or by chiseling without any extra cost and also if it is required to use
compressor etc. it will have to be done without any extra cost whatsoever over
and above the rate of excavation for rock.
The payment for excavation shall be made on cross sectional area basis. Before
starting the work initial levels will be taken at every 5.0 M or less depending on
site conditions along the entire length of proposed work. The levels at every
2.0M distance shall be taken along with width of section.
94
The exaction quantity shall be computed on the basis of levels thus taken, in case
of removing excavated and desilted material, 30% deductions for voids in
earth/silt etc. and 40% for voids in rubble/boulders from depot or lorry
measurement will be made.
7.6 CAST-IN-SITU END BEARING PILES
7.6.1 Mobilisation & Setting Out
The contractor shall provide everything necessary for true and faithful
performance of the contract.
The contractor shall be furnished with setting out or lining out drawings
and a base line shall be actually set at site by the engineer. The entire work
then shall be set out by the contractors from the base line and the lining out
checked by the Supervising Engineer before starting the work.
Before commencing with boring, removable casings shall be driven into the
ground and their centre lines checked jointly by the Contractors and
Supervising Engineers.
7.6.2 Boring Through Over-Burden

Boring in overburden through whatever strata encountered, upto rock as
defined in 6.6.1, shall be done by using a flap valve bailer.
Use of heavy cutting chisels shall be restored to, if required, for boring
through locally encountered boulders or hard strata through which a bailer
cannot penetrate. The diameter of the bore hole shall be such that the pile
reinforcement cage with a shroud of geofabric liner of specified diameter
can be properly lowered into the bore.
The tops of the bore holes shall be defined and stabilised by driving
removable casings to a level below which boring can be continued without
them. The walls of the bore holes shall be stabilised by circulating drilling
mud with bentonite slurry of required consistency. It shall be the
contractors responsibility to ensure the stability of the bore holes and to
make good the damage if any resulting from the collapse of the sides.
All bored material including circulating mud shall be carted away and the
site kept clean at the contractors expense. This muck-disposal shall be done
simultaneously while boring is in progress. The Supervising Engineer may
stop the work if muckaccumulates at site and delay in completion of the
work due to such stoppage shall be to the contractors account.
7.6.3 Chiselling Through Rock & Establishing The Founding Strata

Boring through overburden shall be deemed to have been terminated at the
lower of the two levels determined by the following requirements.
95
i) The level at which further boring by bailer is not possible, after having
chiselled through locally encountered boulders or hard strata.
The strata encountered at the lower of the two levels determined as

above shall be considered as rock. Further boring shall be continued by
chiselling and shall be as boring through rock for the purposes of
measurement and payment.
The chisel diameter shall correspond to the diameter of the bore hole
and its weight shall be 2.00 tonne to 3.00 tonnes for piles upto and
including 1200 mm diameter and 10.00 tonnes to 15.00 tonnes for piles
upto and including 2500 mm diameter. The fall of chisel shall not be
less than I m nor more than 1.5 m. The weight of chisel and its fall shall
be so adjusted that atleast 3 t-m of energy is imparted per blow per I
Sq.m. cross sectional area of pile.
Having reached the rock level as defined in 4.3.2, 1000 chisel blows
shall be given ensuring that atleast 3 t-m of energy per 1 Sq.m. pile
cross area is imparted per blow. Bore shall then be cleaned, penetration
measured and the reduced level determined.
Further boring shall then be continued by chiselling till the

acceptability of the founding statum is proven as in 4.3.6 below.
The acceptability of the founding stratum shall be that atleast 75 t-m of

energy is required per 1 Sq.m. pile cross-sectional area per 1 cm
penetration. This shall be checked consecutively three times for 5 cms
penetration each time. If this requirement is not satisfied further
penetration into the rock shall be effected till the requirement is
satisfied. The bore hole shall then be cleaned, penetration measured
and the reduced level determined.
The penetration into the rock from the level at which rock was first
encountered as defined in 4.3.2 upto the founding stratum level as
defined in 4.3.6 should be such that a socket length of atleast 3 m. for
600 dia pile and 2:25 for 450 dia pile or as per recommendations of soil
consultant into the rock is obtained. If not, further penetration shall be
effected in to the rock till the required socket length is obtained.
The level at which atleast 20 t-m of chiselling energy is required per I

Sq.m. of pile cross-sectional area for penetrating the strata further by 1
cm. This requirement shall be checked by imparting 100 t-m of
chiselling energy per 1 Sq.m. of pile cross- sectional area and
measuring the penetration, which should be less than 5 cm.
If at any stage during the chiselling for obtaining the socket length as
described in Clause 4.3.7, after having given 1000 chisel blows as
96
mentioned in Clause 4.3.4, the rock encountered is such that more than
225 t-m of energy is required per I Sq.m of pile cross-sectional area per
1 cm of penetration then the founding stratum shall be considered to
have been reached and further chiselling shall be stopped, unless
directed otherwise by the Consulting Engineers. If so directed, further
chiselling shall be recorded as t-m-hrs. A chiselling equipment
operating for 1 hr. in such a way that 3 t-m of energy are consistently
imparted per blow, shall be considered as 3 t-m-hrs, subject to a
minimum of 10 blows per minute.
It shall be the contractors responsibility to ensure the stability of the

hale and, far making good the damage if any, resulting from the
collapse of the sides.
All chiselled material including circulating mud shall be carted away

and site kept clean at contractors expense.
The entire process of proving the acceptability of the final founding

level shall be carried out in the presence of the Supervising Engineer.
Full record of chisel weight, drop height; number of blows, penetration
time taken etc. shall be regularly maintained.
7.6.4 Cleaning and Flushing the Tip Zone

After reaching the founding stratum the pile tip zone shall be thoroughly
cleaned by flushing the bore with fresh bentonite slurry to completely
replace the old bentoniteslurryy used during the previous operations.
A tremie pipe of 150 to 200 mm diameter shall be lowered into the bore &
fresh slurry shall be circulated at sufficiently high pressure so that the
slurry discharge rate shall be 500 litres per minute for piles upto 600mm
dia, 2000 litres per minute for piles upto 1200mm dia. and 8000 litres per
minute for piles upto 2400 mm dia. The specific gravity of the slurry at
inflow shall be between 1.1 to 1.08. At the outflow it may be mare than 1.1
or less than 1.08. The specific gravity shall be checked again after
settlement and before recirculation. Fresh bentonite shall be added to
maintain the specific gravity at inflow within the range of 1.08 to 1.10.
Gravel and sand particles in the discharge after cleaning shall not be less
than 4mm.
The cleaning shall be carried out for a total period of 45 minutes in two
stages. Cleaning of the first stage of 30 minutes shall be carried out before
lowering the reinforcement cage and for the second stage of 15 minutes
after lowering the reinforcement cage.
If required by the Supervising Engineer the cleaning,of the tip zone shall be
further checked by operating an air lift for 30-minutes. The contents of the
discharge at the outflow shall be examined for the-purpose. This check
shall be carried out for every pile at the beginning of the work and on
97
finding the cleaning process satisfactory further check shall be made cm

atleast 1 pile out of 10 or often as required by the Supervising 'Engineer.
7.6.5 Reinforcement
All piles shall be reinforced using Mildsteel bars or high yield strength
deformed bars as specified by the Consulting Engineers.
Reinforcement shall be cut and fabricated as per the Consulting Engineers

drawings. Binding wire shall be galvanised.
The main longitudinal reinforcement of the piles shall be in one unbroken

length. When this length exceeds the commercially available lengths then
the bar length may be made up by lapping of reinforcement rods by 55
times their diameters. In addition, the overlapping portion shall be held
rigid by tack welding t three locations along the lap.
The longitudinal reinforcement in the piles shall be held by providing

spiral stirrups. At the end of the spiral the next spiral shall overlap by two
rounds and the spirals shall be alternately left handed and right handed.
The assembly of the fabricated reinforcement of the piles into a cage shall
be carried out on a level platform so as to maintain its linearity in the
longitudinal direction. The entire assembly shall be rigid and stable during
handling and placing.
All reinforcement shall be provided with proper specified cover. This cover
shall be ensured by providing precast concrete circular disc shaped cover
blocks with a hole in the centre. These shall be threaded on to the spiral
stirrups.
The assembled cage of the reinforcement shall be carefully lowered into the
bore hole by a crane or a hoist so that no muck or soil or other impurities
fall into the bore hole.
7.6.6 Concreting the Piles

Concrete shall be prepared to conform to the specifications Part: A in
general and Clause 5 therein in particular. The workability requirements
for placement by tremie shall be achieved not by exceeding the water:
cement ratio beyond 0.55 but by use of approved plasticisers or water
reducing admixtures
Concrete shall be deposited in the pile using a tremie pipe. A minimum

concrete height of 1 m shall be maintained inside the tremie over that of the
concrete in the pile. A minimum tremie penetration of I m into the concrete
shall be ensured at all times so that during the up and down movement of
the tremie its bottom does not come out of the concrete in the pile.

98
All piles shall be concreted to a level atleast 1 pile dia or 1 meter whichever
is more, higher than the specified cut-off-elevation of the pile. 1 in 20 piles
shall be cast upto the ground level to permit-visual inspection of the
overflow of concrete.
7.6.7 Stripping the Pile Tops

After excavation, the permanent steel liners, if provided, shall be first flame
cut about 125 mm below the cut off elevation of the piles. Care shall be
exercised that the concrete is not damaged during the progress.
The as-cast portions of the pile tops shall then be carefully chipped off upto
the cutoff elevation or until hard dense concrete is obtained whichever is
the lower. If piles are required to be rebuilt upto specified cut-off elevation,
the same shall be done at the contractors expense. First 50 mm deep groove
shall be cut around the pile using sharp chisel 20 mm wide and only
thereafter the inner concrete shall be removed. Care shall be exercised to
ensure that the reinforcement is not damaged.
All debris shall be carted away and the site kept dean. Mode of
Measurement
This item shall be measured by numbers separately for different pile

diameters.
7.7 CONCRETE AND ALLIED WORKS
7.7.1 Ready Mix Concrete
All concrete works shall be carried out by Ready Mix Concrete only.
Testing for compressive strength of concrete works shall be carried out as

directed by the Engineer in-charge.
Twelve cubes (150 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm) shall be cast & tested for
compressive strength for 7, 14 & 28 days at the site laboratory for everyday's
work. For concrete of grade M 35 or higher, corresponding three flexural
beams (700 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm) for flexural strength of 28 days shall
also be cast & tested, for every day's work at the laboratory attached to the
R.M.C. plant. In case of failure in compressive strength for 28 days, the
remaining three cubes shall be sent to the municipal laboratory or any other
approved laboratory, as directed by engineer in-charge for retesting.
Besides, once in a month, compressive strength for 7, 14 & 28 days & flexural
strength for 28 days (for concrete of grade M 35 or higher) shall be carried
out at municipal laboratory or approved laboratory as directed by the
Engineer in-charge.

99
In addition to above specified cube and flexural behavior testing, the

contractor shall carryout concrete core testing @ 4 cores per 50m length of
wall. Location on core shall be approved by the engineer-in -charge. The site
of each core shall be min -75 mm dia x200 mm long. All core samples be
tested for compressive strength of fully cured concrete. The core testing shall
be carried out in an approved concrete testing laboratory and reports
submitted to the engineer-in-charge. Core cut holes shall be filled with
single component Pan fibre Reinforced Thixotropic dual shrinkage.
Compensated structural repair mortar of the minimum compressive

strength as that of concrete used for the construction of the wall.
Initial curing shall be done immediately, either by covering with hessian

cloth and sprinkling with water over the concreted portion as soon as the
concrete starts setting or by the application of approved resin based
aluminized reflective curing compound which hardens into an impervious
film of membrane (with the help of mechanical sprayer.)
Further curing of concrete shall be done as directed, for a minimum period

of 14 days from the date of casting of c.c. slab.
A penalty of Rs.100/- per Sq.M. per day will be levied for broken vatas. A
penalty of Rs.500/- per day will be levied for improper curing.
In controlled concrete the determination of the proportions of cement,

aggregate and water to attain the required strength shall be made with
preliminary test by designing the concrete mix at contractors cost.
Mix - design to give the target strength as required shall be prepared

preferably in accordance with the relevant IRC / IS specifications. The same
shall be checked by the Asst. Engineer / Executive Engineer.
All type of concrete works shall conform to relevant I.S. Codes as mentioned
below or their latest editions:
a. I.S. 10262 1982 for concrete mix design.
b. I.S. 383 1970 for aggregates.
c. I.S. 456 1978 for concrete. (As modified)
d. I.S. 1791 for mixer
e. I.S. 516. 1959 for testing concrete.
f. I.S. 9103 for admixtures for concrete.
g. I. S. 8142 & 8122 for cement concrete vibrators
h. I.S. 2505 for immersion type vibrators
i. I. S. 2911 1 to IV water retaining structures
j. Any other relevant I.S. codes as directed.
Ready mix concrete will be brought to the site from RMC plant only by
transit mixers. (agitators).

100
Every transit mixer will carry delivery challan, mentioning the minimum
following details
i) Name of Manufacturer and Depot.

ii) Serial No. of challan.
iii) Date
iv) Truck No.
v) Name of contractor to whom the RMC is being supplied. vi)
Location of contract work.
vii) Grade of concrete.
viii) Specified workability.
Municipal Corporation Of Greater Mumbai Tender For Storm
Water Drain Works -
ix) Cement content and Grade of cement. x) Time of loading
xi) Quantity of concrete.
When the truck arrives on site, the drum should always be speeded to
about 10 to 15 rev/min, for at least 3 minutes, to make sure that the
concrete is thoroughly mixed and uniform, before discharge.
Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete:- The sampling and testing requirements

for ready mixed concrete are the same as those for site mixed concrete. As
regards testing of workability, following procedure be followed.
After making sure that the concrete has been uniformly mixed, take a
sample from the first 0.5 cu.m. of concrete discharge, and do a slump (or
compacting factor) test on the sample. If the result complies with the
specified requirements, then the load should be accepted. If the results are
beyond limits, a further sample should be taken from the second 0.5 cu.m.
of the discharge, and if this is satisfactory, the load should be accepted, if
not, the concrete load shall be rejected, as the same is not as per the
specification range. The specified slump is 50 mm while carrying out above
tests, it may vary by 10 mm as per IS 4926-1976.
No extra payment will be made for the use of admixtures.
The defect liability period will be the responsibility of the main tenderer.
It will be the sole right of the Administration to allow or disallow the use of
ready mixed concrete in specific works based on the site situation, number
of works, distance of plant from the site of work, etc.
The rate shall cover the cost of complete work including boxing, ramming
consolidating, watering, placing, curing. Concrete lost in interstices of
rubble and / or metal packing etc. will not be paid for. The rate includes
cost of finishing all exposed surfaces to match with type of finish to
surrounding surfaces or as directed by the engineer.

101
The rates also include cost of providing, placing, launching, removing,

cleaning, striping the form work unless otherwise specifically mentioned.
The rates are also inclusive of cost of vibrating by mechanical vibrator of
appropriate type.
NOTE:- R.M.C. Conditions regarding 14 days compressive strength, 28

days flexural strength shall be applicable only if C.C. road work, is
included in the scope of the tender.
REINFORCED CONCRETE
The coarse aggregate in R.C.C. work will consist of metal No. I and 2 as per mix
design for controlled concrete and as per specifications. The rates shall cover the
cost of complete work including mix design, site laboratory equipment centering
placing vibrating tamping, watering, curing, compacting, roughening the
exposed surfaces for accepting plaster and finishing.
The sizes of members shall be the designed dimensions exclusive of finishing.

Use of mechanical vibrator of appropriate type shall be made for all R.C.C.
works
Wherever directed. All joints and gaps in the formwork shall be covered with
waterproof papers as directed. Precast cement mortar (1:2) cover block or
approved plastic cover blocks shall be used for all R.C.C. works as directed for
which no extra payment will be made.
As soon as form work of slab is removed immediate steps will be taken by the
contractor to remove the water proof paper and cement slurry from underside of
slab. These operations shall be done within a week's time after removal of the
centering. If directed sharp internal comers of walls, etc. which are likely to be
broken and which are difficult to rectify shall be rounded or chamfered as
directed for which no extra payment will be made.
All the items of R.C.C. are based on controlled concrete mix design & are to be
carried out only by R.M.C.
Wastage in cutting steel will not be paid for. Only steel actually fixed in position
shall be paid by linear measurements including hooks and bends. No extra
payment will be made for binding wires, pins, chairs and laps and I or welding.
This shall be noted while quoting the rates.
The M.S. reinforcement / for steel / corrosion resistant steel will be as per
detailed design drawing and schedule or as directed. Same will be as per
municipal code 'B' for R.C.C. structures or as per relevant I.S. codes
specifications.
All the materials to the used in R.C.C. shall be got tested according to relevant
I.S. specifications. The material conforming to I.S. specifications only will be used
in the works.
102
Wherever Tiscon or equivalent corrosion resistant steel (C.R.S.) is used in works

it shall conform to the chemical and physical properties laid down in
manufacturer's manual and will be got tested as directed.
LIST OF MACHINERY REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED BY THE

CONTRACTOR ON EACH WORK.
1. (a) Min. two needle vibrators (60 mm) &

(b) Min. two needle vibrators (40 mm)
2. One water tanks of 5000 Ltrs. capacity each.
3. 2 straight edges with scaled wedge.
4. Requisite finishing instrument.
5. Portable air compressor.
6. 2 templates for checking camber
7. 12 cube moulds, 150 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm
8. 1 slump cone with two additional measuring rods.
9. 3 flexural beam moulds of size 700 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm 10. Min. two
sprinklers.
11. Levelling instruments.
12. Two phamas
13. a) Measuring tape
b) Steel tape
14. Generator Set - Min. one no.
NOTE:- Machinaries/equipments at 3,6,9,14 shall be applicable only if C.C.Road

work is included in the scope of tender.
Contractor must procure all the aforesaid equipments and machinery before
commencement of the respective work in good working condition.
The quality of materials and method and control of manufacture and
transportation of all concrete work irrespective of mix, whether reinforced or
otherwise shall conform to the applicable portions of this specification.
The Engineer in-charge shall have the right to inspect the source/s of material/s,
the layout and operation of procurement and storage of materials, the concrete
batching and mixing equipment, and the quality control system. Such an
inspection shall be arranged and Engineer-in-charge's approval obtained, prior
to starting of concrete work. However, this shall not relieve the contractor with
any of his responsibilities and all the materials, which do not conform to the
specifications, will be rejected.
The Contractor will maintain a register for quantity of steel consumed and
concreting done updated on daily basis.
7.7.2 Applicable Codes

The following specifications, standards and codes, including all official
amendments/revisions and other specifications & codes referred to
103
therein to therein, should be considered a part of this specification. In all

cases the latest issue/edition/revision shall apply. In case of discrepancy
between this specification and those referred to herein this bid document,
this specification shall govern.
MATERIALS:-
1. IS:269 Specification for 33 grade ordinary Portland cement

2. IS:455 Specification for Portland slag cement.
3. IS:1489 Specification for Portland-pozzolana cement.
4. IS: 8112 Specification for 43-grade ordinary Portland cement.
5. IS: 12330 Specification for sulphate resisting Portland cement.
6. IS: 383 Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources
for concrete.
7. IS: 432 Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel (Parts-I & II)
bars and hard-drawn steel wires for concrete reinforcement.
8. IS: 1786 Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for
concrete reinforcement.
9. IS: 1566 Specification for hard-drawn steel wire fabric for (Part-I) concrete
reinforcement.
10. IS: 9103 Specification for admixtures for concrete.
11. IS: 2645 Specification for integral cement waterproofing compounds.
12. IS: 4990 Specification for plywood for concrete shuttering work.
MATERIAL TESTING :-
1. IS: 4021 Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement. (Parts-1 to 13)
2. IS: 4032 Method of chemical analysis of hydraulic cement.
3. IS: 650 Specification for standard sand for testing of cement.
4. IS: 2430 Methods for sampling of aggregates for concrete.
5. IS: 2386 Methods of test for aggregates for concrete. (parts-I to VIII)
6. IS: 3025 Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical) water used
in industry.
7. IS: 6925 Methods of test for determination of water-soluble chlorides in
concrete admixtures.
MATERIALS STORAGE :-
1. IS: 4082 Recommendations on stacking and storing of construction

materials at site.
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN :-

104
1. IS: 10262 Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design.

2. SP: 23 Handbook on Concrete Mixes. (S & T)
CONCRETE TESTING :-
1. IS: 1199 Method of sampling and analysis of concrete.

2. IS:516 Method of test for strength of concrete
3. IS: 9013 Method of making, curing and determining compressive strength
of accelerated cured concrete test specimens.
4. IS: 8142 Method of test for determining setting time of concrete by
penetration resistance.
5. IS: 9284 Method of test for abrasion resistance of concrete.
6. IS: 2770 Methods of testing bond in reinforced concrete.
EQUIPMENT :-
1. IS: 1791 Specification for batch type concrete mixers.

2. IS: 2438 Specification for roller pan mixer.
3. IS: 4925 Specification for concrete batching and mixing plant.
4. IS: 5892 Specification for concrete transit mixer and agitator.
5. IS: 7242 Specification for concrete spreaders.
6. IS: 2505 General Requirements for concrete vibrators: Immersion type.
7. IS: 2506 General Requirements for screed board concrete vibrators.
8. IS: 2514 Specification for concrete vibrating tables.
9. IS: 3366 Specification for pan vibrators.
10. IS: 4656 Specification for form vibrators for concrete.
11. IS: 11993 Code of practice for use of screed board concrete vibrators.
12. IS: 7251 Specification for concrete finishers.
13. IS: 2722 Specification for portable swing weigh batchers for concrete
(single and double bucket type).
14. IS: 2750 Specification for steel scaffoldings.
CODES OF PRACTICE:-
1. IS: 456 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.

2. IS: 457 Code of practice for general construction of plain and
reinforced concrete for dams and other massive structures.
3. lS:3370 Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids.
(parts-I to IV)
4. IS: 3935 Code of practice for composite construction.
5. IS: 2204 Code of practice for construction of reinforced concrete shell
105
roof.
6. IS: 2210 Criteria for the design of reinforced concrete shell structures
and folded plates.
7. IS: 2502 Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete
reinforcement.
8. IS: 5525 Recommendation for detailing of reinforcement in reinforced
concrete works.
9. IS: 2751 Code of practice for welding of mild steel plain and deformed
bars used for reinforced concrete construction.
10. IS: 9417 Specification for welding cold worked bars for reinforced
concrete construction.
11. IS: 3558 Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for
consolidating concrete.
12. IS: 3414 Code of practice for design and installation of joints in building.
13. IS: 4326 Code of practice for earthquake resistant construction of
building.
14. IS:4014 Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding.(parts-I & II)
15. IS: 2571 Code of practice for laying in-situ cement concrete flooring.
16. IS: 7861 Code of practice for extreme weather concreting.
Part-I: Recommended practice for hot weather concreting.
Part-II: Recommended practice for cold weather concreting.
17. IS: 13920 Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structure subjected to
1993 seismic forces.
18. SP-16 Design Aids for Reinforcement Concrete to IS:456-1978(S&T)-
1980
19. SP-24 Explanatory Handbook on IS:456-1978
20. SP-34 Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing (S&T) -
1987
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY :-
1. IS:3696 - Safety code for scaffolds and ladders.(Parts-I & II)

2. IS:7969 - Safety code for handling and storage of building materials
3. IS: 8989 - Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures.
MEASUREMENT :-
1. IS: 1200 Method of measurement of building and engineering works.

2. IS: 3385 Code of practice for measurement of civil engineering works.
7.7.3 Materials For Standard Concrete

106
The ingredients to be used in the manufacture of concrete shall consist

solely of Ordinary Portland Cements, clean sand, natural coarse
aggregate, clean water, and admixtures, if specifically called for on
conditions at site warrant its use.
Cement
i) The contractor will have to make own arrangements for procuring cement
and steel.
ii) The Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for transport from
supplier godown and storage of adequate quantity of cement. Contractor
will construct cement godown at site as per MCGM rules. Cement in bulk
may be stored in bins or silos, in batches of 10x10, which will provide
complete protection from dampness, contamination and minimize caking
and false set. Cement bags shall be stored in a dry enclosed shed (storage
under tarpaulins will not be permitted), well away from the outer walls and
insulated from the floor to avoid contact with moisture from the ground
and so arranged as to provide ready access. Damaged or reclaimed or partly
set cement will not be permitted to be used and shall be removed from the
site. The storage bins and storage arrangement shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. Consignments of cement shall be stored as received and
shall be consumed in the order of their delivery.
iii) Cement held in storage for a period of ninety (90) days or longer shall be
tested. Should at any time the Engineer-in-charge have reasons to consider
that any cement is defective, then irrespective of its origin, date of
manufacture and or manufacturer's test certificate, such cement shall be
tested immediately at the Contractor's cost at an approved laboratory and
until the results of such tests are found satisfactory, it shall not be used in
any work. Testing certificates for each batch of cement should be submitted
by the contractor to the Engineer in charge, before starting the concreting
work. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim of any nature on this
account.
Aggregates
i) General
"Aggregate" in general designates both fine and coarse inert materials used
in the manufacture of concrete (Vide BIS 456 & BIS 383) and confirming to
tests as per BIS 2386 (Part I to VI)
"Coarse Aggregate" is aggregate most of which is retained when passed

through on 4.75 mm BIS sieve.
All fine and coarse aggregates proposed for use in the works shall be subject
to the Engineer-in-charge's approval and after specific materials have been
accepted, the source of supply of such materials shall not be changed
without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

107
Aggregates shall consist of natural sands, stone (crushed or uncrushed) and

gravel from a source known to produce satisfactory aggregate for concrete
and shall be chemically inert, non-flaky, strong, hard, durable against
weathering, of limited porosity and free from deleterious materials that may
cause corrosion of the reinforcement or may impair the strength and or
durability of concrete. The grading of aggregates shall be such as to produce
a dense concrete of specified strength and consistency that will work readily
into position without segregation and shall be based on the "mix design"
and preliminary tests on concrete specified later.
ii) Sampling and testing

Samples of the aggregates for mixed design and determination of suitability
shall be taken under the supervision of the Engineer in-charge and
delivered to the laboratory, well in advance of the scheduled placing of
concrete. Records of tests, which have been made on proposed aggregates
and on concrete made from this source of aggregates, shall be furnished to
Engineer in-charge in advance of the work, for use in determining
aggregate suitability. The costs of all such tests, sampling etc. shall be borne
by the contractor.
iii) Storage of aggregates

All coarse and fine aggregates shall be stacked separately in stock piles in
the material yard near the work site in bins properly constructed to avoid
inter mixing of different aggregates. Contamination with foreign material
and earth during storage and while heaping the materials shall be avoided.
The aggregates must be of specified quality not only at the time of receiving
at site but more so at the time of loading into mixer. Rakers shall be piled in
layers not exceeding 1.20 m in height to prevent coning or segregation. Each
layer shall cover the entire area of stockpile before succeeding layers are
started. Aggregates that have become segregated shall be rejected.
iv) Specific Gravity

Aggregates having a specific gravity below 2.4 (saturated surface dry basis)
shall not be used.
7.7.4 Fine Aggregate

Fine aggregate shall consist of natural or crushed sand conforming to BIS
383 confirming to tests as per BIS 2386 part I to VI. The sand shall be clean,
sharp, hard, strong and durable and shall be free from dust, vegetable
substances, adherent coating, clay, alkali, organic matter, mica, salt, or other
deleterious substances, which can be injurious to the setting
qualities/strength/durability of concrete.
Screening and Washing: Sand shall be prepared for use by such screening or
washing, or both, as necessary, to remove all objectionable foreign matter
while separating the sand grains to the -required size fraction.

108
a) Foreign Material limitations : The percentage, deleterious substances

in. sand delivered to the mixer shall not exceed the following:.
Table 2 : Foreign Material Limitations in Fine Aggregate

Sr. Foreign material Percentage by weight
No. Uncrushed Crushed
1 Material finer than 75 micron BIS sieve 3.0 15.0
2 Shale 1.0 -
3 Coal & Lignite 1.0 1.0
4 Clay Lumps - 1.0
Total 5.0 17.0
b) Gradation : Unless otherwise directed or approved by the Engineer-in-

charge, the grading of sand shall be within the limits indicated
hereunder.
Table 3 : Grading of Sand for Fine Aggregate

Sr. BIS :Sieve Grading Grading Grading Grading
Designation Zone I Zone II Zone III Zone IV
1 10 mm 100 100 100 100
2 4.75 mm 99-100 90-100 90-100 95-100
3 2.36 mm 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100
4 1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100
5 600 microns 15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100
6 300 microns 5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50
7 150 microns 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15
Where the grading falls outside the limits of any particular grading zone of
sieves, other than 600 microns IS sieve, by total amount not exceeding 5%, it
shall be regarded as falling within that grading zone. This tolerance shall
not be applied to percentage passing the 600 micron IS sieve or to
percentage passing any other sieve on the coarser limit of grading zone I or
the finer limit of grading zone IV. Fine aggregates conforming to grading
zone IV shall be used. Mix designs and preliminary tests shall show its
suitability for producing concrete of specified strength and workability.
c) Fineness Modulus
The sand shall have a fineness modulus of not less than 2.2 or more than 4.2.
The fineness modulus is determined by adding the cumulative percentages
retained on, the following IS sieve sizes (4.75 mm, 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 600
microns'and 150 microns) and dividing the sum by 100.
7.7.5 Coarse Aggregate :-

a) Coarse aggregate for concrete, except as noted above, shall conform to
IS 383 & IS 2386. This shall consist of crushed stone and shall be clean
109
and free from elongated, flaky or laminated pieces, adhering coatings,

clay lumps, coal residue, clinkers, slag, alkali, mica, organic matter or
other deleterious matter.
b) Screening and Washing: Crushed rock shall be screened and or washed

for the removal of dirt or dust coating, if so requested by the Engineer
in-Charge.
c) Grading
i) Coarse aggregate shall be either in single size or graded, in both
cases the grading shall be within the following limits:
BIS Sieve Percentage passing for single sizedPercentage Passing For

Size (mm) aggregate of normal size Graded
Aggregate Of Normal Size
40 mm 20 mm 16 mm 12.5 mm 10mm 40 mm 20 mm 16 mm 12.5 mm
63 100 - - - - 100 - - -
40 85-100 100 - - - 95-100 - - -
20 0-20 85-100 100 - - 30-70 95-100 100 -
16 - - 85-100 100 - - 90-100 -
12.5 - - - 85-100 100 - - - 90-100
10 0-5 0-20 0-30 0-45 85-100 10-35 25-35 30-70 40-85
4.75 - 0-5 0-5 0-10 0-20 0-5 0-10 0-10 0-10
2.36 - - - - 0-5 - - - -
ii) The pieces shall be angular in shape and shall have granular or
crystalline surfaces. Friable, flaky and laminated pieces, mica and
shale, if present, shall be only within tolerance limits, which will not
affect adversely the strength and or durability of concrete. The
maximum size of coarse aggregate, shall be 40 mm for M-7.5 and M-10
and 20mm for M-15 to M-20 concrete, or as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge or specified otherwise. The maximum size of coarse
aggregate shall be the maximum size specified above but in no case
greater than 1/4"' of the minimum thickness of the member, provided
that the concrete can be placed without difficulty so as to surround all
reinforcement thoroughly and fill the comers of the form. For plain
concrete the maximum size of aggregate shall be of 40 mm. For heavily
reinforced concrete members, the nominal maximum size of the
aggregate shall be 5 mm less than the minimum clear distance between
the reinforcing main bars or 5 mm less than the minimum cover to
reinforcement whichever is smaller.
d) Foreign material limitations

The percentage of deleterious materials in the aggregate delivered to
the mixer shall not exceed the following:
Table 4 : Foreign Material Limitations in Coarse Aggregate

110
Sr. Foreign Material Percentage by weight

Uncrushed Crushed
1 Material finer than. 75 micron BIS Sieve 3.0 3.0
2 Coal and lignite 1.0 1.0
3 Clay Lumps 1.0 1.0
4 Soft Fragments 3.0 -
Total 8.0 5.0
7.7.6 Water
a) Water used for washing, mixing and curing shall be free from injurious
amounts of deleterious materials. Potable water is generally satisfactory
for mixing and curing concrete. Physical and chemical analysis of the
water should be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge, before starting the
work.
b) In case of doubt, the suitability of water for making concrete shall be
ascertained by the compressive strength and initial setting time test
specified in BIS 456. The sample of water taken for testing shall be typical
of the water proposed to be used for concreting, due account being paid to
seasonal variation. The sample shall not receive any treatment before
testing other than that envisaged in the regular supply of water proposed
for use in concrete. The sample shall be stored in a clean container
previously rinsed out, with similar water.
Note:- Water sample shall be sent to Municipal Laboratory for necessary testing
regularly where source of supply is changed.
7.7.7 Steel and Aluminium Members Encased In Concrete

Structural steel and aluminum ladders etc. to be encased in concrete shall
be without paint. Primer should be used for encasing purpose. The
encasing shall be done in concrete with 10 mm, maximum size aggregate
and a works cube strength not less than 150 kg/sq.cm. at 28 days unless
otherwise specified. The member shall be wrapped with galvanized
aluminum wire mesh of adequate size. The galvanized aluminum wire
mesh shall be kept 20 mm from the edge or surface of the member and
shall be held in position securely. The member will have a minimum
cover of 50 mm unless otherwise indicated in the drawings. Where the
clear cover is more than 75 mm, concrete with 20 mm coarse aggregate can
be used.
7.7.8 Controlled Concrete
All concrete in the works shall be "Controlled Concrete" as defined in IS:
456 except for M-7.5 and M-1 0 for which normal mix concrete shall be
used. Whether reinforced or otherwise, all concrete works to be carried
out under this specification shall be divided into the following
classifications:
Minimum Compressive Strength Of 15 cm cubes at 7 days and 28 days

after mixing, conducted in accordance with IS: 516.

111
Class Preliminary Test Works Test Maximum Locations For

N/mm2 N/mm2 Size Use
Of Aggregate
At 7 At 28 At 7 At 28 mm
Days days days days
M40 33.5 50.0 27.0 40.0 20 As indicated in
the specifications
or as required
M35 30.0 44.0 23.5 35.0 20 -do-
M30 25.0 38.0 20.0 30.0 40 or 20 -do-
M25 22.0 32.0 17.0 25.0 40 or 20 -do-
M20 17.5 26.0 13.5 20.0 40 or 20 -do-
M15 13.5 20.0 10.0 15.0 40 or 20 -do-
Note: It shall be very clearly understood that whenever the grade of concrete
such as M-20, etc. is specified it shall be contractor's responsibility to
ensure the minimum crushing strength stipulated for the respective grade
of concrete is obtained at works.
7.7.9 Mix Design
7.7.9.1 General
This is essential for investigating the grading of aggregates, water-cement
ratio, workability and the quality of cement required to give preliminary
and works cubes of the minimum strength specified. The proportions of
the mix shall be determined by weight Adjustment of aggregate
proportions due to moisture present in the aggregate shall be made.
Determination of mix proportions shall be carried out according to
"Recommended guidelines for Concrete Mix Design" conforming to
IS:10262.
Whenever there is a change either in required strength of concrete, or

water-cement ratio or workability or the source of aggregates and/or
cement, preliminary tests shall be repeated to determine the revised
proportions of the mix to suit the altered conditions. While designing
proportions, over-wet mixes shall always be avoided.
While fixing the value for water/cement ratio for preliminary mixes,
assistance may be derived from the graph (Appendix A, BIS 456 showing
the relationship between the 28 day compressive strengths of concrete
mixes with different water/cement ratios and the 7-day compressive
strength of cement tested in accordance with IS:269.
7.7.9.2 Preliminary Tests

Test specimens shall be prepared with at least two different water/cement
ratios for each class of concrete, consistent with work ability required for
the nature of the work. The materials and proportions used in making
preliminary tests shall be similar in all respects to those to be actually
112
employed in the works as the object of these tests is to determine the

properties of cement, aggregates and water necessary to produce concrete
of required consistency and to give the specified strength, it will be
contractor's sole responsibility to carry out these tests and he shall
therefore furnish to Engineer-in-Charge a statement of proportions
proposed to be used for the various concrete mixes. For preliminary tests,
the following procedure shall be followed.
Materials shall be brought to the room temperature and all materials shall
be in a dry condition. The quantities of water cement and aggregate for
each batch shall be determined by weight to an accuracy of 1 part in 100
parts.
Mixing concrete shall be done by hand (for small quantities, as directed by

Engineering-Charge) or in a small batch mixer as per IS:516 in such a
manner as to avoid loss of water. The cement and fine aggregate shall first
be mixed dry until the mixture is uniform in color. The coarse aggregate
shall then be added, mixed and water added and the whole batch mixed
thoroughly for a period of not less than two minutes until the resulting
concrete is uniform in appearance. Each batch of concrete shall be such a
size as to leave about 10% excess concrete, after moulding the desired
number of test specimens.
The consistency of each batch of concrete shall be measured immediately

after mixing, by the slump test in accordance with IS:1199. If in the slump
test, care is taken to ensure that no water or other material is lost, the
material used for the slump test may be re-mixed with the remainder of
the concrete for making the specimen test cubes. The period of re-mixing
shall be as short as possible yet sufficient to produce a homogeneous
mass.
The samples for compression tests of concrete shall be made as per IS:516
on 15 cm cubes. Each mould shall be provided with a metal base plate
having a plate surface so as to support the mould during filling without
leakage. The base plate shall be preferably attached to the mould by
springs or screws. The parts of the mould when assembled shall be
positively and rigidly held together. Before placing concrete, the mould
and base plate shall be leaned and oiled. The dimensions and internal
faces of the mould shall be accurate within the following limits. Height
and distance between the opposite faces of the mould shall be of specified
size ±0.2 mm. The angle between the adjacent internal faces and between
internal faces and top and bottom faces of mould shall be 90-degree +0.5
degree. The interior faces of the mould shall be plane surfaces with a
permissible variation of 0.03 mm.
Concrete test cubes shall be moulded by placing fresh concrete in the

mould and compacted as specified in IS 516.

113
Curing shall be as specified in IS 516. The cubes shall be kept in moist air
of at least 90% relative humidity at a temperature of 27 degree C ± 2
degree C for 24 hours ±2 hours from the time of adding water to the dry
ingredients. Thereafter they shall be removed from the moulds and kept
immersed in clean, fresh water and kept at 27 degree C +2 degree C
temperature until required for test. Curing water shall be renewed every-
seven days. A record of maximum and minimum temperatures at the
place of storage of the cubes shall be maintained during the period they
remain in storage.
The strength shall be determined based on not less than five cube test
specimens for each age and each water cement ratio. All these laboratory
test results shall be tabulated and furnished to the Engineer-in-charge. The
test results shall be accepted by the Engineer-in-charge if the average
compressive strengths of the specimens tested is not less than the
compressive strength specified for the age at which specimens are tested
subject to the condition that only one out of the five consecutive tests may
give a value less than the specified strength for that age. The Engineer-in-
charge may direct the contractor to repeat the tests if the results are not
satisfactory and also make such changes as he considers necessary to meet
the requirements specified. All these preliminary tests shall be conducted
by the contractor at his own cost in an approved laboratory or in
laboratory of MCGM.
7.7.10 Proportioning, Consistency, Batching and Mixing of Concrete

The determination of the water cement ratio and proportion of aggregates
to obtain the required strength shall be made from preliminary tests by
designing the concrete mix. Controlled concrete shall be used on all
concrete work complying with all the requirements of IS:456. Cube tests
shall be carried out by the contractor on the trial mixes before the actual
concreting operation starts. Based on the strength of the concrete mix
sanction for the use has to be obtained from engineer in charge.
If during the execution of the works it is found necessary to revise the mix
because of the cube tests showing lower strengths than the required one
due to inconsistency of quality of material or otherwise, The Engineer in
charge shall ask for fresh trial mixes to be made by the contractor. No
claim to alter the rates of concrete work shall be entertained due to such
change in mix variations as it is the contractor's responsibility to produce
the concrete of the required grade.
Great care shall be exercised when mixing the actual works concrete using
the proportions of the selected trial mix. The final concrete mix shall have
the same proportions of cement, fine and coarse aggregates and water as
that of the approved selected mix.
A reasonable number of bags should be weighed separately to check the

Net weight, where the weight of cement is determined by accepting the
114
manufacturer's weight per bag at the site. Proper control of mixing water
is deemed to be of paramount importance. If mixers with automatic
addition of water are used, water should be either measured by volume in
calibrated buckets, tins or weighed. All measuring equipment shall be
maintained in a clean serviceable condition and their accuracy
periodically checked and certified and the Engineer-in-Charge's approval
obtained.
The Engineer-in-Charge may require the contractor to carry out moisture

content tests in both fine and coarse aggregates. The amount of the added
water shall then be adjusted to compensate for any observed variations in
the moisture contents. BIS: 2386 shall be referred to for determination of
moisture content.
No substitution in material, used on the work or alteration in the

established proportions shall be made without additional tests to show
that the quality and strength of concrete are satisfactory. No alterations
shall be permitted without the prior sanction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.7.11 Mixing of Concrete

The mixing of concrete shall be strictly carried out in an approved type of
BATCHING & MIXING PLANT FOR CONCRETE. Ready Mix Concrete
as per IS 4926-1976 shall be used for which Concrete Batching Plant
should be provided at site. The Concrete Batching Plant shall be fully
computerised. The Concrete Batching Plant shall have a Capacity of 30
Cum/Hr. Minimum Four Transit Mixer shall be provided with Concrete
Pumps along with line pumps for ready mix concrete. Fully equipped
Quality Assurance Laboratory shall be provided and following tests shall
be done:
 Equipment Tests
 Calibration of Electronic Load Cell (Weigh Batcher)
 Calibration of Water Meter.
 Calibration of Admixture Dispenser
 Calibration of Cube Testing Machine.
For small concreting works, mechanical concrete mixers may be used. The
entire batch shall be discharged before recharging. Mixing periods shall be
measured from the time when all of the solid materials are in the mixing
drum, provided that all of the mixing water shall be introduced before one
fourth of the mixing time has elapsed. The mixing time in no case shall be
less than two minutes. The mixer speed shall not be less than 14 nor more
than 20 revolutions per minute. Mixing shall be continued until there is a
uniform distribution of the materials and the mass is uniform in color and
consistency. Hand mixing of concrete shall not be permitted at all.
7.7.12 Grade of Concrete

115
The different grades of concrete specified shall conform to the strengths as

required by IS:456-2000. Standard deviation shall be calculated as stated in
9.24 of IS:456-2000. The acceptable criteria for concrete shall be as stated in
IS:456 -2000.The assumed standard deviations as given in table 8 of IS:456-
2000 have to be followed and are given here under. However, the
minimum cement content shall be as per Table no. 7: Minimum Cement
Content in Concrete in this tender document
Table 5 : Grade of Concrete

Grade of Concrete Assumed Standard Deviation N/sq.mm
M10 3.5
M 15 3.5
M 20 4.0
M 25 4.0
M 30 5.0
M 40
7.7.12.1 Controlled Concrete

Controlled concrete shall be used on all concreting works except where
specified otherwise the mix proportions for all grades of concrete shall be
designed to obtain strengths corresponding to the values specified in table
below for respective grades of concrete.
Table 6 : Compressive Strengths at 28 days
Grade Specified Characteristic Compressive Strength at 28

days (N/sq.mm)
M15 15
M20 20
M25 25
M30 30
M 40 40
The maximum Water : Cement ratio for all controlled concrete works shall
be as specified in IS:456-2000 as Preliminary tests as specified in the BIS
code and required by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be carried out
sufficiently ahead of the actual commencement of the work with different
grades of concrete made from representative samples of aggregates and
cement expected to be used on the job to ascertain the ratios by weight of
cement of total quantity of fine and coarse aggregates and the water
cement ratio required to produce a concrete of specified strength and
desired workability.
The minimum cement content for each grade of concrete shall be as per
table below.
Table 7 : Minimum Cement Content in Concrete and Maximum free Water Cement Ratio
116
Grade of Minimum Cement Content in Maximum Free Water

Concrete Concrete (kg/cum of Cement Ratio
finished Concrete)
M 20 300 0.55
M 25 300 0.50
M 30 320 0.45
M 35 340 0.45
M 40 360 0.40
At least 4 (four) trial batches are to be made and 7 test cubes should be
taken for each batch noting the slump on each mix. These cubes shall then
be property cured and two cubes for each mix shall be tested in a testing.
laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-Charge at 7 days and others at 28
days for obtaining the ultimate compressive strength. The test reports
shall be submitted to the Engineer in charge. The cost of mix design and
testing shall be borne by the contractor. On the basis of the preliminary
test reports for trial mix, a proportion of mix by weight and water cement
ratio will be approved by the Engineer in charge, which will be expected
to give the required strength. Consistency and workability and the
proportions so decided for different grades of concrete shall be adhered to
during all concreting operations. If however at any time the Engineer-in-
Charge feels that the quality of material, being used has been changed
from those used for preliminary mix design, the contractor shall have to
run similar trial mixes to ascertain the mix proportions and consistency.
The mix once approved must not be varied without prior approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. However should the contractor anticipate any change
in the quality of future supply of materials than that used for preliminary
mix design, he shall inform the same to the Engineer- in charge and bring
fresh samples sufficiently ahead to carry out fresh trial mixes. The
engineer in charge shall have access to all places and laboratory where
design mix is prepared. Design mix will indicate by means of graphs and
curves etc. the extent of variation in the grading of aggregates, which can
be allowed.
In designing the mix proportions of concrete, the quantity of both cement

and aggregate shall be determined by weight. All measuring equipment
shall be maintained in clean and serviceable condition and their accuracy
periodically checked.
To keep the water cement ratio to the designed value, allowance shall be
made for the moisture contents in both fine and course aggregates and
determination of the same shall be made as frequently as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The determination of moisture contents shall be
according to IS:2386 (Part III).
7.7.12.2 Strength Requirements

117
Where ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS:269 or Portland blast

furnace slag cement conforming to IS:455 and Dortland pozzolana
cements conforming to IS:1489 is used the compressive strength
requirements for various grades of concrete shall be as shown in table
below. Where rapid hardening Portland cement is used the 28 days
compressive strength requirements specified in Table- hereunder shall be
met in 7 days. The strength requirements specified in table shall apply to
both controlled concrete and ordinary concrete.
Strength Requirements of Concrete
Grade of Minimum Compressive Strength Concrete in

Concrete Accordance with IS:516 (In kg/cm)
As per IS:456-2000
For 15 cm cube specimens For 15 cm cube
at 7 days Specimens at 28 days
Work Test Preliminary Work Test
M 15 100 200 150
M 20 135 260 200
M 25 170 320 250
M 30 200 380
M 35 235 440 350
M40 270 500 400
Other requirements of concrete strength as may be desired by the

Engineer in charge shall be in accordance with Indian Standard BIS:456
(latest revision). The acceptance of strength of concrete shall be as per
"Sample size and Acceptance Criteria" of IS:456 (latest revision) subject to
stipulation and/or modifications stated elsewhere in this specification if
any.
Concrete work found unsuitable for acceptance shall have to be

dismantled and replaced to the satisfaction of the engineer in -charge by
the contractor free of cost of the owner. No payment will be made for the
dismantled concrete, the relevant formwork and reinforcement,
embedded mixtures etc. wasted in the dismantled portion shall be made.
In the course of dismantling if any damage is done to the embedded items
or adjacent structures, the same shall also be made good free of charge by
the contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. If the water
quantity has to be increased in special cases, cement also be increased
proportionately to keep the ratio of water to cement same as adopted in
trial mix design for each grade of concrete.
7.7.12.3 Workability
The workability of concrete shall be checked at frequent intervals by
slump test. Where facilities exist and if required by the Engineer-in-

118
Charge, alternatively the compacting factor test in accordance with IS:1199

shall be carried out. The degree of workability necessary to allow the
concrete to be well consolidated and to be worked into the comers of form
work and round the reinforcement to give the required surface finish shall
depend on the type and nature of the structure and shall be based on
experience and tests. The limits of consistency for structures are as
specified in the table below:
Table 8 : Limits of Consistency
Placing Conditions Degree of Values of Workability

Workability
Concreting of shallow Sections Very low 20-10 seconds Veebee time
with vibration or 0.75-0.80 compacting
factor
Concreting of lightly Reinforced Low 10-5 seconds or 0.80-0.85
sections With vibration compacting factor
Concreting of lightly Reinforced Medium 5-2 seconds Veebee time
sections Without Vibration or or 0.85-0.92 compacting
Heavily reinforced Section with factor or 25-75mm slump
Vibration for 20 mm Aggregate
Concreting of heavily Reinforced High Above 0.92 compacting
sections compacting Without factor or 75-125 mm
vibration factor slumps for 20 mm
aggregate
7.7.13 Workmanship
All workmanship shall be according to the latest relevant standards.
Before starting a pour the contractor shall obtain the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge in a "Pour Card" maintained for this purpose. He shall
obtain complete instructions about the material and proportion to be used,
slump, workability of water per unit of cement, number of test cubes to be
taken, finishing to be done and any admixture to be added etc.
7.7.14 Sampling And Testing Concrete In The Field

Sampling and Testing of Concrete shall conform to IS:456 2000.
a) Facilities required for sampling materials and concrete including whether

proof buildings to house the facilities in the field, shall be provided by the
contractor at no extra cost. The following equipment with operator shall be
made available in serviceable conditions.
i. Concrete cube-testing machine suitable for 15 cm cubes

of 100 tonnes capacity with proving calibration ring 1 no.
ii. Cast iron cube moulds 15 cm size 6 nos.
iii. Slump cone complete with tamping rod 1 set
iv. Laboratory balance to weigh upto 5 kg with sensitivity of 10 gm 1 no.
v. BIS sieves for coarse and fine aggregates 1 set
119
vi. Set of measures from 5 litres to 0.1 litre 1 set

vii. Electric oven with thermostat upto 120° C 1 no.
viii. Flakiness gauge 1 no.
ix. Elongation index gauge 1 no.
x. Sedimentation pipette I no.
xi. Calibrated glass jar 1.0 litre capacity 2 nos.
xii. Glass flasks and metal containers As required
xiii. Chemical reagents like sodium hydroxide,
tannic acid, litmus paper etc. - As required
xiv. Laboratory balance of 2 kg capacity and
sensitivity of I gm - I no.
xv. Weighing Machine for cement bags of 6 Nos.: 2 no.
xvi. Vernier Calipers As required.
xvii. Thermometer for concrete
b) No concrete of any kind may be placed until the field concrete testing
laboratory as specified is provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in
charge.. The contractor shall notify the Engineer in charge in advance of all
concrete and concrete material testing as provided in the clause to provide
the Engineer/his representative with 'an opportunity to witness all
prescribed tests.
c) At least 6 test cubes of each class of concrete shall be made of every 50cum
concrete or part thereof or from different batches as directed by Engineer-
incharge. Such samples shall be drawn on each day for each type of
concrete. Of each set of 6 cubes, three shall be tested at 7 days age and three
at 28 days age. The cubes must be cast from various batches to arrive at an
average strength. The laboratory test results shall be tabulated and
furnished to the Engineer. The Engineer will pass the concrete if average
strength of the specimens tested is not less than the strength specified,
subject to the condition that only one out of three consecutive tests may give
a value less than the specified strength but this shall not be less than 90% of
the specified strength.
d) Consistency: Slump tests shall be carried out as often as requested by the

Engineer and invariably from the same batch of concrete from which the
test cubes are made. Slump tests shall be done immediately after sampling.
7.7.15 Concrete Tests

The Engineer-in-Charge, may order tests to be carried out on cement, sand,
coarse aggregate, water in accordance with the relevant Indian standards.
Tests on Cement shall include:

 Fineness test
 Test for normal consistency
 Test for setting time
 Test for soundness
 Test for tensile strength
120
 Test for compressive strength

 Test for heat of hydration (by experiment and by calculations) in
accordance with BIS 269
Tests on Sand shall include:

 Sieve test
 Test for organic impurities
 Decantation test for determining clay and silt content
 Specific gravity test
 Test for unit weight and bulkage factor
 Test for sieve analysis and fineness modulus
Tests on Coarse Aggregate shall include:

 Sieve analysis
 Specific gravity and unit weight of dry, loose and rodded aggregate
 Soundness and alkali aggregate reactivity
 Petrography examination
 Deleterious materials and organic impurities
 Test for aggregate crushing value
Any or all these tests would normally be ordered to be carried out only if
the Engineer feels the materials are not obtained and shall be performed by
the contractor at an approved test laboratory or at MCGM laboratory. The
contractor shall bear the charges of these optional tests.
Concrete not made to the requirements of specification in all respects may

be rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge in which case it shall be removed and
reconstructed entirely at the expense of the contractor.
7.7.16 Load test on Members or any other tests

i) In the event of any work being suspected of material or workmanship
or both, the Engineer-in-charge requiring its removal and
reconstruction may order, or the contractor may request that it should
be load tested in accordance with the following provisions.
ii) The test load shall be 125% of the maximum superimposed load for
which the structure was designed. Such test load shall not be applied
before 56 days after the effective hardening of concrete. During the
test, struts strong enough to take the whole load shall be placed in
position leaving a gap under the members. The test load shall be
maintained for 24 hours before removal.
iii) If within 24 hours of the removal of the load, the structure does not
show a recovery of at least 75% of the maximum deflection shown
during the 24 hours under load, the test loading shall be repeated after
a lapse of at least 72 hours. The structure shall be considered to have
failed to pass the test if the recovery after the second test is not at least
121
75% of the maximum deflection shown during the second test. If the
structure is certified as failed by the Engineer-in-Charge, the cost of all
the new construction and the load tests shall be borne by the
contractor.
iv) Any other tests, e.g. taking out in an approved manner concrete cores,
examination and tests on such cores removed from such parts of the
structure as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, sonic testing etc. shall
'be carried out by the contractor, if so directed, at no extra cost.
7.7.17 Unsatisfactory tests

Should the results of any test prove unsatisfactory, or the structure shows
signs of weakness, undue deflection or faulty construction, the contractor
shall remove and rebuild the member or members involved or carry out
such other remedial measures as may be required by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
7.7.18 Admixtures 6.7.18.1 General
Admixtures may be used in concrete where required, only with the

approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. However it should be seen that, with
the passage of time, neither the compressive strength nor its durability is
reduced. Calcium chloride shall not be used for accelerating set of the
cement for any concrete containing reinforcement or embedded steel parts.
When calcium chloride is permitted to be used, such as in mass concrete
works, it shall be dissolved in water and added to the mixing water in an
amount not to exceed 1.5% of the weight of the cement in each batch of
concrete. When admixtures are used, the designed concrete mix shall be
corrected accordingly. Admixtures shall be used as per manufacturer's
instruction and in the manner and with the control specified by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
7.7.18.2 Air Entraining Agents
Neutralized vinson resin or other approved air in the concrete mix agents
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM standard 6.260; Air Entraining
Admixtures for Concrete. The recommended total air content of the
concrete is 4% + 1%. The method of measuring air content shall be as per IS:
1199.
7.7.18.3 Water Reducing Admixtures

Water reducing lignosulfonate admixture may be added in quantities
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The admixtures shall be added in the
form of a solution.
7.7.18.4 Retarding Admixtures

Retarding agents may be added to the concrete mix in quantities approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
122
7.7.18.5 Water Proofing Agent

Water proofing agents shall conform to IS:2645. 6.7.18.6 Other Admixtures.
The Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion allow the contractor to use
any other admixture in the concrete.
7.7.19 Preparation Prior to Concrete Placement, Final Inspection and Approval

a. Before the concrete is actually placed in position, the insides of the
formwork shall be inspected to see that they have been cleaned and
oiled. Temporary openings shall be provided to facilitate inspection,
especially at bottoms of columns and wall forms, to permit removal of
sawdust, wood shavings, binding wire, dirt etc. Openings shall be

placed or holes drilled so that these materials and water can be
removed easily. Such openings/holes shall be suitably plugged later.
b. The various agencies shall be permitted ample time to install drainage

and plumbing lines, floor and trench drains, conduits, hangers,
anchors, inserts, sleeves, bolts, frames and other miscellaneous
embedment to be cast in the concrete as specified or required or as is
necessary for the proper execution of the work as specified in the
drawings.
c. All embedded parts, inserts, etc. supplied by the MCGM or the

contractor shall be correctly positioned and securely held in the forms
to prevent displacement during depositing and vibrating of concrete.
d. All anchor bolts shall be positioned and kept in place with the help of
properly manufactured templates unless specifically waived in writing
by the Engineer-incharge.
e. Slots, openings, holes, pockets etc. shall be provided in the concrete

work in the position specified in drawing or required or as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge.
f. Reinforcement and other items to be cast in concrete shall have clean

surfaces that will not impair bond.
g. Prior to concrete placement, all work shall be inspected and approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge and if found unsatisfactory, concrete shall
not be poured until after all defects have been corrected.
h. Approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of any and all materials and work

as required herein shall not relieve the contractor from, his obligation
to produce finished concrete in accordance with the requirements of
the specifications.
i. Rain or wash water

123
No concrete shall be placed in wet weather or on a water-covered

surface. Any concrete that has been washed by heavy rains shall be
entirely removed, if there is any sign of cement and sand having been
washed away from the concrete mixture. To guard against damage,
which may be caused by rains, the works shall be covered with
tarpaulins immediately after the concrete has been placed and
compacted before leaving the work unattended. Any water
accumulating on the surface of the newly placed concrete shall be
removed by approved means and no further concrete shall be placed
thereon until such water is removed. To avoid flow of water
over/around freshly placed concrete, suitable drains and sumps shall
be provided. During summer season, temperature of water should be
maintained, as per the criteria and for the same, icing should be done
for concreting work.
j. Bonding Mortar
Immediately before concrete placement begins, prepared surfaces
except formwork, which will come in contact with the concrete to be
placed, shall be covered with a bonding mortar as specified.
k. The corrosive on the reinforcement should be removed by means of

wire brush.
I. Laitance should be removed by means of chiseling from top concrete

layer, which was earlier concreted
7.7.20 Transportation
7.7.20.1 General
All buckets, containers or conveyors used for transporting concrete shall be
mortar tight, leak proof irrespective of the method of transportation
adopted, concrete shall be delivered with the required consistency and
plasticity without segregation or loss of slump. However, chutes shall not
be used for transport of concrete without the written permission of the
Engineer-in-charge and concrete shall not be re-handled before placing.
7.7.20.2 Retempered or Contaminated Concrete

Concrete must be placed in its final position before it becomes too stiff to
work. On no account, water shall be added after the initial mixing.
Concrete, which has become stiff or has been contaminated with foreign
materials shall be rejected and disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
7.7.20.3 Avoiding Segregation

Concrete shall, in all cases, be deposited as nearly as practicable directly, in
its final position and shall not be re-handled to flow in a manner which will
cause segregation, loss of materials, displacement of reinforcement,
124
shuttering or embedded insets, or impair its strength. For locations where

direct placement is not possible, and in narrow forms, the Contractor shall
provide suitable drop and "Elephant Trunks" to confine the movement of
concrete. Special care shall be taken when concrete is dropped from a
height, especially if reinforcement is in the way, particularly in column and,
the walls.
7.7.20.4 Placing by Manual Labour

Except when otherwise approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, concrete shall
be placed in the shuttering by shovels or other approved implements, and
shall not be dropped from a height more than 1.0 m or handled in a manner,
which will cause segregation.
7.7.20.5 Placing by Mechanical Equipment

The following specification shall apply when placing concrete by use of
mechanical equipment is warranted considering the nature of work
involved. The control of placing shall begin at the mixer discharge. Concrete
shall be discharged by a vertical drop into the middle of the bucket or
hopper and this principle of a vertical discharge of concrete shall be
adhered to throughout all stages of delivery until the concrete comes to rest
in its final position.
7.7.20.6 Types of Buckets

Central-bottom-dump buckets of a type that provides for positive
regulation of the amount and rate of deposition of concrete in all dumping
positions, shall be employed.
7.7.20.7 Operation of Bucket

In placing concrete in large open areas, the bucket shall be spotted directly
over the position designated and then lowered for dumping. The open
bucket shall clear the concrete already in place and the height of drop shall
not exceed 1.0 m. The bucket shall be opened slowly to avoid high vertical
bounce. Dumping of buckets on the swing or in any manner, which results
in separation of ingredients or disturbance of previously placed concrete,
will not be permitted.
7.7.20.8 Placement of Restricted Forms

Concrete placed in restricted forms by barrows, buggies, cars, short chutes
or hand shoveling shall be subject to the requirement for vertical delivery of
limited height to avoid segregation and shall be deposited as nearly as
practicable in its final position.
7.7.20.9 Chuting
Where it is necessary to use transfer chutes, specific approval of Engineer-
in-charge must be obtained to type, length slopes, baffles, vertical terminals
and timing of operations. These shall be so arranged that an almost
continuous flow of concrete be obtained at the discharge and without
segregation. Concrete should flow smoothly in the chute and there should
125
not be any obstruction to the flow. To allow for the loss of mortar against
the sides of the chutes, the first mixes shall have less coarse aggregate.
During cleaning of chutes, the wastewater shall be kept dear of the forms.
Concrete shall not be permitted to fall from the end of the chutes by more
than 1.0 m. Chutes, when approved for use shall have slopes not flatter than
1 vertical, 3 horizontal and not steeper than 1 vertical, 2 horizontal. Chutes
shall be of metal or metal lines end of rounded cross section. The slopes of
all chute sections shall be approximately the same. The slopes of all chute
sections shall be approximately the same. The discharge end of the chutes
shall be maintained above the surface of the concrete in the forms.
7.7.20.10 Placing by Pumping/Pneumatic Placers

Concrete may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operated
equipment e.g., pumps or pneumatic placers only with the written
permission of the- Engineer-inCharge at no extra cost. The slump shall be
held to the minimum necessary for conveying concrete by this method.
When pumping is adopted, before pumping of concrete is started, the

pipeline shall be lubricated with one or two batches of mortar composed of
one part cement and two parts sand. Care shall be taken to avoid stoppages
in work once pumping has started.
When a pneumatic placer is used, the manufacturer's advice on layout of

the pipeline shall be followed to avoid blockages and excessive wear.
Restraint shall be provided at the discharge box to cater for the reaction at
this end. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed regarding
concrete quality and all other related matters when pumping/ pneumatic
placing equipment is used. It should be noted that no extra payment is
made for these items, if required and directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
7.7.20.11 Concrete in Layers

Concreting, once started, shall be continuous until the pour is completed.
Concrete shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of uniform
thickness ranging from 15 cm to 45 cm directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
These shall be placed as rapidly practicable to prevent the formation of cold
joints or planes of weakness between each succeeding layer within the
pour.. The thickness of each layer shall be such that it can be deposited
before the previous layer has stiffened. The bucket loads or other units of
deposit, shall be spotted progressively along the face of the layer with such
overlap as will facilitate spreading the layer to uniform depth and. texture
with a minimum shoveling.. Any tendency to segregation shall be corrected
by shoveling stones into mortar rather than mortar on to stones. Such a
condition shall be corrected by redesign of mix or other means, as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.7.20.12 Cover Blocks

126
Cover blocks of required size depending on the cover of the reinforcement

as mentioned in the drawings shall be prepared. in 1:3 cement mortar with
fine aggregates.
7.7.20.13 Bedding of Layers

The top surface of each pour and bedding planes shall be approximately
horizontal unless otherwise instructed. Top layer should be rough and with
key for further extension of work.
7.7.20.14 Compaction
Concrete shall be compacted during placing with approved vibrating
equipment until the concrete has been consolidated to the maximum
practicable density, as specified in the IS, is free of pockets of coarse
aggregate and fits tightly against all form surfaces, reinforcement and
embedded fixtures. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that all concrete
placed against the form faces and into corners of forms against hardened
concrete at joints is free from voids or cavities. The use of vibrators shall be
consistent with the concrete mix and caution exercised not to over vibrate
the concrete to the point that segregation results.
7.7.20.15 Type of Vibrators

Vibrators shall conform to BIS specifications. Type of vibrator to be used
shall depend on the structures where concrete is to be placed. Shutter
vibrators to be effective, shall be firmly secured to the formwork which
must be sufficiently rigid to transmit the vibration and strong enough not to
be damaged by it. Immersion vibrators in sufficient numbers and each of
adequate size shall be used to properly consolidate all concrete. Tapping or
external vibrating of forms by hand tools or immersion vibrators will not be
permitted.
7.7.20.16 Use of Vibrators

The exact manner of application and the most suitable machines for the
purpose must be carefully considered and operated by experienced men.
Immersion vibrators shall be inserted vertically at points not more than. 450
mm apart and withdrawn when air bubbles cease to come to the surface.
Immersion vibrators shall be withdrawn very slowly. In no case shall
immersion vibrators be used to transport concrete inside the forms.
Particular attention be paid to vibration at the top of a lift e.g. in a column
or wall.
7.7.20.17 Melding Successive Batches

When placing concrete in layers, which are advancing horizontally as the
work progresses, great care shall be exercised to ensure adequate vibration
blending and melding of the concrete between the succeeding layers.
7.7.20.18 Penetration of Vibrators

The immersion vibrator shall penetrate the layer being placed and also
penetrate the layer below while the under layer is still plastic to ensure
127
good bond and homogeneity between the two layers and prevent the
formation of cold joints.
7.7.20.19 Vibrating against Reinforcement

Care shall be taken to prevent contact of immersion vibrators against
reinforcement steel. Immersion vibrators shall not be allowed to come in
contact with reinforcement steel after start of initial set. They shall also not
be allowed to come in contact with forms or finished surfaces.
7.7.20.20 Use of Form Attached Vibrators

Form attached vibrators shall be used only with specific authorization of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
7.7.20.21 Use of surface Vibrators

The use of surface vibrators will not be permitted under normal conditions.
However, for thin slabs, surface vibrating by specially designed vibrators
may be permitted, upon approval of Engineer-in-charge.
7.7.20.22 Stone Pockets And Mortar Pondages

The formation of stone pockets and mortar pondages in comers and against
faces of forms shall not be permitted. Should these occur,, they shall be dug
out, reformed and refilled to sufficient depth and shape for thorough
bonding, as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.7.21 Placement Interval

Except when placing with slip forms, each placement of concrete in
multiple lift work, shall be allowed to set for at least 24 hours after the final
set of concrete and before the start of a subsequent placement.
7.7.22 Special Provision in Placing

When placing concrete in walls with openings, in floors of integral slabs
and beam construction and other similar conditions, the placing shall stop
when the concrete reaches the top of the opening in walls or bottom
horizontal surface of the slab, as the case may be.
Placing shall be resumed before the concrete in place takes initial set, but
not until it has had time to settle as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.7.23 Placing Concrete Through Reinforcing Steel

When placing concrete through reinforcing steel, care shall be taken to
prevent segregation of the coarse aggregate. Where the congestion of steel
makes placing difficult, it may be necessary to obtain Engineer in-Charge's
permission for temporarily moving the top steel aside for proper placement
& for restoring reinforcement as per drawing.
7.7.24 Bleeding

128
Bleeding or free water on top of concrete being deposited into the forms,
shall be the cause to stop the concrete pour and the conditions causing this
defect corrected before any further Concreting is resumed.
7.8 Application of Araldite for Bonding of New and Old Concrete

7.8.1 General
Araldite epoxy resins will be used to bond fresh concrete to concrete that is
fully cured, to give a monolithic bond capable of transmitting high stresses
when traditional bonding agents such as cement slurry cannot always be
relied upon to provide good adhesion which is particularly the case when
large areas are involved.
The Araldite based formulation shall be applied to a suitably prepared
concrete substrata and the fresh concrete poured as soon as possible, but
always during the 'open time' of the adhesive.
Materials used shall be of best quality and approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. Manufacturer's instructions shall be followed in all respects. No
separate payment shall be paid for this item of work.
7.8.2 Formulation
ARALDITE GY250 100 Parts by weight
Hardener HY825 20 Parts by weight
Silica Flour 20 Parts by weight
7.8.3 Application
7.8.3.1 Preparation of the Substrata
To obtain good adhesion, it is necessary to have dean and sound substrata.
Preparation can be carried out using a variety of techniques including
chemical treatment and mechanical methods such as grinding, milling,
abrading, planning and sand blasting. Dust and loose particles resulting
from the pretreatment should be removed by vacuum cleaning or oil-free or
blast.
7.8.3.2 Mixing
The resin and hardener should be thoroughly mixed in the dry filler. The
mixed, ready to use adhesive should not contain lumps of unwetted filler
and should be of uniform color. For a total weight of 1 kg or less hand
mixing should be sufficient. For quantities in excess of 1 kg, the use of a
mechanical mixer is recommended.
7.8.3.3 Pot life and `Open time'

The pot life is the period during which the ready to use ARALDITE based
formulation must be applied. After this period, the mix can no longer be
worked and will have begun to set in its container. The table below
indicates the pot life at different temperatures:

129
Mix Temperature Pot life in minutes

25° C 90 Minutes
30° C 60 Minutes
35° C 45 Minutes
(The figures in this table are for batches less than 1 kilogram).
The 'Open time' is the maximum period of time allowable between

application of the ARALDITE adhesive and pouring the fresh concrete.
Exceeding the 'Open time' would result in considerably reduced adhesion.
The adhesive should be applied to the pre-treated substrata as soon as the
components have been mixed and fresh concrete poured immediately
afterwards.
Accurate knowledge of the 'Open time' is essential in case the work is

interrupted. Table gives the 'Open time' of ARALDITE based formulations
as a function of substrata temperature. In all cases, the adhesives shall be
applied immediately after mixing. Any delay between mixing and
application will reduce the 'Open time'. Fresh concrete must be poured
before the adhesive begins to gel. New to old concrete bonding is not
recommended at temperatures below, 5 Degree Centigrade as curing cannot
be assured under these circumstances.
7.8.3.4 Methods of Application

The shape and size of the concrete structure will determine the method of
application used. The ARALDITE based adhesive may be applied by hand
using brushed, brooms or any other suitable applicator.
7.8.3.5 Suitability of Fresh Concrete

Best results are obtained when the water/ cement ratio of the new concrete
is low as is practicable.
7.8.3.6 Coverage
One kilogram of the mixed -ARALDITE adhesive including hardeners and
filler covers an area of 2 to 3 sq.m. when applied with a stiff nylon bristle
brush. However, the coverage is very much dependent on the finish in the
concrete.
7.8.3.7 Handling Precautions

Epoxy resins can cause irritation of the skin in sensitive person if incorrectly
handled. Certain safety precautions must therefore be observed and those
handling the resins and hardeners should be given suitable instructions.
Those working with epoxy resins should, above all, be instructed that
personal cleanliness at the place of work is essential. The resin and hardener
should not be allowed to come into direct contact with the skin. The most
effective protection is achieved by wearing rubber or polythene gloves, the
130
latter having the advantage that they can be replaced when dirty. They are
more pleasant to wear if cotton gloves are worn underneath. Parts of the
skins, which have come into contact with the resin or hardener, should be
washed with lukewarm water and a mild soap. Special leaning creams may
be used as they have proved to be highly suitable.
7.8.4 Construction Joints

A construction joint is defined as a joint in the concrete introduced for
convenience in construction at which special measures are taken to achieve
subsequent continuity without provision for further relative movement.
No concreting shall be started until the Engineer-in-Charge has approved

the method of placing the positions and form of the construction joints and
lifts. The construction joints shall be so located as not to impair the strength
of the structure. Water stops shall be inserted as per clause 3.20
Concrete placed to form the face of a construction joint shall have all
Laitance removed and the aggregate exposed prior to the placing of fresh
concrete. The Laitance shall wherever practicable be removed by spraying
the concrete where it is still green. The whole of the concrete surface
forming part of the joint shall be hacked to expose the aggregate. Where
aggregate is damaged during hacking, it shall be removed from the concrete
face by further hacking. All loose matter shall be removed and the exposed
surface thoroughly cleaned by wire brushing, air blasting or washing,
leaving the surface clean and damp. Immediately before fresh concrete is
placed, a 12 mm thick layer of sand/cement mortar mixed in the same
proportions as in the concrete shall be spread in the horizontal face of the
construction joint. A drier mix shall be used for the top lift of horizontal face
of the construction joint. A drier mix shall be used for the top lift of
horizontal pours to avoid Laitance. The new concrete shall be well worked
against the prepared face before the mortar sets. Special care shall be taken
to obtain thorough compaction and to avoid segregation of the concrete
along the joint plane.
7.8.5 Movement Joints

Movement joints are defined as all joints intended to accommodate relative
movement between adjoining parts of a structure, special provision being
made where necessary for maintaining the water tightness of the joint. The
contractor shall comply with the instructions of manufacturers of
proprietary jointing materials and shall, if required by the Engineer-in-
Charge, demonstrate that the jointing materials can be applied satisfactorily.
The surface of set concrete in a movement joint shall, as shown on the

drawings, be painted with two coats of bituminous paint and new concrete
shall be placed against it only when the paint is dry. Expansion joints shall
be formed by a separating strip of approved preformed joint filler.

131
Caulking grooves shall be provided. At all joints where a caulking groove is

formed, immediately prior to caulking, the groove shall be wire brushed
and loose material removed and blown out by compressed air. After the
groove has dried, it shall be primed and caulked with approved sealing
compound applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. At
all caulked joints, the face of the caulking strip and a width of concrete on
either side shall be painted with two coats of paint having the same base as
the sealing compound.
7.8.6 Water Stops and Joint Fillers
7.8.6.1 Water stops

At all construction, contraction and expansion joints in the water retaining
structures and wherever specified or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge,
water stops shall be provided. The water stops shall be PVC type or of any
other equivalent material as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. PVC
water stops shall have a tensile strength of not less than 14 MN/m2 and
elongation at break of not less than 300%. Water stops shall not be exposed
to direct sunlight for long periods. Before being concreted in water stops
shall be cleaned of all foreign materials. Wherever provided, water stops
shall be placed in such a manner that they are embedded in the adjacent
sections of the panels for equal width.
As far as possible, jointing on site shall be confined to the making of butt

joints in straight runs of water stops and all the joints should be monolithic.
Where it is agreed with the Engineer-in-charge that it is necessary to make
an intersection or change of direction of any joint, other than a butt joint in a
straight run on site, a preliminary joint, intersection or change of direction
piece shall be made and submitted to such tests as the Engineer-in-charge
may require.
Flexible water stops shall be fully supported in the formwork, free of nails
and clear of reinforcement and other fixtures. Damaged water stops shall be
replaced and during concreting care shall be taken to place the concrete so
that water stops do not bend or distort.
The different types of water stops to be used in liquid retaining structures

will be as follows:
Table 9 : Types of Water Stops
Sr. Type of Joint Type of water stops

No
.
1. Partial/complete contraction 230 mm wide, ribbed with hollo centre
joint in walls and slabs bulb & 6 mm minimum thickness
2. Expansion joints in walls 230 mm wide, ribbed with hollo centre
and slabs bulb & 6 mm minimum thickness
132
3. Construction joint in raft 230 mm wide, ribbed with hollo centre

bulb & 6 mm minimum thickness
4. Construction joint in wall 230 mm wide, ribbed with hollo centre
5. Expansion joint raft 230 mm wide, ribbed with hollo centre
7.8.6.2 Jointing fillers

Joint fillers shall be of durable, compressible and non-extruding material.
7.8.7 Sealing Compounds

Horizontal joints shall, where used in water-retaining structures be sealed
with a cold pouring polysulphide rubber sealing compound of quality equal
to, or better than serviced "Paraseal". Horizontal joints in roofs, floors and
other non-water retaining structures shall be sealed with an approved
sealant with properties equal to or better than serviced "Paraplastic 41".
Vertical joints and joints in the soffits of slabs in both water retaining as well
as non-water retaining structures shall be sealed with a trowel or gun
applied polysulphide rubber sealing compound such as serviced "Vertiseal"
or equivalent. Sealing compounds shall be fully cured before water is
permitted to come in contact. At 40° C, the curing time would be
approximately 7 weeks for polysulphide compound.
7.8.8 Tolerances in Concrete Surfaces

Concrete surfaces for the various classes of unformed and formed finishes
specified in various clauses shall comply with the tolerances shown in Table
hereunder, except where different tolerances are expressly required by the
specification.
In the table 'line and level' and 'dimension' shall mean the lines, levels and
cross sectional dimensions as specified and required.
Surface irregularities shall be classified as 'abrupt' or 'gradual'. Abrupt

irregularities include by shall not be limited to offsets and fins caused by
displaced or misplaced formwork, loose knots and other defects in
formwork materials, and shall be tested by direct measurement. Gradual
irregularities shall be tested by means of a straight template for plane
surfaces and 1.5 m long formed surfaces.
Class of Maximum tolerance (mm) in:

finish Line & level Abrupt Gradual Dimension
irregularity irregularity
U1 12 6 6 -
U2 6 3 3 -
U3 6 3 3 -
F1 12 6 6 +12-6
F2 6 6 +12-6
F3 3 3 3 + 6-
133
7.8.9 Curing, Protecting, Repairing and Finishing
7.8.9.1 Curing
All concrete shall be cured by keeping it continuously damp for the period
of time required for complete hydration and hardening to take place.
Preference shall be given to the use of continuous sprays, or ponded water,
continuously saturated coverings of sacking, canvas, Hessian or other
absorbent materials, or approved effective curing compounds applied with
spraying equipment capable of producing a smooth, even textured coat.
Extra precautions shall be exercised in curing concrete during cold and hot
weather as outlined hereinafter. The quality of curing water shall be the
same as that used for mixing concrete.
7.8.9.2 Curing with Water

Fresh concrete shall be kept continuously wet for a minimum period of 10
days from the date of placing of concrete, following a lapse of 12 to 14 hours
after laying of concrete. The curing of horizontal surfaces exposed to the
drying winds shall however begin as soon as the concrete has hardened.
Water shall be applied to. formed surfaces immediately upon removal of
forms. Quantity of water applied shall be controlled so as to prevent erosion
of freshly placed concrete.
7.8.9.3 Continuous Spraying

Curing shall be assured by use of an ample water supply under pressure in
pipes, with all necessary appliances of hose, sprinklers and spraying
devices. Continuous fine mist spraying or sprinkling shall be used, unless
otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.8.9.4 Alternate Curing Methods

Whenever in the judgment of the Engineer-in-charge, it is necessary to omit
the continuous spray method, a covering of clean sand or other approved
means such as wet gunny bags, which will prevent loss of moisture from
the concrete, may be used. No type of covering will be approved which
would stain or damage the concrete during or after the curing period.
Covering shall be kept continuously wet during curing period. For curing of
concrete in sidewalks, floors, flat roofs of other level surfaces, the ponding
method of curing is preferred. The method of containing the ponded water
shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Special attention shall be
given to edges and comers of the slabs to ensure proper protection to these
areas. The ponded areas shall be kept continuously filled with water during
the curing period.
7.8.9.5 Curing Compound

Surface coating type-curing compounds shall be used only by special
permission of Engineer-in-Charge. Curing compounds shall be liquid type
white pigmented, conforming to US Bureau of Reclamation specification.

134
No curing compound shall be used on surfaces where future blending with

concrete, water of acid proof membrane or painting is specified.
7.8.9.6 Curing Equipment

All equipment and materials required for curing shall be on hand and ready
for use before concrete is placed.
7.8.9.7 Protecting Fresh Concrete

Fresh concrete shall be protected from defacements and damage due to
construction operations by leaving forms in place for an ample period as
specified in section D3 of this specification. Newly placed concrete shall be
protected by approved means such as tarpaulins from rain, sun and winds.
Steps as approved by the Engineer-inCharge shall also be taken to protect
immature concrete from damage by debris, excessive lading, vibration,
abrasion or contact with other materials, etc. that may impair the strength
and/or durability of the concrete. Workmen shall be warned against and
prevented from disturbing green concrete during its setting period. If it is
necessary that the workmen enter the area of freshly placed concrete, the
Engineerin-Charge may require that bridges be placed over the area.
7.8.10 Repair and Replacement of Unsatisfactory Concrete
7.8.10.1 General
Immediately after the shuttering is removed, the surface of concrete shall be
very carefully gone over and all defective areas called to the attention of the
Engineer-incharge who may permit patching of the defective areas or also
reject the concrete unit either partially or in its entirety. Rejected concrete
shall be removed and replaced by the contractor. Holes shall be filled with
mortar composed of one part of cement to one and half parts of sand
passing 2.36 mm LS sieve after removing any loose stones adhering to the
concrete. Concrete surfaces shall be finished as described in specifications or
as directed by the, Engineer-in-charge. Superficial honey combed surfaces
and rough patches shall be similarly made good immediately after removal
of shuttering, in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge and superficial
water and air holes shall be filled in. The mortar shall be well worked into
the surface with a wooden float. Excess water shall be avoided. Unless
instructed otherwise by the Engineer-in-charge, the surface of the exposed
concrete placed against shuttering shall be rubbed down immediately on
removal of shuttering to remove fine or other irregularities, care being taken
to avoid damaging the surface. Surface irregularities shall be removed by
grinding. If reinforcement is exposed or the honey combing occurs at
vulnerable positions e.g. ends of beams or columns, it may be necessary to
cut out the member completely or in part and reconstruct. The decision of
the Engineer-in-charge shall be final in this regard. If only patching is
necessary, the edges being cut perpendicular to the affected surface or with
a small under cut if possible. Anchors, tees or dovetail slots shall be
135
provided whenever necessary to attach the new concrete securely in place.

An area extending several centimeters beyond the edges and the surfaces of
the prepared voids shall be saturated with water for 24 hours immediately
before the patching material is placed.
7.8.10.2 Use of Epoxy

The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete used for repairs will be
permitted upon written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Epoxies shall
be applied in strict accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
7.8.10.3 Method of Repair

Small size holes having surface dimensions about equal to the depth of the
hole, holes left after removal of form bolts, grout insert holes and slots cut
for repair of cracks shall be repaired as follows.
The hole to be patched shall be roughened and thoroughly soaked with

clean water until absorption stops. A 5 mm thick layer of grout of equal
parts of cement and sand shall be well brushed into the surface to be
patched, followed immediately by the patching concrete which shall be well
consolidated with a wooden float and left slightly protrude of the
surrounding surface. The concrete patch shall be built up in 10 mm thick
layers, after an hour or more, depending upon weather conditions, it shall
be worked off flush with a wooden float and a smooth finish obtained by
wiping with hessian. A steel trowel shall be used for this purpose. The mix
for patching shall be of the same materials and in the same proportion as
that used in the concrete being repaired, although some reduction in the
maximum size of the coarse aggregates may be necessary and the mix shall
be kept as dry as possible. Mortar filling by air pressure (guniting) shall be
used for repair of areas too large and/or too shallow for patching with
mortar. Patched surfaces shall be given a final treatment to match the colour
and texture of the surrounding concrete. White cement shall be substituted
for ordinary cement, if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge, to match the
shade of the patch with the original concrete.
7.8.10.4 Curing of Patched Work

The patched area shall be covered immediately with an approved non-
staining, water-saturated material such as gunny bags, which shall be kept
continuously wet and protected against sun and wind for a period of 24
hours. Thereafter, the patched area shall be kept wet continuously by a fine
spray, or sprinkling for not less than 10 days. All fillings shall be tightly
bounded to the concrete and shall be sound, free from shrinkage cracks
after the fillings have been cured and dried.
7.8.10.5 Approval by the Engineer-in-Charge

All materials, procedures and operations used in the repair work shall be
subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.8.11 Finishing
136
7.8.11.1 General
The type of finish for formed concrete surfaces shall be as follows, unless
varied by the Engineer-in-Charge.
When the structure is in service all the surfaces shall receive no special
finish, except repair of damaged or defective concrete, removal of fine and
abrupt irregularities, filling defective concrete, filling of holes left by form
ties and rods and clean up of loose or adhering debris. Surfaces which will
be exposed to the weather and which would normally be level shall be
sloped for drainage. Unless a horizontal surface or the slope required is
specified, the tops of narrow surfaces such as stair treads, walls, curbs and
parapets shall be sloped across the width approximately I in 30. Broader
surfaces such as walkways, and platforms shall be sloped about I in 50.
Surfaces that will be covered by backfill or concrete, sub floors to be
covered with concrete topping, terrazzo or quarry tiles and similar surfaces
shall be smooth ascended and leveled to produce even surfaces. Surface
irregularities shall not exceed 6 mm. Surfaces which will not be covered. by
backfill, concrete or tile toppings such as outside decks, floors of galleries
and sumps, parapets, gutters, side-walks, floors and slabs, shall be
consolidated, screened and floated. Excess water and laitance shall be
removed before final finishing. Floating may be done with hand or power
tools and started as soon as the screened surface has attained a stiffness to
permit finishing operations and these shall be the minimum required to
produce a surface uniform in texture and free from screened marks or other
imperfections. Joints and edges shall be tooled as specified or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.8.11.2 Standard Finish For Exposed Concrete

Exposed concrete shall mean any concrete, other than floors or slabs,
exposed to view upon completion of the works. Unless otherwise specified,
the standard finish for exposed concrete shall be a smooth finish. A smooth
finish shall be obtained with the use of lined or plywood forms having
smooth and even surfaces and edges. Panels of forms shall be of uniform
size and be as large as practicable and installed with closed joints. Upon
removal of forms the joint marks shall be smoothed off and all blemishes,
protections etc., removed leaving the surfaces smooth.
7.8.11.3 Integral cement concrete finish

When specified, an integral cement concrete finish of specified thickness for
floors and slabs shall be applied either monolithic or bonded, as specified or
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The surface shall be tested with a
straight edge and any high and low spots eliminated. Floating or toweling
of the finish shall be permitted only after all surface water has evaporated.
Dry cement or a mixture of dry cement and sand shall not be sprinkled
directly on the surface of the cement finish to absorb moisture or to stiffen
the mix.

137
7.8.11.4 Rubbed finish

A rubbed finish shall be provided only on exposed concrete surfaces. Upon
removal of forms, all fins and other projections on the surfaces shall be
carefully removed, offsets leveled and voids and/or damaged sections
immediately saturated with water and repaired by filling with a concrete or
mortar of the same composition as was used in the surface. The surfaces
shall then be thoroughly wetted and rubbed with carborundun or other
abrasive. Cement mortar may be used in the rubbing, but the finished
surfaces shall not be brush coated with either cement or grout after rubbing.
The finished surfaces shall present a uniform and smooth appearance.
7.8.11.5 Protection
All concrete shall be protected against damage until final acceptance by the
Engineer-in-charge.
7.8.12 Hot Weather Requirement

All Concrete work performed in hot weather shall be in accordance with
IS:456, except as herein modified.
Admixtures may be used only when approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Adequate provisions shall be made to lower concrete temperatures by cool

ingredients, eliminating excessive mixing, preventing exposure of mixers
and conveyors to direct sunlight and the use of reflective paint on mixers,
etc. The temperature of the freshly placed concrete shall not be permitted to
exceed 38 degrees centigrade.
Consideration shall be given to shading aggregate stockpiles from direct

rays of the sun and spraying stockpiles with water, use of cold water when
available, and burying, insulating, shading and/or painting white the
pipelines and water storage tanks and conveyance.
In order to reduce loss of mixing water, the aggregate, wooden forms,

subgrade, adjacent concrete and other moisture absorbing surfaces shall be
well wetted prior to concreting, placement and finishing shall be done as
quickly as possible.
Extra precautions shall be taken for the protection and curing of concrete.
Consideration shall be given to continuous water curing and protection
against high temperatures and drying hot winds for a period of at least 7
days immediately after concrete has set and after which normal curing
procedures may be resumed.
7.8.13 Placing Concrete Underwater

a) Under all ordinary conditions, all foundations shall be completely
dewatered and concrete placed in the dry. However, when concrete
placement under water is necessary, all work shall conform to IS:456
and the procedure shall be as follows:
138
 Method of Placement
Concrete shall be deposited underwater by means of tremises, or
drop bottom buckets of approved type.
 Direction, Inspection and Approval
All work requiring placement of concrete underwater shall be
designed, directed and inspected with due regard to local
circumstances and purposes.
All underwater concrete shall be placed according to specifications
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
b) Special precautions shall be taken for prevention of lifting of concrete
due to uplift pressure of subsoil water.
7.8.14 Precast Concrete-DELETED
7.8.15 Slots, Openings, Etc.

7.8.15.1 General
Slots, openings or holes, pockets, etc., shall be provided in the concrete

work in the approved positions or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Short
pipes with puddle collar shall be fixed in the sidewall of suction pipes. They
shall be supplied at the appropriate time during construction. Any
deviation from the approved drawings shall be made good by contractor at
his own expense, without damaging any other work. Sleeves, bolts, inserts
etc., shall also be provided in concrete work where so required.
7.8.16 Grouting-DELETED
7.8.17 Inspection
a. All materials, workmanship and finished construction shall be subject
to continuous inspection and approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
b. All materials supplied by the Contractor and all work or construction
performed by the Contractor which is rejected as not being in
conformity with the specifications and requirements, shall be
immediately replaced.
c. All concrete shall be protected against damage until final acceptance
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.8.18 Clean-Up
a. Upon completion of the concrete work, all forms, equipment,
construction tools, protective coverings and any debris resulting from
the work shall be removed from the premises.

139
b. All debris i.e. empty containers, scrap wood, etc., shall be removed to
"dump" daily, or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
c.The finished concrete surfaces shall be left in a clean condition satisfactory

to the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.8.19 Records of Concreting

An accurate and up to date record showing times, dates, weather and
temperature conditions when various positions of all the concrete
structures forming the works were concreted will be kept by the Engineer-
in-charge and shall be countersigned by the Contractor. If the Contractor
fails to sign the Engineer-in-Charge's record, it shall nevertheless be
regarded as correct and binding on the Contractor.
The Contractor has to submit concrete pour card in duplicate duly to be

signed to the Engineer-in-Charge for each type of concreting work.
Contractor shall keep copy of it, after Engineer-in-Charge has checked and
signed the pour card.
Note:- Above condition about concrete pour card shall be applicable only
if C.C.Road work is included in the scope of tender.
7.8.20 Supply of Cement

Contractor shall procure / purchase the cement and shall be sacked and
well maintained as specified in the earlier sections. Contractor shall
procure cement in those quantities required for maximum one month of
concreting work and more than the prescribed time limit is not allowed.
For any damage to cement, MCGM will not be responsible and the
damaged cement will not be used in the work.
7.8.21 Foundation Bedding, Bonding and Jointing

All surfaces upon or against which concrete will be placed shall be
suitably prepared by thoroughly cleaning, washing and dewatering, as
specified or as the Engineer-incharge may direct, to meet the various
situations encountered in the work.
Soft or spongy areas shall be cleaned out and backfilled with lean concrete
or clean sand fill compacted.
Prior to construction of formwork for any item where soil will act as
bottom form, approval shall be obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge for
the suitability of the soil.
7.8.22 Preparation of Rock Strata of Foundations

a) To provide tight bond with rock foundations, the rock surface shall be
prepared and the following general requirements shall be observed.

140
b) Concrete shall not be deposited on large sloping rock surfaces. Where

required by the Engineer-in-charge, the rock shall be cut to form rough
steps or benches to provide roughness or a more suitable bearing
surface.
c) Rock foundation stratum shall be prepared by picking, barring,
wedging and similar methods which will leave the rock in an entirely
sound and unshattered condition.
d) Shortly before concrete is placed, the rock surface shall be cleaned with
highpressure water and air jet even though it may have been
previously cleaned in that manner.
f) Prior to placing concrete, the rock surface shall be kept wet for a
period of 2 to 4 hours unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
g) Before placing concrete on rock surfaces all water shall be removed
from depressions to permit thorough inspection and proper bonding
of the concrete to the rock.
7.9 FORMWORK
7.9.1 Formwork, Fixing and General
a) All formwork shall be constructed of waterproof plywood or
preferably sheet metal. Plywood used for formwork shall be
-conforming to BIS:4990 i.e. Specification for plywood for concrete
shuttering works. The materials for formwork shall be got approved
by the Engineer-in-charge before starting the work. Formwork shall be
firmly supported, adequately strutted, braced and tied to withstand
the placing and vibrating of concrete and the effects of weather. The
tolerance on line and level shall not exceed 3 mm and the soffits of
beams other than pre-stressed beams shall in the absence of any
specified camber, be erected with an upward camber of 6 mm for each
3 meters of span.
b) The Contractor shall be responsible for the calculations and designs for
the formwork, and if required, shall submit them to the Engineer-in-
charge for approval before construction. On formwork to external
faces, which will be permanently, exposed, all horizontal and vertical
formwork joints shall be so arranged that joint lines will form a
uniform pattern on the face of the concrete. Where the Contractor
proposes to make up the formwork for standard sized manufactured
formwork panels, the size of such panels shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before they are used in the construction of the
Works. The finished appearance of the entire elevation of the structure
and adjoining structures shall be considered when planning the
pattern of joint lines caused by formwork and by construction joint to
ensure continuity of horizontal and vertical lines.
c) Faces of form work in contact with concrete shall be free from
adhering foreign matter, projecting nails and the like, splits or other
141
defects, and all form work shall be dean and free from standing water,
dirt, shavings, chippings or other foreign matter. Joints shall. be
sufficiently watertight to prevent the escape of mortar or the formation
of fins or other blemishes on the face of the concrete and no bleeding
should be allowed through the joints.
d) Form work shall be provided for the top surfaces of sloping work
where the slope exceeds fifteen degrees from the horizontal (except
where such top surface is specified as spaded finish) and shall be
anchored to enable the concrete to be properly compacted and to
prevent flotation, care being taken to prevent air being trapped.
e) Openings for inspection of the inside of the form work and for the
removal of water used for washing down shall be provided and so
formed as to be easily closed before placing concrete. Before placing
concrete, all bolts, pipes or conduits or other fixtures which are to be
built in shall be fixed in their correct positions, and cores and other
devices for forming holes shall be held fast by fixing to the formwork
or otherwise. Holes shall not be cut in any concrete without approval
of the Engineer-in-charge.
f) All exterior angles on the finished concrete of 90 degree or less shall be
given 20 mm x 20 mm chamfers unless otherwise ordered by the
Engineer-in-charge.
g) No ties or bolts or other device shall be built into the concrete for the
purpose of supporting formwork without the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge. The whole or part of any such supports shall be
capable of removal so that no part .remaining embedded in the
concrete shall be nearer than 50 mm from the surface in the case of
reinforced concrete and
150 mm in the case of unreinforced concrete. Holes left after removal
of such supports shall be neatly filled with well-rammed dry-pack
mortar.
h) Formwork in contact with the concrete shall be treated with suitable
non-staining mould oil to prevent adherence of the concrete except
where the surface is subsequently to be rendered. Care shall be taken
to prevent the oil from coming in contact with reinforcement or with
concrete at construction joints. Surface retarding agents shall be used
only where ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge.
i) No formwork shall be started or placed unless the requirement work is
fully completed and checked by Engineer-in-Charge.
j) Necessary cover blocks shall be provided before starting connection.
7.9.2 Removal of Formwork

a) Formwork shall be so designed as to permit any removal without
resorting to hammering or levering against the surface of the concrete.
b) The periods of time elapsing between the placing of the concrete and
the striking of the loads likely to be imposed on the concrete and shall
in any case be not less than the periods shown in Table below. Where
soffit formwork is constructed in a manner during and after such
142
removal of a sufficient number of adequate supporting props in an

undisturbed condition, the Contractor may, with the agreement of the
Engineer-in-charge, remove the formwork at the earlier times listed
below provided that the props are left in position.
Table 12: Period for Formwork
Position of formwork Days "for striking

Walls 1
Sides of beams and columns 2
Slabs (Drops left under) 3
Props to slabs (span not exceeding 4.5m) 7
Props to slabs (span exceeding 4.5 m) 14
Beams soffits (props left under) 7
Props to beams (span not exceeding 6 m) 14
Props to beams (span exceeding 6 m) 21
c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall be held

responsible for any damage arising from removal of formwork before
the structure is capable of carrying its own weight and any incidental
loading.
d) Striking shall be done slowly with utmost care to avoid damage to
projections and without shock or vibration, by gently easing the
wedges. If after removing the formwork it is found that timber has
been embedded in the concrete. It shall be removed and made good as
specified earlier.
e) Reinforced temporary openings shall be provided, as directed by the
Engineer-in charge, to facilitate removal of formwork which otherwise
may be inaccessible.
f) The rods, clamps, form bolts, etc. which must be entirely removed
from walls or similar structures shall be loosened not sooner than 24
hours not later than 40 hours after the concrete has been deposited.
Ties, except those required to hold forms in place, may be removed at
the same time. Ties, withdrawn from walls and grade beams shall be
pulled toward the inside face. Cutting ties back from the faces of the
walls and grade beams will not be permitted.
g) For liquid retaining structures, no sleeves for through bolts shall be
used nor shall through bolts be removed as indicated above. The bolts,
in this case, shall be cut at 25 mm depth or more from the surface and
then the hole shall be made good by cement sand mortar of the same
proportions as the concrete just after striking the formwork.
7.9.3 Formed Surfaces - Classes of Finish

a) Finishes to formed surfaces of concrete shall be classified as F1, F2, or
F3, or such other special finish as may be particularly specified. Where
the class of finish is not specified the concrete shall be finished to Class
Fl.

143
b) Form work for Class F3 finish shall be lined with as large panels as
possible of non-staining material with a smooth unblemished surface
such as sanded plywood or hard compressed fiber board, arranged in
a uniform approved pattern and. fixed to back form work by oval
nails. Unfaced wrought boarding or standard steel panels shall not be
permitted.
c) Form work for Class F2 finish shall be faced with wrought tongued
and grooved boards or plywood or metal panels arranged in a uniform
approved pattern free from defects likely to detract from the
appearance of the surface.
Form work for Class F1 finish shall be constructed in sheet metal.

Surfaces subsequently to be rendered, plastered or tiled shall be
adequately scrabbled or hacked as soon as the form work is removed
to reduce the irregularities to not more than half the thickness of such
rendering, plastering or bedding for tiles and to provide a satisfactory
key.
7.9.4 Defects in Formed Surfaces

a) Workmanship in formwork and concreting shall be such that concrete
shall normally require no making good, surfaces being perfectly
compacted and smooth.
 If any blemishes are revealed after removal of formwork, the
Engineer-incharge's decisions concerning remedial measures shall
be obtained immediately. These measures may include, but shall
not be limited to the following:
 Fins, pinhole bubbles, surface discolouration and minor defects
may be rubbed down with sacking immediately after the formwork
is removed.
 Abrupt and gradual irregularities may be rubbed down with
carborundun and water after the concrete has been fully cured.
These and any other defects shall be remedied by methods
approved by the Engineer-in-charge which may include using a
suitable epoxy resin or, where necessary, cutting out to a regular
dovetails shape at least 75 mm deep and refilling with concrete
over steel mesh reinforcement sprung into the dovetail.
b) The form work shall be checked by the Engineer-in-charge before the
form work starts and form found defective shall be rejected and the
same can be used after rectifying the defects and with due approval of
the Engineer-incharge
7.9.5 Holes to be Filled

a) Holes formed in concrete surfaces by form work supports or the like
shall be filled with dry-pack mortar made from one part by weight of
ordinary Portland cement and one part fine aggregate passing BIS
sieve 1.18 mm. The mortar shall be mixed with only sufficient water to
make the materials stick together when being moulded in the hands.

144
b) The contractor shall thoroughly clean any hole that is to be filled with
dry-pack mortar and where the surface has been damaged, the
contractor shall break out any loose, broken or cracked concrete or
aggregate. The concrete surrounding the hole shall then be thoroughly
soaked after which the surface shall be dried so as to leave a small
amount of free water on the surface. The surface shall then be dusted
lightly with ordinary Portland cement by means of a small dry brush
until the whole surface that will come into contact with the dry-pack
mortar has been covered and darkened by absorption of the free water
on the surface. The surface shall then be dusted lightly with ordinary
Portland cement by means of a small dry brush until the whole surface
that will come into contact with the drypack mortar has been covered
and darkened by absorption of the free water by the cement. Any dry
cement in the hole shall be removed.
c) The dry-pack material shall then be placed and packed in layers
having a compacted thickness not greater then 15 mm. The compaction
shall be carried out by use of a hardwood stick and a hammer and
shall extend over the full area of the layer, particular care being taken
to compact the dry-pack against the sides of the hole. After
compaction, the surface of each layer shall be scratched the dry-pack
fill and striking the block several times. Steel finishing tools shall not
be used and water shall not be added to facilitate finishing.
7.9.6 Tolerances
Tolerance is a specified permissible variation from lines, grade or
dimensions given in approved drawings. No tolerance specified for
horizontal or vertical building lines or footings shall be construed to permit
encroachment beyond the legal boundaries. Unless otherwise specified, the
following tolerances will be permitted:
Tolerances for RCC Structures

i. Variation from the plumb in the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls
5mm per 2.5 m or 25 mm, whichever is less.
For exposed corner columns and other conspicuous lines in any bay or
5 m maximum 5 mm
In 10 m or more 10 mm
ii. Variation from the level or from the grades indicated on the approved
drawings In slab soffits, ceilings, beam soffit, and in arise
In 2.5m 5mm
In any bay or 5 m maximum 10 mm
For exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other

conspicuous lines
145
iii. Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and
related position of columns, wall and partitions
iv. Variation in the sizes and locations of sleeves, openings in walls and floors
except in the case of and for 5mm anchor bolts
v. Variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in the

thickness of slabs and walls
Minus 5 mm
Plus 10 mm
vi. Footings
Variation in dimension in plan
Minus 5 mm
Plus 10 mm
vii. Misplacement or eccentricity 2% of footing width in the direction of

misplacement but not more than 50 mm Reduction in thickness: Minus 5%
of specified thickness subject to a maximum of 50 mm
viii. Variation in steps

In a flight of stairs
Rise 3 mm
Tread 5 mm
In consecutive steps
Rise 1.5 mm
Tread 3 mm
Tolerances in other Concrete Structures

ix. All structures
Variation of the constructed linear outlines from established position in
plan
In 5m 10 mm
Variations of dimensions to individual structural features from established

positions
In buried construction 50 mm
Variation from plumb, from specified batter or from curved surfaces of all
structures
In 2.5m 10 mm
146
In5m 15 mm In 10 m or more 25 mm
In buried construction twice the above amounts
Variation from level or grade indicated on approved drawings in slab,

beams, soffits, horizontal grooves and visible arises
In 2.5m 5mm
In 7.5 m or more 10 mm
In buried construction Twice the above amounts
Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns, beams, buttresses, piers

and similar members
Minus 5 mm
Plus 10 mm
x. Footings for columns, piers, walls, buttresses and similar members

Variation of dimensions in plan
Minus 10 mm
Plus 50 mm
Misplacement or eccentricity
2% of footing width in the direction of misplacement but not more than 50
mm. Reduction in thickness
5% of specified thickness subject to a maximum of 50 mm
xi. Tolerance in other types of structures shall generally conform to those given
in Clause 2.4 of Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork (American
Concrete Institute Act 347).
xii. Tolerance in fixing anchor bolts shall be as follows:

Anchor bolts without sleeves + 5 mm
Anchor bolts with sleeves + 5 mm for bolts up to 20 mm dia
3 mm for bolts above 32 mm dia
Embedded parts + 5 mm in all directions
7.9.7 Bracing, Struts and Props

a. Form work shall be braced, strutted, propped and so supported that it
shall not deform under weight and pressure of the concrete and also
due to the movement of men and other materials. Bamboo shall not be
used as props or cross bearers.
b. The formwork for beams and slabs shall be so erected that the
formwork on the sides of the beams and under the soffit of slabs can be
removed without disturbing the beam bottoms. Repropping of beams
shall not be done except when props have to be reinstated to take care
of construction loads anticipated to be in excess of the design load.
Vertical props shall be supported on wedges or other measures shall

147
be taken whereby the props can be gently lowered vertically while

striking the formwork.
c. If the formwork for a column is erected for the full height of the
column, one side shall be left open and built up in sections as placing
of the concrete proceeds, or windows may be left for pouring concrete
from the sides to limit the drop of concrete to 1.0 m as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor shall submit the detailed design and methodology with

applicable drawings if any of Formwork system for different members for
approval of Engineerin-Charge.
7.10 REINFORCEMENT
7.10.1 Relevant IS Codes
IS:432 Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn
steel wire for concrete reinforcement
IS:1786 Cold twisted steel bars for concrete reinforcement (CTD)
IS:2502 (1963) Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete
reinforcement
IS:55225(1969) Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement in RCC
works
IS:2751 C. P. for welding of MS bars used for RCC
IS:9417 Recommendations for welding cold worked steel bars for

RCC
IS: 10790 Methods of sampling of reinforced steel
7.10.2 General
Reinforcement shall be CTD of high strength deformed corrosion resistant
(CRS) bars as per IS:1786 - Fe415. Wire mesh or fabric shall be in accordance
with IS:456. Substitution of reinforcement will not be permitted except upon
written approval from the Engineer-in-charge.
7.10.3 Storage
a. The reinforcement shall not be kept in direct contact with the ground
but stacked on top of an arrangement of timber sleepers or the like.
b. If the reinforcing rods have to be stored for a long duration, they shall
be coated with cement wash before stacking and/or be kept under
cover or stored as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
c. Fabricated reinforcement shall be carefully stored to prevent damage,
distortion, corrosion and deterioration.

148
d. It should be seen that the reinforcement will not be exposed to direct

sunlight and preventive measures should be taken for the same.
7.10.4 Quality
All reinforcements shall be clean, free from grease, oil paint, dirt, loose mill
scale, loose rust, dust bituminous material or any other substances that will
destroy or reduce the bond. All rods shall be thoroughly cleaned before
being fabricated. Pitted and defective rods shall not be used. No welding of
rods to obtain continuity shall be allowed unless approved by the Engineer-
in-charge. If welding is approved, the work shall be carried out as per
IS:1786 - Fe415 according to the best modem practices and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. In all cases of important connections, tests shall be
made to prove that the joints are of full strength of bars welded. Special
precautions, as specified by the Engineer-in-charge, shall be taken in the
welding of cold worked reinforcing bars and bars other than mild steel.
7.10.5 Laps
Laps and splices for reinforcement shall be as per IS:456. Splices in adjacent
bars shall be staggered and locations of all splices shall be approved by the
Engineer-inCharge.
7.10.6 Bending
Reinforcement bars supplied bent or in coils, shall be straightened before
they are cut to size. Straightening of bars shall be done cold and without
damaging the bars.
All bars shall be accurately bent according to the sizes and shapes shown on
the approved detailed working drawings/bar bending schedules. They
shall be bent gradually by machine or other approved means. Reinforcing
bars shall not be straightened and re-bent in a manner that will injure the
material;; bars containing cracks/splits shall be rejected. They shall be bent
cold, except bars of over 25 mm in diameter, which may be bent hot if
specifically, approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Bars, which depend for
their strength of cold working, shall not be bent hot. Bars bent hot shall not
be treated beyond cherry red colour (nor exceeding 845°C) and after
bending shall be allowed to cool slowly without quenching. Bars incorrectly
bent shall be used only if the means used for straightening and re-bending
be such as shall not, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, injure the
material. No reinforcement shall be bent when in position in the work
without approval, whether or not it is partially embedded in hardened
concrete. Bars having kinks or bends other than those required by design
shall not be used.
7.10.7 Fixing
Reinforcement shall be accurately fixed by any approved means and
maintained in the correct position shown in the approved Drawings by the
use of blocks, spacers and chairs, as per IS:2502 to prevent displacement
during placing and compaction of concrete. Bars intended to be in contact at
149
crossing points shall be securely bound together at all such points with
number 16 gauge annealed soft iron wire. The vertical distances required
between successive layers of bars in beams or similar members shall be
maintained by the provision of mild steel spacer bars at such intervals that
the main bars do not perceptibly sag between adjacent spacer bars.
7.10.8 Cover
a) Unless indicated otherwise, clear concrete cover for reinforcement
(exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish) shall be as follows:
b) At each end of a reinforcement bar, not less than 25 mm nor less than
twice the diameter of the bar.
c) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column, not less than 40 mm,
nor less than the diameter of the bar. In case of columns of minimum
dimension of 20 cm or under with reinforcing bars of 12 mm and less
in diameter, a cover of 25 mm may be used.
d) For longitudinal reinforcing bars in a beam, not less than 25 mm nor
less than the diameter of the bar.
e) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, or
wall, not less than, 15 mm, nor less than the diameter of such
reinforcement.
f) For any other reinforcement, not less than 15 mm, nor less than the
diameter of such reinforcement.
g) For footing and other principal structural members in which the
concrete is poured on a layer of lean concrete, the bottom cover shall
be reduced to 50 mm.
h) For concrete surfaces exposed to the weather or the ground after
removal of forms, such as retaining walls, grade beams, footing sides
and tops, etc. not less than 50 mm for bars larger than 16 mm diameter
and not less than 40 mm for bars 16 mm diameter or smaller.
i) For liquid retaining structures, the minimum cover to all steel shall be
25 mm or the diameter of the main bar, whichever is greater. In the
presence of soils and waters of a corrosive character, the cover shall be
increased by 10 mm.
j) The correct cover shall be maintained by cement mortar cubes or other
approved means. Reinforcement for footings, grade beams and slabs
on subgrade shall be supported on precast concrete "blocks as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The use of pebbles or stones shall
not be permitted.
k) The 28 day crushing strength of cement mortar cubes/precast concrete
cover blocks shall be at least equal to the specified strength of concrete
in which these cubes/blocks are embedded.
I) The minimum clear distance between reinforcing bars shall be in
accordance with IS:456
7.10.9 Inspection
After final erection of reinforcement, it shall be intimated to Engineer-in-
charge in writing or through pour cards. Erected and secured reinforcement

150
shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to

placement of concrete.
7.10.10 Welding of Reinforcement

a) Reinforcement which is specified to be welded shall be welded by any
process which conforms with the requirements of IS:2751 and which
the Contractor can demonstrate by bend and tensile tests will ensure
that the strength of the parent metal is not reduced and that the weld
possesses a strength not less than that of the parent metal. The welding
procedure established by successful test welds shall be maintained and
no deviation from this procedure, shall. be permitted.
b) Welds in positions other than those shown on the approved Drawings

shall not be permitted. Tack welding to lightly secure reinforcement in
place will be permitted subject to approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
7.10.11 Supply of Reinforcing Bars .

Contractor shall procure / purchase the cement and shall be sacked and
well 'maintained as specified in the earlier sections. Contractor shall procure
cement in those quantities required for maximum 1 month of concreting
work and more than the prescribed time limit is not allowed. MCGM will
not be responsible for any damage to cement and the damaged cement will
not be used in the work.
7.10.12 Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating to Reinforcement Steel Bars
7.10.12.1 Reinforcing Bars.
The reinforcing bars to be provided with Fusion Bonded Epoxy coating

shall conform to the relevant. I.S. specifications Viz. IS-432-Part I for round
bars and IS-1786 for HYSD bars. Inspite of producing test certificates by
contractor for the proper quality of reinforcing bar, the quality of steel
should also be tested by the FBE coating firm at plant site for bend test
before doing coating and that if the reinforcing bar fails in bend test, then it
shall not be provided with FBEC. The rechecking quality of steel for bend
test will be done by the coating agency in the presence of
owner/department if necessary and insisted.
Reinforcing bars to be coated. shall be fresh from rolling mills as far as
possible. If the bars are very much rusted in quality before providing FBEC,
such bars shall be liable to be rejected by the owner /department's
representative.,
7.10.12.2 Coating Bars with, FBEC - Deleted.
7.10.12.3 Tests for FBE Coating on Reinforcement Bars- Deleted.
7.10.12.3 i. SPECIFICATION FOR ANTI-CORROSIVE TREATMENT TO

H.Y.S.D. / M.S. REINFORCEMENT BARS BY CEMENT
151
POLYMER COMPOSITE COATING (C.P.C.C.) TREATMENT

(Method developed by C.E.C.R.I. Karikudi, Tamilnadu)
Materials: - The material required for C.P.C.C. treatment shall be procured from
the approved licensee of CECRI and also got approved from
Engineer-in-charge. Materials shall be tested for following tests
prior to use.
1) Density
2) pH Value
3) Specific gravity
4) Chloride content
1) METHOD OF APPLICATION OF COATING SYSTEM :
The application of the cement polymer composite coating system
comprises the following sequence.
1.1 SURFACE PREPARATION:

The surface of the steel reinforcing bars to be coated shall be cleaned by
abrasive (dry sand) blast cleaning the metal to near while in accordance
with SSPC – SPIONCE – No.2-1994. It includes following procedures –
i) Prior to blast cleaning, visible deposits of oil or grease shall be

removed by suitable cleaning method.
ii) Clean compressed air shall be used for Nozzle blasting.
iii) Dry uniformly graded silica shall be used for blast cleaning which
should be free from contaminants
iv) Suitable arrangement shall be made I the sand blasting unit to suit
automation.
v) During the operation, the pressure at the nozzle shall be regulated
as per the suppliers specifications.
vi) Dust and residue shall be removed from prepared surface by
brushing, blowing off with clean dry air, vacuum cleaning and other
methods.
vii) Any visible rust that forms on the surface of the steel after blast
leaning shall be removed by re-blasting the rusted areas before
coating.
viii) The prepared surface shall meet the visual standards of comparison
as in SSPC-VIS 1 of SSPC-VIS 2.
1.2 APPLICATION OF THE COATING :

i) The coating shall be applied to the cleaned surface as soon as after
cleaning and before oxidation of the surface discernible to the
unaided eye occurs. However, the application of the coating shall
not be delayed more than 4 Hrs. after cleaning.

152
ii) A rapid setting primer shall be applied over the prepared surface of
the reinforcing steel either by brushing or dipping.
iii After 30 minutes of application of the primer, a cement polymer
sealing coat shall be applied either by brushing or dipping.
)
iv The coated rods shall be handled after 6 hours.
)
1.3 The above process of surface preparation and coating shall be mechanized
automatic.
2) REQUIREMENTS OF THE COATED BARS

The coated reinforcement rods of cement polymer composite coating
system shall meet the following requirements :-
i) Thickness of the coating :

After curing, the minimum average dry film thickness of coated rods
shall not be less than 175 microns. Measurement shall be made using
commercially available coating thickness meter which should be
specifically suitable for curved surfaces.
ii) Continuities of coating.
The coated rod when visually examined should be fairly uniform in
thickness and should be devoid of any effects such as cracks, peeling,
bulging etc.. No surface area should be left uncoated. No spot should
be visible with unaided eye.
iii) Adhesion of coating :-
The coating should not peel off or racked or disbanded on the outside
radius when the coated bars are bent to 180o around a mandrel (as per
test procedure A)
iv) Relative bond strength
The bond strength of the coated bar and concrete should not be less
than that specified in IS 456-2000 Clause 44.1.2 (Bond stress for
deformed bars in tension). The test procedure is to be followed as per
BIS 2770-Part-I, 1967.
v) Resistance to applied voltage test
No film failure as evidenced by evolution of Hydrogen gas at the
cathode or appearance of corrosion product at the anode shall take
place during 1 Hr.of testing (As per test procedure-B).
vi) Abrasion Resistance
The abrasion resistance of the coating by TABER Abrasor should not
be more than 100mmg/1000 cycles. Using CS 10 wheel under 1 Kg.
load/ per wheel (As per test procedure-C).
vii) Chemical resistance of coating

153
The coated rods are kept partially immersed in the following four
individual environments for 45 days. Distilled water, 3 M CACL2, 3M
NaOH and saturated Ca(OH)2 for 45 days, the coating should not
blister, soften, or loose bond when visually examined at the end of the
test period (as per Procedure-E).
All the text procedures of CECRI for CPCC treatment shall be followed.
QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES TO BE TAKEN AT SITE :

1) The application and test are to be supervised strictly as per the
specifications.
2) Sand blasting of the surface of reinforcement steel is to be done as per
the surface preparation mentioned in Application System.
3) Primer coat and sealing coat are to be applied by brush or by spraying
or by dipping under supervision.
4) Coating thickness of the finished bar can be checked frequently by pen
type Alcometer.
5) The 2V Impressed current test (ASTM A-775/775/5m-90) is to be taken
randomly at site laboratory (every 15 days). It is most critical test for
finished products.
6) The coated bars bending test can be observed frequently at site.
4) GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING, STACKING AND TRANSPORTING

OF COATED REINFORCING BARS :
The durability of the coating rebars is related to the coating quality. The
more damage to the coating is more prone to corrosion. Good job site
practices can minimize the coating damage. For this reason, standards
from ASTM, JSCE, NACE (USA) have laid down specific procedures. For
stacking and transporting coated bars, some important guidelines are
referred here.
5) STACKING:
i) t is preferable to store the coated bars on buffer materials placed at
suitable intervals instead of placing them directly on the ground.
ii) It is not desirable to store coated bars by piling them on top of one
another. If they are to be stored by piling, buffer materials such as
wood, rubber, jute, sack etc. should be used to separate the layers.
However, the number of layers allowed shall be limited to a
maximum of five.
iii) The coated bars shall be stored in the Yard.
iv) If any damage had occurred during stacking, it should be repaired
immediately by the same coating formulation before any rusting
occurs.
6) HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION :

i) The coated bars shall be securely bound together using a buffer
material (padding) and it is desirable that the bent bars shall be
supplied with same canvas cover.
154
ii) When loading and unloading of bundles of coated bars, it shall be

preferable to lift them with a strong back, spreader bar multiple
supports etc. To avoid extreme bending, nylon slings at 2 to 3 points
shall be used.
iii) The bundle of bars shall not be dropped.
iv) If damage had occurred to the coating during transportation, it must
be repaired before rusting occurs.
7) SPECIFICATIONS FOR PATCH REPAIRS OF COATING DAMAGES:

i) Coating repairs is requested when peeling off and other damages exits.
prior to repairs, the damaged area shall be cleaned by removing loose
or deleterious material. In case where rust is present, it shall also be
mechanically removed to repair.
ii) After this primer coat shall be brush applied, after curing (15-30)
minutes) sealing coat shall be applied and it is desirable to ensure
thickness of 150 microns.
8) SPECIFICATION FOR CUTTING, BENDING AND WELDING OF

COATED REBARS AT FIELD.
i) It is desirable that the coated rods shall be bent gradually.
ii) In the field, the cut and welded portions of the coated rebars shall be
repaired by the same formulations.
iii) The cut ends of the coated rebars shall be repaired by the same
formulations.
9) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED

DURING THE PREPARATION AND APPLICATION OF THE
CEMENT POLYMER COMPOSITE COATING ( A knowhow released
by CECRI):
i) A solvent resistant hand gloves must be used during the handling of
chemicals.
ii) Gum shoes must be used during the preparation and application.
iii) Facemasks should be worn during the preparation and application.
iv) Other safety measures should be adopted for the persons handling
solvents, chemicals, finished produces and during applications.
v) Closed sand blasting unit shall be used to avoid dust spreading.
vi) Aprons made preferably from rubber and plastic must be used.
vii) The container containing chemicals and finished products shall be
properly sealed.
viii) Adequate safety measures should be adopted for field operatins.
ix) In general, all the safety measures should be followed as per
industrial safety regulations.
10) REFERENCE DOCUMENTS :

i) ASTM G8-90 Standard Test methods for cathodic disbanding or
pipeline coating (Method A).
ii) ASTM G20-88 Standard Test methods for chemical resistance of
pipeline coatings.
155
iii) ASTM G12-83 Standard Test methods non-destructive measurement

of film thickness of pipeline coating on steel.
iv) ASTM D-4060-90 Standard Test methods for abrasion resistance
organic coatings by the Taber abraser industrial safety regulations.
v) ASTM G14-88 Standard Test methods for impact resistance of pipe
line coatings (Falling-weight test).
vi) GIS 2770-POart 1:1967 Methods of Testing bond in reinforced
concrete Part-I-Pullout Test (1967).
vii) SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2-1994 Near white blasting.
viii) SSPC VIS 2-Guide to standard method -\ degree of rusting on
painted steel surface.
x) SSPC SP COM-Surface preparation specifications.
11) TESTS FOR CPCC:
11.1 Test Procedure A
Determination of Adhesion of the Coating

Adhesion of the coating is to be tested as per ASTM A 775/775 M 94 d.
10mm dia coated rods of length 1M shall be used in this test. The coated
rods shall be placed with sponge and bent to 180 o around a 75mm diameter
mandrel. The bending shall be done at an uniform rate and not suddenly.
No cracking of the coating shall be visible to the unaided eye on the outside
radius of the bar. If the test is to be conducted on other than 10mm
diameter rod, then the diameter of the mandrel has to be changed
accordingly, as tabulated below :-
Diameter of the Rod (mm) Diameter of the mandrel (mm)

8mm and 10mm 75
16 100
25 200
32 250
11.2 Test Procedure B :-
Two identical coated bars of the same size and length shall be used in the
test. 14mm gauge copper wire shall be soldered on the one end of each
bar. The other end of the bars shall be sealed with an insulating material
to a length of 2.5cm. The exposed area on which test is to be conducted
shall not be less than 240 cm 2. If 10mm dia rods are used, then the length
exposed shall not be less than 80 cm.
A non-conductive plaster container of size not less than 150mm x 150mm

x 850 mm. is filled with 7% NaCl solution (70 gms/litre) up to the height
of 800mm. The coated rebars shall be suspended vertically so as to have a
clearance of 25mm from the bottom, 40mm from the sides and 40mm
between the rods. A potential of 2V in between the coated rods shall be
impressed for a period of 60 minutes using suitable DC power source.
156
The voltage and current shall be measured by using a high resistance

voltmeter having an internal resistance of not less than 10 Mega Ohms
and having a range upto 5 V (minimum). Storage batteries may also be
used for impressing the voltage.
During this 60 minutes of testing, there shall not be any coating / failure
as evidenced by evolution of hydrogen gas at the cathode or by
appearance of corrosion production of iron at the anode.
11.3 Test Procedure C-
Determination of Abrasion Resistance of the Coating.
Test shall be conducted as per ASTM D 4060 using Taber CS-10 wheel
under 1 Kg. load per wheel. Abrasion resistance of the coating shall be
conducted on panel of size 100mm x 100mm in which 8mm dia hole shall
be drilled. The panel shall be coated as per specified procedure. After
curing, thickness of the coating shall be measured in several locations
along the path to be abraded. The initial weight of the panel shall be
measured to the nearest 0.1 mg. Then the coated panel shall be mounted
on the turn table. The abrading heads shall be placed on the panel and the
vacuum, pick up nozzle kept in position. The counter shall be set in
position. The vacuum picks up and turn table of the abrader shall be fixed
for 1000 cycles. After 1000 cycles loose abradings remaining on the test
specimen shall be removed by light brushing. The final weight of the
specimen shall be measured for finding the loss in weight. The weight
loss shall not exceed 100mg. The test shall be conducted on duplicate
specimens.
11.4 Test Procedure D
Chloride Tolerable Limit.
10mm dia cement polymer coated rod of length 10cm. shall be used.
Bottom edge of the coated rod shall be sealed using lacquer. Then test
specimen is kept immersed in 0.04 N NaOH + 10,000 ppm chloride and
potential is monitored using high impedance Multimeter against suitable
reference electrode, such as saturated calomel electrode. After getting
established potential, using appropriate current regular (0-100mmA), the
test specimen is anodically polarized at a constant current density of 290
uA/cm2, using a platinum / stainless steel /TSIA/Polished mild steel as
cathode. Potential with time is followed for 5 minutes. At the end of 5
minutes, no rust spots shall be observed on the coated rod.
11.5 Test Procedure E

157
Chemical Resistance of the Coating
The coated rods (any diameter) of length 30cm shall be used in this test.
The bottom edges of the coated rods are to be sealed using lacquer.
Transparent PVC cylindrical container shall be used. 3M CaCl 2 M NaOH,
Saturated Ca(OH)2 and distilled water are prepared as individual test
solution and filled in the separate container up to the half of its height.
Then the coated rods are kept partially immersed in the test solution so
that they are in long term contact with both the liquid and vapour phase
of the test solution. The test shall be conducted for 45 days. The coating
should not blister, soften or disband during this period.
11.6 Test Procedure F
Impact Resistance of the Coating.
The resistance of a cement polymer coated reinforcing bar to a mechanical

damage shall be determined by the falling weight test. A test apparatus
similar to the described in test method G14 of the ASTM standard shall be
used. Impact shall occur on the low lying area of the coated bar, that is
between deformation and ridges. The test shall be performed at room
temperature. With an impact force of 9 NM, no shattering, racking or
disbandment of the coating shall occur except at the impact area i.e. area
permanently deformed by the tup.
7.11 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COLCRETE- DELETED.

7.12 PLASTERING
Relevant IS Codes
IS:1542 Sand and Plaster
IS: 1661 C.P. for application of ferrous metals in building
IS:2394 C.P. for application of lime plaster finish
Cement mortar used for plastering shall be of the mix proportions and
thickness as specified on the drawings or bill of quantities or particular
specifications for the various different parts of the works.
The materials used i.e. cement, sand and water shall be of the same quality
and of the same specifications as indicated for plain and reinforced cement
concrete works in this tender.
Sand further shall meet the specifications as laid down in IS: 1542-1977
Specification for sand for plaster.

158
The surfaces that are to be applied with plaster shall be thoroughly cleaned
to remove dust, dirt, loose particles, oil, soil, slats etc. that may be sticking
to the surfaces. The surfaces shall be washed clean and watered properly for
4 hours before applying plaster.
Plaster shall not, in any case, be thinner than specified. It shall have uniform
specified thickness. When smooth finishing is required the cement
plastering shall be floated over with neat cement within 15 minutes after
application of the last coat of plastering.
The plaster shall be protected from the sun and rain by such means as the
Engineering-charge in charge may approve. The plastered surfaces shall be
cured for 7 (seven) days. Construction joints in plastering shall be kept at
places approved by the Engineer-in-charge. When the thickness of the
plaster specified is to be made up in more than one layer, the second layer
shall be applied only when the lower coat is still green. After applying the
first layer the surface should be roughed and wherever specified, approved
brands of additives like waterproofing compounds shall be added in
specified quantities as recommended by the manufacturer of the
compound, or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Wherever scaffolds are necessary for plastering they shall be provided.

Stage scaffolding shall be provided for ceiling plaster. To ensure even
thickness and true surface, patches of plaster about 15 cms x 15 cms shall be
first applied both horizontally as vertically 2 m apart. Plastering shall be
done from top to bottom and care shall be taken to avoid joints on
continuous surface.
Sand face plaster shall consist of first layer of 16mm average thick cement
plaster in cement mortar 1: 6 (One part cement and Six parts coarse sand). A
second layer of 4 mm average thick in cement mortar 1:4 (one part cement
and four part coarse sand) shall be applied. After the application of final
coat, the surface shall be finished with the application of sponge rubber or
as directed to obtain a uniform sand particle surface finish.
In case any other finish like roughcast finish or dry dash finish is specified
in the drawings the same shall be provided as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. Surfaces, which are to be plastered, shall be roughened while they
are still green or raked so as to give proper bond between the surface and
plaster.
All corner junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be
and carefully finished. Rounding or chamfering of comers shall be carried
out with proper templates to the required size and shapes.
No additional charges for works like scaffolding curing etc. are payable
over and above the rates quoted for brickwork. The rates quoted shall be
deemed to be inclusive of all such works.
159
7.13 EXPANSION JOINTS AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
7.13.1 General
The item of providing expansion joints and construction joints in concrete
includes all the material, labour, tools and plants necessary for completing
the item in best workmanlike manner.
7.13.2 Material
The Material to be used in the joints shall be ribbed PVC water stop of
specified width approved by the Engineer, bitumen impregnated fibre
board as filler conforming to IS:10566 and approved sealant material (In
case of movement joint only). In addition, IS:12220-1987 and 1838 shall also
be adhered.
7.13.3 Joints In Floor

Joints in floor shall be provided as specified on drawings. In case of PVC
water stops to be provided horizontal position flat-footed PVC water stops
shall be used. The water stops shall be provided in such a way that half the
portion of water stop (width wise) is embedded in the concrete and half
remains exposed for next concrete. Steel reinforcement shall not be
discontinued where construction joints in floor are provided.
7.13.4 Joints In Walls
7.13.4.1 Movement Joints

Movement joints shall be provided in the walls at positions shown on
drawings. Water stops shall be kept in position with the help of bitumen
impregnated fiberboard fillers. Concrete shall be laid in such a way that half
the portion of water stops remains exposed for next concreting. Steel
reinforcement shall be discontinued at the joints as shown on drawings.
7.13.4.2 Construction Joints

Construction joints shall be provided between two lifts of concrete as shown
on drawings.
A groove shall be formed around exposed portion the PVC water-stop for
proper jointing.
Care shall be taken during concreting to keep the water stop in vertical
position. In no case shall the water stop be punctured on nailed with the
binding wire to keep it in position. Wherever required to be jointed the
waterstop shall be welded in T, X or L pattern as per the instructions of
Engineer.
7.13.4.3 Complete Construction Joints

160
These joints are provided in the top layer of the floor of the reservoir with a
view to localise shrinkage cracks at these joints. These joints are
characterised by complete discontinuity of steel without any initial gap as in
the case of expansion joints. The joints between the adjacent panels of the
floor shall be provided with a groove at top of dimension 12 mm x 20 mm
and it shall be filled with poly-suiphide sealant and they shall be provided
with water stops as specified earlier.
The joint between top layer of the floor and the walls or between the top
layer of the floor and the column footing, shall also be provided with a
groove of 12 mm x 20 mm which shall be filled with sealant material as per
specifications given below:
Joint Fillers: Joint fillers shall be of durable, compressible and non-extruding

material. It shall be non-staining, non-absorbent and compatible with
sealant material used.
Sealant Material: The joint sealing compounds should be capable of

properly ensuring water tightness in vertical and horizontal and inclined
joints in water retaining and other structures having severe service
conditions in respect of anticipated movement or exposure to weather.
Typical uses include expansion joints in the walls of water tanks, and in roof
and deck slabs exposed to the weather.
The compound should be flexible, durable and weather proof and should
have sufficient elasticity to allow joint movements of the concrete
components wherever necessary.
The sealant shall be poly-sulphide rubber sealing compound conforming to

BS 4254 of 1967 or ASA-A 116-1-1960 or any other equivalent specifications.
It, shall be capable of cold pouf application for horizontal joints and cold
application of vertical and inclined joints. The sealing compounds shall be
suitable for use in the tropics where it will be subjected to high ambient
temperatures, humidity and very strong sunlight. It shall not degrade under
these conditions and shall be suitable for use with raw and treated water
including water dosed with chlorine. The sealant shall be odour and taint
free from lead. It shall be available in choice of colours and shall give a
though, permanent seal, be waterproof, non-staining and remain resilient.
Sealing compounds for vertical and horizontal joints shall be used complete
with the appropriate quantity of primer as per manufacturer's instruction
for use. The primers should ensure good adhesion to the concrete and
should be specially developed for respective sealing compounds. The
sealants shall be applied with 'pressure guns or without guns as specified
by the manufacturers. Sealing compound shall be fully cured before water
is permitted to come in contact.
The sealant material should be formulated as to have a storage period of

one year at a temperature of 40°C.
161
7.14 RCC NP2 PIPES
RCC NP2 pipe shall be as per ISI Standard Indian Standard specifications
458-1971 (latest edition shall prevail while providing R.C.C. NP2 Class,
spigot and socket and pipes of required dimension and type as mentioned
schedule 'B' in the item of item of provision of pipes.
All the materials required such as cement, steel, metal sand required for
manufacturing above pipes, confirming to standard specifications shall be
procured by the contractor.
All the requirement mentioned in the specifications regarding dimensions,

workmanship finish and tests etc. shall be strictly adhered and failing to
which the pipes shall be discarded forthwith.
The testing of above pipes shall be carried but in presence of competent

authority of the department/before supplying the pipes to worksites.
Manufacturers test certificate for pipe and rubber gaskets shall be furnished
as per IS code.
Only the pipes, which are in good conditions and confirmed to above tests
and specification will be allowed to lay in trench.
The third party inspection of manufactured Pipes, collars and Rubber Rinqs
shall be carried out by contractor as per I.S. provisions at his own cost
through the laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Lowering laying and jointing RCC NP class S&S pipes with rubber rings
complete.
7.14.1 Transporting pipes and collars etc:

This is included in the item of lowering and laying of pipe lines.
The contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for pulley block,
inclined planks, tyres etc. at his cost.
7.14.2 Providing, Lowering, laying and jointing R.C.C. NP class pipes:

1) Heavy pipes shall be lowered in trenches by means of a tripod steel
chain and pulley block and laid in position, The sewer shall be ' laid to
the alignment and gradient shown on the plans and section, or as
given by the Engineer-in-charge face upstream of sewers flow. Broken
or defective pipes or connections shall not be used.
2) The sewer shall run in perfectly straight lines between manholes as

shown in plans.

162
3) The alignment and gradient of each pipe shall be checked by means of

boning rods and sight rails and the level of invert shall be tested by
means of straight edge.
4) The pipes before being laid shall be the roughly cleaned specially at
the inside of the pipes Cracked pipes shall be rejected.
5) Sewers shall be laid from the lower end to upper end with socket end
face upstream.
6) Sewers shall always be joined at soffit-to-soffit and invert-to-invert
7) The barrel of the pipe shall rest on the ground or specially proposed
bed while below sockets hollows should be scooped out to allow
hands to pass round the sockets for making proper joints.
8) Jointing R.C.C. pipes
The loose ring shall be slipped over and clear off at the end of the pipe near
its joint with the next pipe.
Hamp or Ambadi dipped in hot bitumen will be inserted inside the gap
between the two adjacent pipes and the next pipe pressed with the help of a
screw jack at the end of every two pipes. The contractor shall examine
thoroughly the pipe etc., he is responsible for transporting stacking & its
safety. During execution, he will have to replace it if pipes etc. are damaged
at his own cost. If the sides of the trench are not vertical, then side slopes
shall end at the level of top of the pipe and practically vertical trench shall
be during from this level down to the sub-grade.
The sand shall be got approved from the Executive Engineer, This will
consist of clean, hard strong durable uncoated and well-graded particles
maximum size limited to 5 mm shall be washed and screened if necessary.
The mixtures of cement and sand will be wetted by adding a little quantity
of water just to make the mixture moist so that when the mixture is gripped
lightly in hand it shall just retain its shape and not fall down and leave on
trace of moist cement on the fingers. The angle iron ring shall be removed
after caulking as completed and neat fill joints of cement mortar 1:1 shall
then be made for outer annul as per dia of pipe socket. The joints shall then
be kept wet for 7 days for curing.
All jointing materials such as cement sand, hamp, bitumen angle iron ring
etc. shall be used by the contractor at his own cost. The expenses being
covered by the rate for laying and jointing. Walking or working on the
completed pipe shall not be permitted until the trench has been back filled
to a height of at least 30 cms. over the pipes.
7.14.3 Test of Water Tightness

163
After an interval of seven days has been allowed, all sewers shall be proved
water tight by filling the pipes with water to the level of six feet above the
top of the highest pipe in the length to be tested, closing the end of the
sections and maintaining this water level for the period of one hour or to
such further time as may be directed by he Engineer- in-charge. The water
test shall be made by inserting a plug at the lower end of each length and
right angles bend at the top, brought into position and made water tight
with clay. After the air bubbles have escaped after first filling water shall be
again added to completely fill the pipe.
The permissible drop in 15 cms dia. funnel during the test of 15 minutes for
a length of 30 mtrs of pipe line shall be as under
Sr. Dia Drop per 100or 30 mtr

No Length(m)
.
1 100 mm 6.35 mm
2 150 mm 6.35 mm
3 250 mm 12.7 mm
4 300 mm 25.4 mm
5 400 mm 31.75 mm
6 450 mm 57.15 mm
7 500 mm 76.20 mm
8 600 mm 100. 00 mm
9 700 mm 113.00mm
10 800 mm 125. 00 mm
11 900 mm 150.00 mm
12 1000 160.00 mm
mm
13 1100 176.00 mm
mm
Water for the test shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost. He
can take temporary non domestic connection from distribution mains as per
rules of the municipality the water charges for the same.
Any joint found defective during the test should be remade and the line
tested again. The water put in the pipes during the test shall not be removed
uptil the trenches are filled in some three feets above the pipes to detect if
any joint has given way during fillings.
The ends of the single pipes laid near manholes for connecting branch
sewers in future shall be firmly closed by means of gunny bags or any other
material approved by the Engineer-in-charge so as to prevent any earth etc.
from entering into the chambers.
The end of the pipes inserted into the walls of the manholes, if necessary be
out so as to make flush with the insides face of the walls. The rate for laying
sewers shall include the cost of this cutting.

164
7.14.4 Mode of Measurement and Payment:

a) Measurement shall be on running meter basis of pipe line actually laid.
b) Measurement of collars shall not be recorded and shall not be paid.
c) 90% amount at the tendered rate for this item shall be released after
lowering, laying and jointing the pipes to proper grade and alignment.
Remaining amount shall be withheld till satisfactory hydraulic test is
done.
d) Advance on pipe if demanded by the contractor it can be paid only
70% of the cost of pipe only mentioned in schedule-B after approval of
Engineer-In-Charge. And submission of third party testing report of
pipes brought at site and approved Bill.
e) The rate for the pipe laying shall include the cost of connecting the
pipe line to an existing (already constructed) manhole by making hole
into the M.H. by making hole into the M.H. chamber. Preparing
suitable channel in the benching plastering the channel with c.m.1:2
repairing the new hole made after fixing the pipe in position, watering
etc. complete. The rate shall be per running meter or specified dia. of
pipe sewer as above. The length will be deepening from the inside the
manhole to inside of the next manhole i.e clear opening of the manhole
will be deducted from the total length.
f) The mode of measurement and the payment is on the basis. of laid
length on site in the units as mentioned in Schedule "B" including
lengths occupied by specials 'Y' junctions valves etc. the tender item of
lowering, laying and jointing cover the cost of all the operations in-
numerated above, entire labour and entire cost of hydraulic testing as
desired. Till the pipe lines are satisfactorily tested hydraulically,' only
90% of the tendered rate shall be admissible for payment through
running bills. The tendered rates shall be for NP Class. Executive
.Engineer's decision on such conversion of sizes shall be final and
binding on the contractor.
g) The supply of materials by the, department shall be governed as per
the details mentioned in Scheduled 'A' such supply shall be affected
after the order is given as per availability of materials with the Dept. or
as necessary and if there is delay with in supplying these materials on
accounts of their non availability with the department or otherwise no
compensation for delay shall be admissible, though proportionate time
limit extension shall be admissible on all of the reason of delay in
supply of Schedule 'A' materials by the Department.
Note:- Test of water tightness of RCC NP2 class pipes shall be applicable for
major pipe laying work if included in scope of work and shall not be
applicable for small works.
7.15 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF SURVEY METHODS METHODOLOGY

AND SAFE WORKING PROCEDURE
The methodology and safe working procedures followed in carrying out the
condition survey of drains in Bombay are given below in some detail.
165
7.15.1 The Men Entry Team

Two teams have been mobilized and each re-fully equipped to work
independently of one another. Each team contains the following personnel.
a. Surface Supervisor to co-ordinate the work from the surface whilst
continually monitoring the safety and well being. of all persons below
ground.
b. Surveyor, who will carry out the survey by man-entry means.
c. Assistant Surveyor, who will accompany the surveyor in traversing
the sewer.
d. Two Bottom Safety Men, who will be positioned at the bottom of each
access manhole. They will communicate with and ensure the safety of
the survery team who are traversing the drain or sewer.
e. Two Top Safety Men, who will be stationed at the access manholes on
the surface and will communicate with and ensure the safety of the
Bottom Safety Men.
f. Labour as required to open covers, control traffic etc.
7.15.2 Entry Procedures

a. Prior to start of actual survey work, the access covers are lifted, the
shafts secured and the sewer allowed to vent.
b. Prior to entry, the atmosphere is tested for oxygen deficiency, toxic gas
(HS) and explosive gases.
c. If a dangerous atmosphere is detected, further venting or use of air
flowing equipment is carried out. Entry is only permitted when a safe
atmosphere is monitored.
d. Survey and safety men descend the manhole shafts attached to rescue
lines, fully equipped will all necessary safety equipment.
e. At the start manhole, the survey team establishes communication with
the bottom safety man in the finish manhole.
f. The survey team begins to traverse the sewer after testing the
atmosphere in the sewer and assessing all other relevant factors such
as the levels of flow, etc.
g. At all times during the survey, the team continually monitors the
atmosphere in the sewer and manholes.
7.15.3 Equipment
The surveyor and Assistant Surveyor are equipped with the following.
1. Full overalls.
2. Protective footwear (water proof)
3. Protective gloves (water proof)
4. Rescue harness.
5. Hard hat
6. Safety torch
7. Escape reathing apparatus (one each).
8. Gas detector
9. Pedometer to measure distances
10. Dictaphone
166
11. Tape measure

12. SLR camera with 28mm lens (wide angle) and flash.
The bottom safety men are each equipped with the following.
1. Full overalls.
2. Protective footwear (water proof)
3. Protective gloves (water proof)
4. Rescue harness.
5. Hard hat
6. Safety torch
7. Gas detector
Additional equipment available on site (for each team)

1. 2 Overalls
2. 2 Rescue harnesses
3. 2 Hand hats
4. Gloves
5. Protective footwear
6. Drag Sheet
7. 2 sets 30 minutes Rescue breathing apparatus
8. Safety ropes
9. 1 Resuscitator
10. Tempo van to carry equipment
11. Ladders
12. Signboards, markers, small tools etc.
Additional equipment available at a central store for use by any team if

conditions require.
1. Generator sets two air blowers to provide forced ventilation of drains.
2. Flood lights for surface illumination for night time working.
3. Man winch for emergency evacuation to be used for any drain or
sewer
deeper than 4m.
7.15.4 Accident and Emergency Procedures
The field staff were initially trained to understand and carry out practice
drills to familiarize themselves with the accident and emergency
procedures.
A few procedures are outlines below:

a. Atmosphere Alarm - in the event of a monitor indicating a dangerous
atmosphere or there being other indications of noxious fumes, all
personnel below ground will done their escape breathing apparatus
and evacuate the sewer as trained.
b. General Alarm - in the event of any general indications of danger, i.e.
flow levels rising, warning of dangerous spillages, etc. the work be

167
abandoned and the sewer evacuated, as trained, until the level of risk
can be assessed and acted upon.
c. Accident or Injury - in. the event of any significant accident or injury
the surface supervisor will immediately summon the emergency
services and inform the relevant authorities. Where the casualty can be
safely evacuated from the sewer, he will be brought to the surface and
attended to, until the arrival of the emergency services.
Where the casualty cannot be moved due to the nature of the injury,
then he will be made as safe as possible and tended to until the arrival
of the emergency services.
Where danger threatens the safety of the man-entry team and it is

impossible to move the casualty, the team will. evacuate the sewer
after making the casualty as safe as possible for rescue by the
emergency services.
Upon the arrival of the emergency services, the surface supervisor will
inform the relevant people of the present situation, highlighting any
known dangers. The emergency service will then assume control of the
rescue with the manentry team rendering any assistance required.
d. Although the survey team are continuously monitoring the

atmosphere for oxygen deficiency, toxic atmosphere and explosive gas,
other damages may be noxious fumes may be as follows:
 Stinging of eyes or throat.
 Burning or itching of skin
 Nausea
 Dizziness
 Damage to sewer fabric due to chemical attacks
 Headaches
 Unusual smells
The features recorded include:

o Cracks, features and breaks in the structure
o Deformation
o collapses
o Open joints
o Surface damage,'spalling and wear
o Displaced or missing bricks
o Dropper inverts
o Ingress of roots
o Infiltration
o Encrustation
o Debris, grease and silt
o Obstructions
o Deviation of the line of the drain
168
o Junctions and whether defective

o Connections and whether defective
o Intruding connections
o Manholes or other accesses not used for entry (possibly buried or
covered at the time of survey)
o Change in drain shape, diversion or material
For continuous features, longitudinal cracks, spalling etc. both the start and
finish chainages are recorded.
At the exit manhole, the manhole number, total length between entry and
exit, water and silt depth and drain size and shape are recorded.
7.15.5 All specifications mentioned in I.S. 2314 shall be applicable to sheet piling
work.
7.16 Water Main Works :
7.16.1 The work of water mains shall be considered complete only after
successful pressure test, contractor shall arrange for testing as specified,
otherwise, the same shall be tested by the M.C.G.M. at the risk and cost of
the contractor.
7.16.2 If a part of a completed line is required for commissioning, the same shall
be handed over to the Corporation after specified testing.
7.16.3 No extra payment for carrying the material by head load to work site shall
be considered under any circumstances.
7.16.4 The cross connection works etc. are required to be planned in view of the
water supply hours in a particular area. Extra payment shall not be
considered for works carried out during early, late or night hours. If
contractor fail to carry out the work within the non-supply hours, the
same shall be carried out by M.C.G.M. at the risk and cost of the
contractor and recoveries shall be affected from the dues payable to the
contractor.
7.16.5 The contractor, at their cost, shall submit two sets of "As laid" drawings of
water main showing actual alignment, levels, dipping etc. as per the
offsets and levels taken during the execution of the work.
7.16.6 The contractor (s) shall note that only 95% payment of payable amount
towards the water mains will be released for the completed work and
balance 5% shall be released after completing the following works :-
a) Testing of pipeline satisfactorily and obtaining necessary Test
Certificate.
b) Reinstatement of trenches.

169
c) Returning of reclaimed materials to the Municipal Store.
7.16.7 The contractor shall provide at his cost 20 mm. thick 3 m x 2 m or 4m x 2

m M.S. plates for covering the trenches temporarily, as directed by the
Engineer.
7.17 Trench Reinstatement :
7.17.1 The backfilling of trench shall be done only with graded granular material
up to sub grade.
7.17.2 Thereafter the designed crust as directed by E.I.C. shall be laid.
7.17.3 The rolling shall be done only with the use of vibratory roller.
7.17.4 During reinstatement, steel plate shall be provided at places, as directed

by E.I.C. to facilitate vehicular & pedestrian traffic. Similarly, provisions
of barricades, informative boards, adequate lighting is must during the
period of reinstatement.
7.18 SEWERAGE WORK
SPECIFICATIONS
General specifications, Description of Materials and Particulars of Workmanship

for Sewerage works.
INDEX
1 Description of work
2 Precedence of dimension.
3 Datum of levels
4 Excavation
4A Rock Definition
5 Class of excavation to be determined
6 Trial notes
7 Excessive excavation
8 Widths of excavations for different sizes of pipes
9 Depth of excavation of trenches
10 A grip to be cut where a pipe socket occurs
11 Trenches in rocky ground
12 Measurement, length of excavation.
13 Carrying out excavation and stacking the excavated stuff
14 Foundation and bottom of trenches to the saturated with water
15 Excess excavation due to nature of subsoil for additional foundation.
16 Unauthorised excess excavation.
17 Fencing, lighting and watching.
170
18 Maintenance of water pipes, gas pipes and drains etc. met in excavation
19 Filling in incomplete works
20 Shoring
21 Contractor’s responsibility for secure shoring and/or damages
22 Liability for Timbering
23 Removing shoring
24 Shoring left in trenches
25 Steel trench sheeting.
26 Tunnel excavation
27 Lengths in tunnel on headings
28 Working shafts for heading
29 Ventilation
30 Constructing temporary dams and sumps
31 Pumping of water
32 Keep excavation clear of water
33 Blasting procedure
34 Storage of explosive
35 Rates for excavation
36 Sight rails and boning staves
37 Construction of boning staves
38 Sight rails
39 Foundation in soft ground
40 Contractor to obtain permission before laying pipe, concrete or
construction of masonry.
41 Handling pipes.
42 Laying of pipes
43 Concrete bed, haunching and surrounded to pipes.
44 Bedding for stone ware pipes
45 Foundation for R.C. pipes
46 Encasing
47 Jointing of stone ware pipes
48 Jointing of R.C. concrete pipes
49 Jointing of C.I. pipes
50 Pipe laying in Tunnel
51 All works to be water tight
52 Inspection of the joints
53 Cleaning of the pipes
54 Fracture of pipes
55 All works to be clear, clean and perfect
56 Contractors to clean and use existing pipes met with
57 Measurement of pipes.
58 Manholes, Depth of manholes
59 Precast concrete manhole parts
60 Concrete manholes
61 Construction of brick mansonry manholes
62 Rate of manholes
63 Drop arrangement
63(A) Guide lines to additional Manholes
171
63(B) Body manholes

64 Floors and half channel pipes
65 Steps
66 Pipe entering and leaving manholes
67 Frames and covers
68 Vent Shafts
69 Painting generally
70 Painting metal surfaces
71 Refilling and ramming
72 Subsidence in filling
73 Reinstating road and surface
74 Removing surplus materials
75 Fittings
76 Concrete Walls
77 Concrete floors
78 Building in
79 Boxing and cutting out
80 Building and grouting in
81 Bonding Ties
82 Water service pipes
83 Cast iron work
84 Wrought iron work
85 Wood
86 Timber Preservative
87 Wood work
88 (a) Contractor’s earth or murum for filling in
(b) Measurement for contractor’s earth for refilling
89 Lime
90 Lime mortar
91 Lime for common places
92 Neat cement
93 Concrete shingles
94 Common line concrete
95 Hydraulic lime mortar
96 Concrete
97 Transporting concrete
98 Placing concrete
99 Concreting through water
100 Finish of concrete
101 Protection of concrete
102 Concrete additives
103 Sulphate resisting and rapid Hardening along cement concrete
104 Permission for starting the concrete work
105 Compacting
106 Curing of concrete
107 Defective concrete
108 Concrete for invert blocks
109 (a) Construction of concrete sewers
172
110 Premix concrete

111 Construction joints
112 Permanent joints
113 Water bars
114 Expansion jointing material
115 Form work
116 Reinforcement
117 Stone
118 Dressing of stones
119 Cut stone work
120 Rubble masonry
121 Random rubble masonry
122 Dry rubble packing
123 Brick masonry work
124 Cement plaster
125 Pointing
126 Binding of old work and new work
127 Cutting holes in new work
128 Protection of work from sun
129 Definition of incomplete work
130 Handing over the work
131 % above or below entered in bill of quantities and rate to cover thing
necessary to complete execution of work.
132 Measurement for transport of rubble
133 Contractor to observe all conditions
134 Cofferdam
135 Desilting sewers
1. Description of work :-
The specification is intended to provide generally for the following works
viz.
(a) Construction of Sewer
(b) Construction of manholes of sewer
(c) Erection of vent shafts
(d) Such other works or works incidental to the construction of the sewer.
2. Precedence of dimensions :-
Figured dimension of Drawings shall supersede measurements by scale
and drawing to a large scale take precedence of those to a smaller scale.
Special dimensions or direction in the specification shall supersede all
else.
3. Datum for levels :-

All levels referred to in connection with these works are based on the
plane known as Bombay Town Hall Datum.
4. Excavation

173
Excavation in this type shall include excavation in road surface of every

description together with their foundation, clay, loose and stone pieces
murum, sand lime and cement masonary and boulders upto 0.50 cu.m.
which can be removed with pick and shovel.
4A. Excavation in soft rock

This shall include all material which is decomposed and weathered rock,
highly fissured rock, and boulders bigger than 0.5M3 which would
normally be removed with pick, cross bars, wedges and hammer,
compressor permanent breaker. This type of rock shall also cover rock
strata where core recovery by prior trial bores (wherever taken) in vicinity
is less than 40%.
4B. Hard rock / hard strata

This shall include all rock / strata occurring in masses which necessarily
requires removal by chiseling and weigh wedging and/or blasting. This
type of rock shall cover rock strata where core recovery by prior bores
(wherever taken) in the vicinity is 40% and more.
‘In order to qualify the payment against excavation in hard rock all such
material should be stacked for qualify and quantity certification by Ch. E.
(S.P.) and same will be paid on depot measurements with 40% deduction
in volume for voids.’
4C. The Contractor shall furnish the record of different soil trench, with
special reference to the treacherous condition, hard rock and excessive
seepage of water etc. to the site engineer who shall submit the date along
with the cross section to the office of Dy.Ch. E. (S.P.) P&D. This data shall
be submitted immediately after the excavation work is completed.
5. Class of excavation to be determined :-

In case of any question arising as to the class of excavation, the Engineer
shall determine (Subject to the Commissioner’s decision in case of dispute
by the Contractors) under which category and to what extent, any
particular excavation shall be classed.
6. Trial notes :-
Trial holes of such sizes and depths and in such positions as may be
necessary or be directed by the Engineer shall be dug and subsequently
made good as may be ordered by and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Trial holes shall be allowed for in the rates for excavation and sufficient
trial holes must be dug to accurately locate and determine the positions of
services, culverts, and obstructions in advance of the main excavation.
In all cases the trial holes are to be excavated in accordance with the
specification for excavation, refilling and reinstatement etc.

174
7. Excessive excavation :
After excavating the sites on which the various parts of the works are to
be constructed, if it is found that due to no fault of the contractor any part
of the formation is unsuitable to provide a satisfactory foundations, such
portions shall be further excavated to such depths as the Engineer may
direct, and refilled to original formation level with mass concrete M.100 or
hardcore or quarry waste as may be directed. Payment will be made for
such additional excavation and filling at appropriate rates.
8. Widths of excavations for different diameters of pipes :-

(a) The width of excavation for a built up drain or sewer unless otherwise
stated will be calculated to 250 mm. on either side of the extreme edge
of the footings and the depth upto the bottom of foundation. In case of
pipes of different diameters and manholes the width of the trenches
will, unless otherwise directed, by the Engineer in writing, be paid for
as mentioned in the table below. This width shall include the extra
width required for shoring in one or more stages and working space
required for constructing brick masonry or plastering the same, for
laying and jointing of the pipes or any other purpose in connection
with the execution of the work.
(b) Where hard rock is met with, unless otherwise determined by the
Engineer, the width of the trench below the point at which hard rock is
met shall be calculated as shown in the accompanying table,
irrespective of the depth of the trench. In case of built up drains this
shall be calculated to 75 mm. on either side of the extreme edge of the
footings.
(c) (I) Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for either 1.22M x
0.91M or 0.91M x 0.61M size rectangular inspection chambers.
Chamber Size Size of excavation
0.91 M x 0.61 M 2.25 M x 1.95 M
0.61 M x 0.45 M 1.95 M x 1.33 M
(II) Statement showing size of excavation for trenches for the Manholes
having drop along the sewer and 150mm dia S.W. pipe drop on
either side.
Pipe dia Manhole upto 5.0 m Manhole more than 5.0 M

depth
230 mm 3.50 m x 3.5 m 3.80 m x 3.8 m
300 mm 3.65 m x 3.5 m 3.95 m x 3.8 m
400 mm 3.85 m x 3.5 m 4.15 m x 3.8 m
450 mm 3.9 m x 3.5 m 4.2 m x 3.8 m
(the size will be reduced at hard rock level)
Note :- 1) The size of bed cc for Manholes will be increased according to

the diameter of drop.
175
2) The thickness of bed cc of rectangular chamber is 15 cm.
(d) Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for either 1.21M
or 1.52M (inside) circular or 1.52M x 1.52M Square Manholes in
Sewerage works.
Depth of Manholes Size of Excavation Remarks
Upto invert level
(1) For 1.21 M Dia 2.50 M Square Without drop arrangement
M.H. upto 2.30
M.
(2) For 1.52 M. dia
M.H. For 2.30 3.0 M Square -do- -do-
M. 3.5 M x 3.00 M. Without drop arrangement on both
to 5.00 M. side
A- Without drop arrangement
Above 5.00 M I – in ordinary Soil :
3.4 M. Square 1st stage upto 5.0 M
3.0 M. Square 2nd stage below 5.0 M
II – in trenches where rock is met with :
3.4 M. Square Upto the point where rock is met with
3.0 M. Square Below the point where rock is met
with.
B – With drop arrangement on both sides
I – in ordinary Soil :
Acros Along
s
3.8 M X 3.4 M 1st stage upto 5.0 M.
3.5 M X 3.0 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II – in trenches where rock is met with :
3.8 M X 3.4 M Upto the point where rock is met
with
3.5 M X 3.0 M Below the point where the rock is
met with.
Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for 1.83M dia.

circular manholes and 1.83 M. X 1.83 M. scraper type manholes.
A – Without drop arrangement :-

I – In ordinary soil :-
3.70 M. square 1st stage upto 5.0 M.
3.40 M. square 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II – In trenches where rock is met with :-
3.70 M. upto the point where rock is met with
3.40 M. Below the point where rock is met with.
B – With drop arrangement on both sides :- (for 1.83 m. dia. circular
manhole)
I – In ordinary soil : Across and along :

176
4.10 M. x 3.70 M. 1st stage upto 5.0 M.

3.80 M. x 3.4 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II – In trenches where rock is met with

4.10 M. x 3.70 M. upto the point where rock is met with
3.80 M. x 3.4 M below the point where rock is met with.
B – With drop arrangement on both sides for 1.83 m. x 1.83 m. scrapper

type manhole
I – In ordinary soil : Across and along :
4.3 M. x 3.7 M. 1st stage upto 5.0 M.
4.0 M. x 3.4 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II – In trenches where rock is met with
4.3 M. x 3.7 M. upto the point where the rock is met with
4.0 M. x 3.4 M below the point where the rock is met with.
Note :- If the drop arrangement is provided only on one side the width given
above for manholes with drop arrangements shall be reduced by 0.2 M.
across the trench.
Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for 1.52 M. x 2.4 M.

Scropper type Manhole
A – Without drop arrangement

I – Ordinary soil
3.70 M. x 4.30 M. rectangular 1st stage upto 5.0 M.
3.40 M. x 4.00 M. rectangular 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II – In trenches where rock is met with :-
3.70 M. x 4.30 M. rectangular upto the point where rock is met with.
3.40 M. x 4.00 M. rectangular below the point where rock is met
with.
B – With drop arrangement on both sides 1.52 M. length.

I – In Ordinary Soil : Across and along
3.7 m. x 4.9 m. 1st stage upto 5.0 M.
3.4 m. x 4.6 m. 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II – Trenches where rock is met with.
3.7 m. x 4.9 m. upto the point where the rock is met with.
3.4 m. x 4.6 m. below the point where rock is met with.

177
Statement showing the proposed widths to be given for excavation of Trenches

and paid for in Sewerage Works.
Excavation in Ordinary soil Excavation in rock

wherever it is met with
Size of pipe Shoring in Shoring in Shoring in one Shoring Shoring in
one stage two above stage more than 5 in two two stages
upto 3 M. 3M & upto M. stages more than 5
depth 5M. depth upto 3 M. M. depth
depth
1 2a 2b 2c 3a 3b
150 mm S.W. 0.8 M. 0.9 M. --- 0.8 M. 1.0 M.
230 mm. S.W. 0.9 M. 1.0 M. 1.4 M. upto 5 M. 0.9 M. 1.0 M.
1.0 M. below 5 M.
300 mm. S.W. 0.9 M. 1.0 M. 1.4 M. upto 5 M. 0.9 M. 1.0 M.
1.0 M. below 5 M.
350 mm. R.C. 1.3 M. 1.5 M. 1.8 M. upto 5 M. 1.3 M. 1.5 M.
Pipe 1.5 M. below 5 M.
400 mm. R.C. 1.40 M. 1.60M. 1.90 M. upto 5 M. 1.40 M. 1.60M.
Pipe 1.60 M. below 5 M
450 mm R.C. 1.50 M. 1.70 M. 2.0 M. upto 5 M. 1.50 M. 1.70 M.
500 mm. R.C. 1.50 M. 1.70 M. 2.0 M. upto 5 M. 1.50 M. 1.70 M.
600 mm. R.C. 1.60 M. 1.80 M. 2.10 M. upto 5 M. 1.60 M. 1.80 M.
700 mm. R.C. 1.70 M. 1.90 M. 2.20 M. upto 5 M. 1.70 M. 1.90 M.
800 mm. R.C. 2.00 M. 2.30 M. 2.60 M. upto 5 M. 2.00 M. 2.30 M.
900 mm. R.C. 2.10 M. 2.40 M. 2.70 M. upto 5 M. 2.10 M. 2.40 M.
1000 mm. 2.20 M. 2.50 M. 2.80 M. upto 5 M. 2.20 M. 2.50 M.
R.C. Pipe 2.50 M. below 5 M
1100 mm. 2.30 M. 2.60 M. 2.90 M. upto 5 M. 2.30 M. 2.60 M.
1200 mm. 2.40 M. 2.70 M. 3.00 M. upto 5 M. 2.40 M. 2.70 M.
1400 mm. 2.70 M. 3.00 M. 3.30 M. upto 5 M. 2.70 M. 3.00 M.
1600 mm. 2.90 M. 3.20 M. 3.50 M. upto 5 M. 2.90 M. 3.20 M.
1800 mm. 3.10 M. 3.40 M. 3.70 M. upto 5 M. 3.10 M. 3.40 M.

178
Note : Wherever hard rock / hard strata is met with in a trench having depth
more than 5.0 m, the trench width will be taken as mentioned in column
3a above.
9. Depth of excavation of trenches

The depths for the trenches will be calculated from the surface to the bed
of the pipes and in case when a layer of concrete and/or precast blocks are
required to be placed below the pipe line, the depth to the bottom of the
concrete and / or of the Block below the underside of the pipe line will be
paid.
The depth of excavation for manhole shall be measured from the surface
of the existing ground level to the bottom of foundation.
10. A grip to be cut where a pipe socket occurs

Wherever a pipe socket occurs a grip is to be cut in the bottom of the
trench or concrete bed to a depth of at least 75 mm. below the bed of the
pipe so that the pipe may have a fair bearing on its shaft and not rest upon
its socket. Such grip shall be of sufficient size in every respect to admit the
hand, all around the socket in order to make the joint, and the grip shall
be maintained clear until the joint has been passed by the Engineer.
11. Trenches in rocky ground

The trenches for pipe drains, if in stony or rocky ground, are to be
excavated all along to the full depth of 75 mm. below the intended level of
the bed of the pipes to be laid therein, and a layer of soft clean earth 75
mm. thick is to be deposited for the reception of the pipes and in case
where a layer of concrete and/or precast block is required to be placed
below the pipe line, the bottom of the excavation shall not be higher at any
point than the bottom of the concrete layer or block.
12 Measurement, length of excavation.

The length of excavation for trenches will be measured from and clear of
the settled width allowed for the excavation or trench from which it starts
on with which it comes into contact, and the centre of the pipe of masonry
for which the trench has been excavated shall be considered as the centre
of such trench.
13 Carrying out excavation and stacking the excavated stuff

(a) In carrying out excavation, ground shall be
broken at such places and in such length as shall be sanctioned by the
Engineer. The work of excavation shall proceed in such proportions at
one time as the Engineer may direct and no permanent works shall be
begun, until the Engineers have approved of the excavations, which shall
be cut to a sufficient width and depth to receive the permanent work and
to allow of their being efficiently placed, built, constructed laid or erected.
The length of trench excavated ahead of the pipe laying and the length of
trench which may remain open at one time shall at all times be subject to
179
the approval of the Engineer. It shall be at no time greater than can

properly be protected from caving.
(b) The road metal and also the rubble packing

and khandkies (if any) shall first be stripped off for the whole width of the
trench and for the whole extent of the masonry or chamber required and
separately deposited in such place or places as may be determined upon
by the Engineer. In case of the metal, packing, or khandki not being so
deposited or being mixed up with excavated materials and not available
for refilling and making good the excavation the cost of the new metal,
packing or khandkies required shall be changed to the Contractors.
(c) The other material from the excavation shall be

deposited on either side of the trench leaving a clear beam on one side at
least 40 cm. wide or at such further distance from edges of the trench as
may be necessary to prevent the weight of material from causing the side
of the trench to slip or fall, or at such a distance and in such a manner as to
avoid covering fire-hydrants, sluice valves, gas syphone, manhole covers
and the like, and so as to avoid abutting any wall or structure or causing
inconvenience to the public or other persons, or otherwise as the Engineer
may direct.
(d) In case where the Engineer decides that the

width of the road or lane, where the work of excavations is to be carried
out is as narrow as to warrant stacking of excavated material away form
the site of the work the Contractor shall have to remove the same if so
directed. The excavated stuff shall be brought back for refilling the
trenches when required. The surplus material shall be removed as
directed. No claims for stacking the excavated stuff away from the site of
work or bringing it back for refilling trenches shall be entertained.
14 Foundation and bottom of trenches to the saturated with water

All foundation and the bottom of all trenches shall be saturated with
water and well rammed wherever the Engineer may consider if necessary
to do so.
15 Excess excavation due to nature of subsoil for additional foundation.

If in any place, the Engineer may consider that on account of the nature of
subsoil, additional foundations of concrete, rubble or otherwise are
necessary, or if any place, he may require the excavation, for any purpose
whatsoever, to be carried deeper than shown on the plans or described in
the specification, the excavation shall be carried out as may be ordered by
the Engineer, and such additional works shall be measured and paid for
to the contractors according to the rates entered in the bill of quantities
and Rates. No extra rate will be allowed for such works on account of any
depth to which the foundations or trenches may have been carried, being
greater than that shown on the plans or described in the specification.

180
16 (a) Unauthorised excess excavation.

Where excavations are made in excess of the limits delineated on the
drawings, either by error or by accident, the voids so formed shall be
filled in with lime concrete or rubble masonry or otherwise at the
discretion and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at the expense of the
contractors.
16 (b) Re excavation
The payment of re-excavation will be considered only in the exceptional
circumstances with the approval of Ch.Eng.(S.P.)
17 Fencing/Lighting and Watching

The contractors shall make all proper provision for protecting the work by
fences and by watching and lighting at night or otherwise as may be
directed by the Engineer. The posts of the fencing shall be of timber
securely fixed in the ground not more than 2.5m. to 3.00 m. apart and they
shall not be less than 75 mm. in diameter and shall project not less than 1.2
m. above the surface of the ground. There shall be two wooden planks,
one 75 mm. from the top and second 450 mm. above the ground and each
shall be 150 mm. in width and minimum 25 mm. in thickness and
sufficiently long to run from post to post, to which they shall be fixed with
strong nails. The method of projecting wooden planks beyond the posts
and fixing them together where painted with white and red colour strips
of 300 mm. alternatively, at an angle of 45º as shown in the type drawing
for fencing, vide Type Drawing No. Dy.Ch.E/S/S/55 of 16.4.90. These
strips shall be painted with a paint which gives sufficient luminosity at
night as to be clearly visible to the vehicular traffic. All the posts shall be
painted white. All along the edges of the excavated trenches a bank of
earth about 1.20 M. high shall be formed where required by the Engineer
for further protection. Proper provision shall be made for lighting at night
and watchmen shall be kept to see that the lighting is properly
maintained. In the event of the contractors not fully complying with the
provision of the clause, the Engineer may with or without notice to the
contractors, put up a fence or improve a fence already put up or provide
or improve the lighting or adopt such other measures as he may deem
necessary.
18 Maintenance of water pipes, gas pipes and drains etc. met in excavation.
The Contractors, shall at the rates entered in the bill of Quantities and
rates, excavate all such work as the Engineer may require in order to
locate the position or water pipes, drains, sewers, or other work, which
may be met up, in or about any excavation wherever, shall if the Engineer
deem it practicable, be properly maintained by the Contractors, and by
means of shoring, strutting, planking over, padding or otherwise as the
Engineer may direct, shall be protected by the Contractors from damage,
during the progress of the work or, if damaged, such damage together
181
with all matters and things resulting from the same, shall be made good
and effectually remedied either by the Contractors or by other agency, as
the Engineer may decide and wholly in either by the Contractors or by
other agency, as the Engineer may decide and wholly in either by the
Contractors or by other agency, as the Engineer may decide and wholly in
either case at the expense of the contractors. In the event of the failure on
the part of the contractors to carry out to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
any of the above protective provisions or to execute to his satisfaction
such remedial work, as he may decide that they shall do, the Engineer
may, with or without notice to the contractors adopt such measure as he
may deem necessary at the expense and risk of the Contractors. If,
however, the Engineer considers it deem necessary at the expense and risk
of the Contractors. If, however, the Engineer considers it impracticable for
the Contractors to maintain any such water pipes, gas pipes, drains
sewers or other works, and that exigencies of the work necessitate the
breaking down, removal, or diversion of any such water pipes, gas pipes,
drains, sewers or other works, then, through the cost of breaking down or
removing any such trench of sewers and of providing such chutes, pumps
or other appliances as the Engineer may direct for the raising and
temporary passage of the water of sewage and the cost of pumping out or
otherwise removing as often as the Engineer may direct any water or
sewage which may escape from any such water pipes, gas pipes, drains
sewers or to the works, shall be borne by the Contractors, yet the cost of
breaking down and removing any such water pipes or gas pipes and of
rebuilding, replacing, diverting or reinstating any such water pipes, gas
pipes, drains, sewers or other works as may be required by the Engineer
shall be paid to the Contractors as provided by the Contract if done by
them or the same or any part thereof may be carried out under the
Engineer’s orders by other agency and in such case without charge to
under this clause are payable to the Contractors, shall be final and binding
on the contractor.
19 Filling in incomplete works

If the work for which an excavation shall have been made be not
completed by the 20th day of May, next following or the setting on of rain,
or before the day fixed by the Engineer, for filling in any excavation on
account of the Mohuram, or Diwali or other holidays or of any special
occasion or ceremony, the Contractor shall refill such excavation and
consolidate the filling at their own expense, or the Engineer may refill and
consolidate at their expenses notwithstanding the non-completion of the
work as aforesaid and in no such case shall the Contractors have any
claim for such excavation, refilling or consolidation or for any such
incomplete work but on the other hand, the Contractors shall bear the cost
of road repairs in respect of such excavation at such time, together with
the cost of such procedure, as may be adopted by the Engineer.
20 Shoring

182
Wherever shoring may be deemed necessary, the Contractors shall

provide the same in the best possible manner with the best materials and
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractors shall employ such
kind or kinds of shoring as the Engineer may consider the exigencies of
the work to require and it is to be distinctly understood that the work
“Shoring” is to comprise all clauses of such work and all appliances and
appurtenances, including polling boards, sheet piling and runners
(whether the joints be butt, groove and tongue feather edge and groove,
birds mouth and doubles play, rebated or otherwise), together with
wallings, struts, props, point blank shores, raking shores, blocks, wedges,
iron dogs, bolts, screws, nails and everything that may be required for due
excavation of the work.
21 Contractor’s responsibility for secure shoring and/or damages.

The Contractors will be held responsible for providing secure shoring and
for adopting every other precaution which may be necessary or proper for
protecting any building which may be damaged or be liable to be
damaged by the excavation of any trench or otherwise by the execution of
the works in the vicinity of such building. If the Engineer shall require the
adoption of any special or extra measures or precautions the Contractor
shall forthwith adopt and supply the same, but this provision is not to be
read or understood as in any degree relieving the Contractors from
responsibility or from liability under Clause 22 of the contract in respect of
any claim made against the Corporation for loss or damage which may be
caused to any such building by the execution any of the works or
otherwise. After the work is completed near buildings, the Contractors
shall remove any shoring and make good any cutting out or other damage
that may have been done.
22 Liability for Timbering

(a) No work done by the Contractor or his workmen for the fact that the
timbering has complied with his specification shall absolve the Contractor
from his responsibility and he will be responsible for making good any
damage caused as a result of the timbering failing to give proper support
to the sides of the excavation.
(b) The timbering to the sides of excavation for structure shall be carried out
in such a way that there is no obstruction caused to the filling of
formwork for the walls. The supporting struts walling shall be removed
by the Contractor in stages to suit progress of concreting.
(c) If the Engineer is not satisfied that the standard of timbering is equal to
that shown on the approved drawing or that the sides of the excavations
have not been secured in a manner to render such excavations safe for
working, he may one hour after notifying the contractors or his
representative in writing, employ his own man to alter the timbering and
the cost of such workmen and materials employed shall be paid by the
contractor.
183
23 Removing shoring
No part of the shoring shall at any time be removed by the Contractor
without obtaining permission from the Engineer. While taking out
shoring planks the follows if any, formed must simultaneously be filled in
with soft earth well rammed with rammers and with water.
24 Shoring left in trenches

The Engineer may order portions of shoring to be left in the trenches at
such places, where it is found absolutely necessary to do so, so as to avoid
any damage which may be caused to buildings, cables, gas-mains water-
mains, sewers etc. in close proximity of the excavation, by pulling out the
shoring from the excavation. The Contractor shall be paid at a rate
inserted by them in the Bill of Quantities and Rates, or to be decided by
the Engineer as per Clause 73 of General conditions of contract of such
portions of shoring as may have been left in the excavation, only by the
order of Engineer, and they shall not claim, on any reason whatsoever for
the shoring which may have been left in by them at their own discretion.
Any allowance for shoring left in the portions of rakers, struts, or other
timber cut off and not permanently left in the work will not be included.
Any allowance for shoring such as plates struts or other timber cut off and
not left permanently in any position of the trench will not be included.
25 Steel Trench Sheeting.

(a) Where the sub-soil conditions are expected to be of a soft and unstable
character. In trench excavation the normal methods of timbering will
probably prove insufficient to avoid subsidence of the adjoining road
surfaces and other services. The contractor will be held responsible for
all such damages as specified elsewhere.
(b) In such circumstances, the Contractor will be required to use steel
trench sheeting or sheet steel piling adequately supported by timber
struts wallings etc. The Contractor will be expected to supply, pitch,
drive and subsequently remove trench sheeting or piling in accordance
with other items of the specification and the terms Timber or
Timbering shall also apply to steel trench sheeting or sheet steel piling
throughout.
26 Tunnel less method for excavation

Tunnel excavation / Directional drilling method / Micro tunneling
(a) The Contractor will be required to submit all his proposals for
excavating and constructing sewers, and pipe lines in tunnel and
obtaining the complete approval of the Engineer before any work may
commence.
(b) The steel arches and timbering shown on the Drawing are for guidance
only and the contractor will be held responsible for the security of the
184
timbering. The contractor shall submit for approval full details of the
supports and timbering he proposes to use.
(c) The excavation for the tunnel shall be of sufficient size for the proper
execution of the construction work and all timbering must be driven
and fixed as close in contact with the ground to be supported. No
payment for over break or additional excavation will be made and all
such excavation is to packed with concrete at the Contractor’s expense.
(d) Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tunnel shall be closed
timbered and the timber shall be left in place on completion of the
work at the expense of the contractor. During excavation, securely
fixed running boards shall be provided to the floor of the tunnel and
on completion for formation cleaned and dried out a concrete sealing
coat provided. The tunnel shall be driven complete between access
points before permanent work may commence and the work shall at
all times be carried out as quickly as possible so that the excavation
shall remain open for the shortest possible time.
(e) The working face of the tunnel excavation shall be supported as

necessary and shall be fixed up at the end of each point when
continuous working is not in progress or whenever required by the
Engineer.
(f) When work is in progress proper access-ladders are to be fixed and

maintained at the tunnel access points and the tunnel lighted by
electricity of not more than 220 volts. Lamps shall be provided at not
more than 9 M. interval and no flame or other naked light shall be
used. Proper and adequate ventilation fans and ducts must be
provided, maintained and operated at all times.
(g) SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCHLESS METHOD (IN DETAIL)
1.0 Scope of work :-

1.1 The work of laying sewer line below existing concrete road portion
under reference is required to be carried out by trenchless method.
1.2 Scope of the work includes selection of appropriate method,

detailed design of the system, supply of all enabling arrangements
including ali jacking boring ramming, pulling dewatering,
equipments and system for ground stabilization if required
products and materials etc. but not limited to these.
1.3 The contractor will have to provide 400 mm dia. (ID) pipe sewer.
1.4 If required the contractor may use sleeve pipe of bigger diameter as
may be felt necessary by the contractor and lay the carrier pipe 400
mm diameter (ID) of GRP/HDPE inside the sleeve pipe. However
185
no extra payment over and above the quoted rate per R.M. shall be
made.
2.0 General :-
2.1 The tenderer is required to take full cognizance of the physical site
conditions and available working space and select his method with
due regard to the same in addition to other requirements for the
method proposed.
2.2 There is likely-hood of heavy seepage of water in the excavated

trench. Tenderers may take note of this and quote accordingly as
no extra payment on account of dewatering by using any no. of
pumps for any length of time will be made.
2.3 The contractor must take into account existing manholes to which
the proposed pipe line is to be connected and take every precaution
to avoid damage to the manholes along with existing sewer
connection. If manholes and existing connection are damaged
same will have to be rectified at his own cost.
2.4 Under any circumstances the contractor will be solely responsible

for safety an security of adjoining properties, life and limbs of the
workers and any third party or the Corporation staff for the
method proposed by the contractor regardless of permission by
Engineer to the same.
2.5 The bidder’s attention is drawn to the fact that the connection of the
proposed sewer line is to be made to a functioning trunk sewer.
The contractor has to take all necessary steps for plugging,
diverting of pumping of the flow in the trunk sewer and restoration
of the same after completion of works. His rate is deemed to be
inclusive of there measures.
3.0 Jacking and Receiving Shafts :-

3.1 The Contractor should take due cognizance of the available
working space and provide jacking and receiving shafts at
appropriate location so as not to cause any harm or danger to
adjoining structures, as well as not to occupy additional space.
3.2 The Contractor must shore the sides of trenches securely by any
method as per contractors own design and approved by the
Engineer.
4.0 Jacking / Boring / Ramming :-

186
4.1 The Contractor may depending upon the method proposed by him
provide separate jacking pipe (sleeve) and install 400 mm dia. (ID)
carrier pipes at required grade and alignment through the same.
4.2 The jacking pipe and/or carrier pipe should be of suitable length
joined by properly designed leak proof joints as required for the
method adopted by the contractor. The pipe line shall be tested to
a test pressure as required for gravity pipe lines.
4.3 The jacking pipe may be provided with arrangements for

circulating bentonite solution for stabilization of surrounding
ground.
4.4 The grade and alignment of jacking shall be periodically checked

by suitable instruments after jacking of individual units and correct
grade and level will have to be ensured.
4.5 If jacking pipe is different than carrier pipe, the annular space shall
be grouted with cement sand grout 1:3 for which no separate
payment will be made.
5.0 Tolerance :-
5.1 Tolerance limits shall be as under in Horizontal plane : +/- 50 mm
per 30 R.M. to vertical plans : +/- 50 mm per 100 R.M.
6.0 Manholes:-
6.1 The Contractor will have to construct the manhole (s) as shown in
the plan and connect the sewer line to the existing manhole(s) as
shown on the plan. Any damage caused to the existing manhole
will have to be repaired / rectified without any extra cost.
7.0 Mode of Measurement :-

7.1 The contractor will be paid for actual length of sewer line laid by
any suitable trenchless method between inside faces of two
consecutive manholes.
7.2 No extra payment shall be made for construction of jacking and

receiving shafts regardless of number of such shafts provided by
the Contractor.
8.0 Subsurface Investigations and data :-

8.1 If necessary the Contractor may carry out geotechnical
investigations and buried services survey before actual execution of
all work at his cost. The buried services survey must be
reconfirmed by the Contractors with the owners of the utilities
involved. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any
damage to other utilities as well as any consequential damage /
loss as a result of such damage.
187
8.2 If any change in method is contemplated by the Contractor after

award of work in view of the geotechnical investigations carried
out by him, no extra payment shall be made on account of change
in the method and payment shall be made in linear length basis at
the quoted rate only.
27 Lengths in Tunnel on Headings

Certain section of the pipe-lines and sewers may be constructed in tunnel
or heading. The Contractor will be permitted, subject to the approval of
the Engineer being obtained to the proposed methods of working etc., to
vary the length in tunnel relative to the adjacent sewer in trench. Payment
will be made for the length and method proposed in the Bill of Quantities
and approved variation in method will not affect the length paid for as
tunnel or heading.
28 Working shafts for heading

(a) The Contractor may obtain access to tunnel or heading work from the
working shafts proposed or ends of the open excavation in trench. The
Contractor may be permitted to open additional working shafts within
the length of tunnel to facilitate the work but such working shafts shall
be formed and refilled at the Contractor’s expenses.
(b) The Contractor will also be required to adequately timber and protect
the ends of the open trench used as tunnel or heading across and all
such additional works shall be allowed for in the prices for excavating
the tunnel.
29 Ventilation
The Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation and efficient apparatus
to keep all excavation, trenches tunnels and headings structures, sewers
and manholes free from all gases whether generated in strata arising, from
the use of explosives for blasting, sewage gases or otherwise and he shall
take precautions to ascertain that they are in a safe condition before
allowing workmen to proceed.
30 Constructing temporary dams and sumps

For the purpose of keeping the excavations as dry as possible, the work
will, if necessary be divided into sections or separate portions to be
determined by the Engineer and temporary dams will have to be put up
by the contractor. Sumps must from time to time be excavated by the
contractors at such distances apart and to such depths, as the Engineer
may determine. When an as the work progresses other sumps must from
time to time be excavated by the contractor, the discussed sumps being
filled in by them with dry rubble carefully hand packed to the satisfaction
of the Engineers. The contractor will not be paid extra for any temporary
dams, or sumps or their removal or refilling nor will such work be taken
into measurement in any way.

188
31 Pumping of water
The contractors shall provide and work at their own cost all pumps,
engines and machinery requisite to keep the trenches for the sewers,
drains or foundations and all other excavations, clear of water, whether
sub-soil water, storm water leakage from tanks, wells drains, sewers,
water mains, tide water etc. or pipes so that there may be no
accumulations of such water and that no setting out may be done, no
masonry may be laid, no concrete deposited, no joints made and no
measurements taken in water. The pumping shall be continued so long
after execution of any portion of the work and repeated so after as the
Engineer may consider necessary. The pumps and power applied must be
such as the Engineer may consider necessary. The pumps and power
applied must be such as the Engineer may consider necessary for the work
to set. The pumps and power applied must be such as the Engineer may
determine to be sufficient the work altogether until he is satisfied and also
impose a fine upon the contractors. The rate of excavation includes
pumping out any quantity of water as mentioned above by using any
number of pumps and for any length of time singly or in combination.
Noting extra whatsoever will be paid on this account during the execution
of the whole work.
32 Keep excavation clear of water

(a) Where ground water is encountered or anticipated the contractor shall
provide sufficient pumps to handle the ingress of water and must
provide and maintain in working order standby pumping units to be
available and employed in the event of mechanical failure. The
contractor must also arrange for night and day managing and
operating of the pumps wherever necessary to ensure that at all times
and weather the work may proceed.
(b) The contractors shall not allow any accumulation of water either from
the discharge of their dewatering pumps of their water connections on
the site of their work. If an accumulation is unavoidable, it shall be
treated with insecticides to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In case of
failure to do this on the part of the contractors such accumulation shall
be treated by the Municipality at the cost of the contractors.
33 Blasting procedure
1. Blasting shall not be done without the previous consent of the Engineer
and police authority and shall be restricted to the hours which he may
prescribe. If in the opinion of the Engineer, blasting would be dangerous
to persons or adjacent structures, or is being carried on in a reckless
manner, the rock shall be excavated by other means.
2. SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROLLED BLASTING

: Explosives and blasting
The Contractor shall acquaint himself with all the laws and regulations
concerning transporting, storing, handling and the use of the explosive.
189
All such laws, regulations, rules and safety codes etc. as are current from
time to time shall be binding on the contractor.
The provisions detailed in these specifications are supplementary, to the

above laws, rules and regulations. Further the Engineer may issue
modifications, alterations and new instructions from time to time. The
contractor shall comply with the same without any extra cost to the
Municipal Corporation of Greater Bombay.
: Material used for blasting

All material such as explosives, detonators, fuses, tamping materials etc.
that are proposed to be used in the blasting operations shall have the prior
approval of the Engineer.
: Procurement of Explosives
The engineer may render necessary help to the contractor to obtain
license for explosives. However, it is contractor’s responsibility to obtain
the license by paying the necessary fees etc.
: Explosives
Gun powder, gelatin, ammonium, nitrate and other safe explosives only
shall be used whenever possible, with prior approval of the Engineer.
: Fuse
The use of fuse with only protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be
sufficient water resistant and un-affected when immersed in water for
thirty minutes. The rate of the burning of the fuse shall be uniform and
not less than 4 seconds per 25 mm. of length with 10% tolerance on either
side.
: Detonator
The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the
explosives. Moist or damaged detonators shall be discarded.
The explosives shall be exploded by means of primer which shall be fixed

by a fuse instant detonator (F I D) or other approved cable.
The detonators with FID shall be connected by special nippers.
: Personnel
Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under the personal
supervision of competent and licensed blasters and trained workmen.
All supervisors and workmen in charge of make up handling, storage and

blasting work shall be adequately insured by the Contractor. Storage shall
be in charge of a very reliable person approved by the Engineer, who may
if necessary, cause police enquiries to be made as to his reliability,
antecedents etc. The contractor shall have to produce a security for the
190
person in-charge of the explosives, if and when required by the Engineer,

or the civil authorities of the district.
The contractors shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are
fully conversant with all the rules to be observed in storing, handling and
use of explosives. It shall be ensured that the supervisor in charge is
thoroughly acquainted with the details of the handling of explosives and
blasting operations.
: Storage of explosives
The contractor shall have to make necessary storage facilities for the
explosives as per rules of the local authorities and Govt. of India.
The contractor shall at his own expense obtain such licenses as may be
necessary for storing and using explosives, oils, fuels, etc. The
Corporation shall not be responsible for the above storage or use of
explosives on the site or any accident or occurrence whatsoever in
connection therewith. The responsibility and risk thereof shall be solely
on the contractor.
: Disposal of Deteriorated explosives

All deteriorated explosives shall be disposed off in an approved manner.
The quality of deteriorated explosives to be disposed off shall be
intimated to the Engineer, prior to its disposal.
: Preparation of Primer
The primers shall not be prepared near open flames or fires. The work of
preparation of primers shall always be entrusted to the same personnel.
Primer shall be used as soon as possible after they are ready.
: Charging of Holes
Holes for charging explosives shall be drilled with pneumatic drills. The
drilling pattern being so planned that rock much produced due to blasting
can be handled without necessity of secondary blasting.
Pattern of drill holes should be got approved by the Engineer. The work
of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the site is
completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by actual
inspection. While charging open / marked lamps shall be kept away.
Only wooden tamping rod without any kind of metal on them shall be
allowed to be used.
The tamping rod shall have cylindrical ends. Bore holes must be of such a
size that the cartridges can easily be passed down the hole. Only one
cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed home with
tamping rod. Sand or clay or other tamping material used for filling the
hole completely shall not be tamped too hard.
2.11: A – General requirement of blasting

191
For blasting operations required in case of excavation of rock, the

following points shall be observed.
The Engineer shall have power to regulate, restrict or prohibit blasting if

in his opinion it is necessary to do so for the safety of persons or property
or to safeguard the works. No blasting shall be carried out in any part of
work without permission in writing of the Engineer. Such permission
shall not absolve the contractor from any of his obligations or liabilities
under the contract.
The contractor shall employ a competent and experienced supervisor &

licensed blaster in-charge for each set of operation who shall be held
personally responsible to ensure that all safety regulations are followed.
Before any blasting is carried out the contractor shall intimate the
Engineer and obtain his approval. He shall intimate the hours of firing
charges, the nature and extent of explosive to be used and the precautions
to be taken by him for general safety. Blasting shall be carried out during
fixed hours of the day, which shall have the prior approval of the
Engineer. In special cases, the Engineer may permit blasting for
excavation without restriction or fixed time provided that he is satisfied
that proper precautions are taken to give sufficient warning to all
concerned and that the work of other agencies on the sites is not unduly
hampered. The area shall be encircled by red flags.
The contractor shall ensure that all workmen and personnel at site are
excluded from the unsafe area, to be determined by the Engineer, at least
15 minutes, before firing time by sounding warning siren or whistles.
Similar warning shall be given when blasting operation is over.
2.11: B – Whenever required by the Engineer, the rock blasting shall be carefully
contracted, so that the vibrations generated during the balsting do not
cause damage to the buildings and installations around. Similarly, the
rock pieces do not cause damage to the buildings and installations
around. Similarly, the rock pieces do not fly off the pits and thus
endangers these buildings and installations around. Apart from the
general precaution mentioned in the 2.11: A paragraphs, the following
protective measures and limits for use of the explosives are suggested as
guide-lines. Tenderers are requested to carefully check the site conditions
and submit the details of the scheme they propose to adopt for controlling
the blast.
Protective measures :
i) The hole shall be covered with 0.6 to 1.0 sq. M. Mild steel plate of
6mm thick.
ii) Reinforced rod mesh not less than 20 mm. dia. at 150 mm. centres in
____________ shall be placed over the steel plate.

192
iii) Sand filled bags of 6 to 8 layers shall be placed over the mesh
suitably covering the whole region under blasting operations.
iv) Steel plate and reinforcement shall be inspected after every blasting
operation and twist shall be removed before reuse to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
v) The thickness of the covering plate, the reinforced rod mesh and the
kind of dead weight is to be duly approved by the Engineer.
vi) For blasting following igniting charges may be adopted :-
Distance from structure Limiting charges for blasting
(a) 30 metres 4 Kg. / delay
(b) 45 metres 7 Kg. / delay
(c) 100 metres 14 Kg. / delay
(d) 200 metres 27 Kgs. / delay
vii) Blasting within 30 meters from any existing structure shall not be
normally permitted without prior approval of the Engineer in
writing.
viii) Damaging Criterion : Peak particle velocity (P.P.V.) may be required
to be restricted to say approximately 25 mm./Sec. However, this will
depend on the proximity of structures and the type of structures. It
will be necessary to arrive at the permissible P.P.V. at a particular site
by taking expert’s advice as pointed out in 2.12 C below, if so
ordered by the Engineer.
ix) Blast Monitoring : Even after determining the said charges as
described above, it may be necessary to monitor actual results at site
at the contractor’s cost.
x) Line drilling and preshearing in rock may be resorted to where rock
blasting is to be carried out in close proximity of existing structures,
equipments etc. (specification of line drilling preshearing techniques
are given separately.
: Safe charges, Determination

The tenderers at their own cost may determine the safe blasting pattern
for controlled blasting so as to minimize the vibration and consequent
damage to the nearby properties, structures, etc. For this purpose, they
may be required to get the blasting pattern through recognized
Government institutions like I.I.T. Powai, C.W. and P.R.S. Khadakwasla
etc. and submit the same to the Engineer for his acceptance before
commencing any blasting operations. If any help in this regard is
required, Corporation will render necessary help to the contractors, but
cost of all such charges shall be borne by the contractors only. After
determination of the blasting pattern, the contractors shall take this into
account, while quoting for the work. No claim for extra costs for carrying
out the blasting work as per the accepted blasting pattern shall be
entertained.
: Electric Blasting

193
The Contractors shall resort to only electric blasting unless otherwise

specially approved by the Engineer. Only the supervisor-in-charge shall
possess the key of the firing apparatus and he shall keep it always with
himself. Special apparatus be used as source of current for the blasting
operations. Power lines shall not be tapped for the purpose. Only
approved make firing apparatus can be used on the job.
The detonators shall be checked before use for blasting in series only.
Detonators of the same manufacture and of the same group of electrical
resistance shall be used.
Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging
shall be removed from the site. The firing shall be done with a proper
insulating covers so as to avoid short circuiting due to contract with
water, metallic parts or rock etc. The 500 mile second (M.S.) delay
detonators may be used for blasting, if required.
The use of earth as a return line shall not be permitted. The firing cable
shall be connected to the source of power only when nobody is in the area
of blasting. Before blasting the circuit shall be checked by suitable
apparatus. After firing, whether or without an actual blast, the contact
between the firing cable and the source of current shall be cut-off before
people are allowed to leave the shelters.
During storm, charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended.

The charges already placed in the holes shall be blasted as soon as
possible, but taking all safety precautions and giving necessary warning
signals. If this is not possible, the site shall be evacuated till the storm has
passed.
: Precaustions after blasting

After the blast the supervisor must inspect the work and satisfy himself
that all the charges have exploded.
: Removal of Toxic gases

After the blast takes place in under-ground work, the workmen shall not
be allowed to go to the face till defaming is over and all toxic gases are
evacuated from the face.
: Misfires
If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed,
sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger zone.
When fuse and blasting caps are used, a safe time should be allowed and
then the supervisor alone shall leave the shelter to inspect the blasting
zone.
None of the drillers are to work near the misfired hole until one of the two
operations has been carried out by the supervisor.
194
Either (i) the supervisor shall very carefully (when the tamping is of damp
day) extract the tamping with the wooden scraper or a jet water or
compressed air using a pipe of soft material) and withdraw the fuse with
the primer and a fresh detonator with fuse should be placed in this hole
and fired out or (ii) the hole may be cleared of one foot of tamping and the
direction then be ascertained by placing a stick in the hole. Another hole
may then be drilled at least 60 cms. Away and parallel to it and about 30
cms less in depth this hole shall then be charged and fired. And balance
of the cartridges and detonators found in the much shall be removed.
Before leaving his work, the supervisor shall inform the supervisor of the
relieving shift of any case of misfires and should point out the position
with a red cross denoting the same and also stating what action, if any, he
has taken in the matter.
The supervisor should also at once report at the offices of the contractor
and the engineer all cases of misfires, the cause of the same and what
steps were taken in connection with these.
The names of the day and night shift supervisors must be noted daily in
contractor’s office.
If a misfire has been found to be due to the defective detonator or

dynamite the whole quantity of box from which defective article was
taken must be thoroughly inspected by the contractor.
Drilling in holes not completely exploded by blasting shall not be

permitted.
: Line drilling and pre-shearing

Line drilling and pre-shearing in rock may be resorted to when so
required by the Engineer. This technique may be used when the
excavation in rock (hard and stratified) has to be carried out to exact lines
and levels and when absolutely no over – excavation is permissible. It
may also be used where rock blasting is required to be carried out in he
close proximity of existing structure, equipments etc. This technique
consists of drilling holes, as close as warranted by the rock conditions and
to such depth as may be necessary, along the periphery (or line) of the
area with which excavation has to be carried out. This will ensure that
when rock inside the area is blasted over excavation / over break and
damage to adjoining property is avoided as the rock shears off along the
line of drilled holes.
The diameter, depth and spacing of holes, shall be decided by the

Engineer or as specified in the drawings/schedule. The holes shall
generally be suitable in dia. The Engineer may direct a second line or
subsequent lines or holes to be drilled holes.
195
Contractors shall have to carry out tests to determine the amount of

explosives required to ensure an even break at the line drilled holes, so
that damage to structure outside line drilled holes and also over break are
avoided.
After the interior holes are blasted any irregularities in vertical line drilled
face which was line drilled shall be removed and trimmed by wedging,
spiting, chiseling and barring.
Excavation generally be carried from the centre to the outside. Engineer

may direct a trench to be cut between adjacent line drilled holes. In such a
case, rock between line drilled holes shall be blasted with such pattern of
holes so as not to cause any damage to any structure close by and also not
shatter or render unsuitable any good rock outside the line drilled holes.
Line drilling and preshearing may not be permitted in hard rock.
: Complaints
All blasting complaints shall be reported to the Engineer within 24 hours
of receipt thereof. Such reports may include the name, address, date, time
received, date and time of blast complained about with a brief description
of the alleged damages and the other circumstances, upon which the
complaint is predicted. Such complaint shall be assigned a separate
number, and all complaints shall be numbered consecutively in order of
receipt. Even if more than one complaint is received from the same
complainant such complaint shall show all previous numbers of
complaints registered by the same complainant. In addition, each month
a summary report shall be made to the Engineer which shall indicate the
date, time and name of person investigating the complaint and the
amount of settlement, if any, when settlement of the claim is made, the
Engineer shall be furnished with a copy of the release of claim by the
claimant.
The Engineer shall be notified immediately through out the statutory

period of liability, if any formal claims or demands made by attorneys on
behalf of claimant’s incidental to litigation and of any out of court
settlement or court verdicts resulting from litigation. The Engineer shall
immediately be notified of any investigation, hearings or orders received
from any Government agency, statutory board or body claiming to have
authority to regulate blasting operations.
: Joint building survey

In order to prevent any dispute regarding the extent of damage and / or
geterioration of the structures adjacent to the excavation, it will be
necessary for the contractor to carry out a joint survey of the structures
along with the staff of the Brihan Mumbai Mahanagarpalika and the
owners/tenants/occupiers of the structures of their authorized Architects.
196
The contractors shall also carry out a joint survey of the same premises
during the course of construction, to keep a vigil on the structures and
observe the effect of the blasting and other site operations.
Necessary steps to prevent/make good any damage of deterioration of the

structures shall be promptly taken by the contractor irrespective of the fact
whether the ground vibrations are within the prescribed limits or not.
The final joint survey of the premises shall be carried out on the
completion of the work. Any damage and/or deterioration of the
structures or any element of the same shall be made good by the
contractor.
The contractor shall indemnify and save the Corporation harmless from
any claims, expenses etc. arising out of the execution of the contracted
work.
The survey mentioned above shall be detailed survey of each and every
premise in the vicinity of the work site and shall include mapping of
existing cracks, crevices, deterioration, and deformation of individual
structures.
34 Storage of explosive
(a) The Contractors shall obtain the previous permission of the Chief of Fire
Services for the site, manner and method of storing explosives near the
sites of works. All handling of explosives including storage, transporting
shall be carried out under the rules approved by the Explosives
Department of the Government.
(b) In carrying out rock blasting the Contractors shall take all necessary
precautions by the use of screens weighted down and other means for the
protection of life and property, and shall strictly comply with all rules and
regulations that may be laid down by the Commissioner of Police, by the
Engineer or by other regularly constituted authority having jurisdiction
relative to handling storing and use of explosive.
(c) In order to ensure the safety of surrounding property and persons, no

charge shall be used which is larger than necessary properly to start the
work, and rock excavation contiguous to any structure shall be carried on
so as not to cause damage to such structure.
(d) The Contractors shall be responsible for all claims arising out of the Indian
Mines Act on behalf of labour employed by him and/or on behalf of any
other person or persons who may be injured through causes resulting
from the carrying out of this contract and for that purpose the Deposit
referred to herein will be held as security by the Brihan Mumbai
Mahangarpalika for due performance of the conditions mentioned herein.
197
(e) The Contractors shall keep the muster, register, notices and such other
records as required by the Indian Factory Act & Indian Mines Act and
produce them when called upon to do so and observe Maternity Benefit
Rules & such other Government & Enactments in force of the time.
35 Rates for Excavation

The rates for excavation shall be held to include and cover without extra
charge all the stipulations contained in every portion of these present,
with regard to setting out, provisions for the passage of traffic and for
access to premises, arrangements for the continuance of drainage, water
supply or lighting (if interrupted by the works) arrangements for the
efficient protection of the life and property, pumping, shaping the
trenches, maintenance of water pipes, gas-pipes drains and other work
met with in or about the excavation watering and ramming foundations,
temporary refilling, consolidation and subsequent removing surplus
excavated material as stipulated, herein and all necessary maters and
things, connected with or rendered necessary or otherwise involved by
the excavation. The rate of excavation also includes pumping out any
quantity of water from any source by using any number of pumps and for
any lengths of time single or in combination. Nothing extra will be paid
on the account during the excavation of the whole work.
36 Sight rails and boning staves

In laying the pipe sewers and constructing drains, the centre for each
manhole must be marked by a peg or otherwise, as may be determined by
the Engineer. The Contractors are then to dig holes for and set up two
posts (about 100mm. x 1800 mm.) at each manhole as nearly equal
distance from the peg and a sufficient distance there form to be well clear
of all intended excavation so arranged that sight-rail when fixed level
against the posts will cross the centre of the manhole. The posts must also
be so set up that the longitudinal direction of the rail may be as clear as
possible of the direction of any of the lines of pipes or drains converging
to the manhole. If walls of buildings afford suitable means of fixing the
sight-rails, the post may, however, be dispensed with. The sight rail must
not in any case be more than 30 M. apart, intermediate rails must therefore
be put up if necessary.
37 Construction of boning staves

Boning staves shall be prepared by the Contractors about 75 mm. x 50
mm. of various lengths, each length being of a certain number of Metre
and with a fixed tee-head and a fixed intermediate cross piece each about
300 mm. long. The top-edge of the cross piece must be fixed at a distance
below the top-edge of this tee-head, equal to as the case may be, the
outside diameter of the pipe or the thickness of the concrete bed to be laid.
The boning staff must be marked on both sides to indicate its full length.
According to the circumstances of each case, a suitable length of boning
staff will be determined upon, and the reduced level of the bed of the pipe
198
or bottom of concrete of drain at each sight rail added to the selected

length of boning staff will be determined upon, and the reduced level of
the bed of the pipe or bottom of concrete of drain at each sight rail added
to the selected length of boning staff, will be marked by a horizontal line
on both posts, or on walls or fences to which the sight rail is to be fixed.
38 Sight rails
(a) The sight rails (about 25 cm. wide and 40 mm. thick) are to be screwed
with the top-edge against the level marks. The centre-line of the pipe
sewer or the drain will be marked on the rail and this mark will denote
also the meeting point of the centre lines of any converging drains or
pipe sewers. A line drawn from the top-edge of one rail to the top-
edge of the next rail will be vertically parallel with the bed of the sewer
or drain and the depth of the bed of the sewer or drain at any
intermediate point may be easily determined by letting down the
selected boning staff until the tee-head comes in the line of sight from
rail to rail.
(b) The posts and rails are to be perfectly square and planed smooth on all
sides and edges. The rails are to be painted white on both side, and
the tee-heads and cross-piece of the boning stages are to be painted
black.
If the pipes of drains converging to a manhole come in at various
levels there must be a rail fixed for every different level. When a rail
comes within 0.60 M. of the surface of the ground, a higher sight rail
must be fixed for use with the rail over the next point.
The posts and rails must in no case be removed until the trench is
excavated, the drains are constructed or the pipes are laid and
permission given to proceed with the filling in.
39 Foundation in soft grounds

(a) When the work of constructing the sewers has to be carried out in soft
under ground strata, such as puddle, etc. or in a reclaimed land, a
good foundation shall be provided for the pipes and manholes. For
the former, excavation in the trench shall be taken 75 mm. deeper than
pipes and manholes. For the former, excavation in the trench shall be
taken 75 mm. deeper than what is ordinarily required and for this
depth the whole of the trench shall be taken 75 mm. deeper than what
is ordinarily required and for this depth the whole of the trench shall
be covered over with M 150 concrete slab of the required width,
reinforced with, reinforced with B.R.C. fabric No. 9 or any other fabric
approved by the Engineer. The foundation concrete of the manholes
shall similarly be reinforced with the same fabric, spread to cover the
whole area of the foundation.
(b) The fabric shall be suitably cut to the requirements and securely joined
together with adequate laps which should not be less than 200 mm.
199
The fabric in the line and manhole must also be securely jointed
together. The rates in both the cases shall be held to include all
lapping, joining and also any probable wastage.
40 Contractor to obtain permission before laying pipe, concrete or

When any portion of the excavation shall have been carried down to the
necessary depth, the contractors shall obtain permission from the
Engineer before commencing the laying of pipes of concrete or the
41 Handling pipes.
At every point of loading or unloading, pipes or castings must be handled
by approved lifting tackle. Un-loading by rolling down planks or any
other form of inclined ramp will not be allowed unless the written consent
of the Engineer to the method proposed has been obtained. The pipes are
to be carefully stacked on side with timber pickings under and between
the pipes.
42 Laying of pipes
(a) The pipes are to be laid with sockets facing up the gradients beginning
at the lower end. No pipe is to be laid until the trench has been
excavated to its required depth for a distance of 20 M. in front of the
pipe to be laid. (This distance may vary as directed by the Engineer).
All the pipes are to be laid perfectly true, both in line and on gradient.
The pipes in a trench shall be all laid and fitted previous to the jointing
being commenced.
(b) Properly fitted temporary wooden stoppers shall be provided and

constantly used to close the ends or all incomplete pipe lines. The
stoppers are only to be removed when pipes are being laid and jointed.
43 Concrete bed, Launching and surrounded to pipes.

At approximately every four pipes or 7 M whichever is less interval the
contractors shall form a joint in the concrete bed or surrounded by
vertically shuttering the bed.
44 Bedding for stone ware pipes

The bedding for stoneware pipes shall be of M 150 concrete and having
the size and shape as indicated in the plan.
45 Foundation for R.C. pipes

The foundation for the R.C. Pipes drain or sewer if required shall be
formed of cradle block or full encasement of M 150 concrete of the size
and dimension shown on the drawings. The same should be carefully laid

200
on a bed of atleast 25 mm. of sand cushion to the required grade and

alignment.
46 Encasing
(a) If pipes are required to be wholly encased in concrete encasement of
the pipes may be required to be laid in two stages or in one as may be
decided by the Engineer. When it is decided to do the work in two
stages the work in the first stage may have to done either i) by the
method described above for laying bed blocks for the foundations or ii)
By putting in bed concrete in such lengths as may be required by the
Engineer. After the pipes are laid and jointed on these beds and the
joints tested, the remaining work of concreting in the 2 nd stage will be
allowed.
(b) When it is decided to do the work of encasing in one stage only, the
pipes shall be laid on bricks or stone chips to the required level and
jointed. After the joints are tested the work of concreting will be done.
The contractor shall be not entitled to any extra payment in either case.
The contractor shall prepare the necessary form work for encasement
as required by the Engineer.
After the pipes are jointed a period of at least 24 hours must elapse,
before the top concrete over the pipes is laid.
(c) While encasing of R.C. pipes of NP3 class, a clear open space of 25 mm.
all around shall be left in the encasement at each joint for flexibility
without any extra cost at every pipe.
47 Jointing of stone ware pipes

All the pipes joints shall be caulked with tarred gasket (prepared ready for
use before being brought on the work) in one length for each joint and
sufficiently long to entirely surround the spigot end of the pipe the gasket
to be driven as far as possible by means of a suitable instrument. After the
pipes are thoroughly cleaned and maintained, mixture of one part of
cement and one part of clean fine - sand tempered with just sufficient
water have consistency of semi-dry condition should be forced into the
joints and well rammed with caulking tools, the whole space around the
spigot between it and the socket is united full and the joints shall be
finished off with a splayed fillet sloping at 45 degrees to the side of the
pipe. The shaft or a pipe entering or leaving a manhole shall have a
splayed fillet of neat cement laid around the same extending on the
outside plastering of the manhole 75 mm. beyond the outside of the pipe
and 75 mm. beyond the outside plastering of the manhole. Such fillets
shall be deemed to be included in the rates for pipe laid complete.
Great care must be taken after the joints are made that the pipes be not
moved or shaken before the cement has thoroughly set.

201
The rate for providing, laying and jointing of S.W. or R.C. Pipes shall also
include the cost of plugging up the mouths of these pipes with brick in
cement mortar 1:6 with cement plaster 1:3 wherever directed by the
Engineer.
48 (A) Jointing of R.C. concrete pipes

(a) Each concrete pipe with the rubber ring accurately positioned on the
spigot shall be pushed well home into the socket of the previously laid
pipe by means of uniformity applied pressure with the aid of a jacor
similar appliance.
(b) Concrete pipes of the spigot and socket type with roll on rubber rings
shall be used, and the manufacturer’s instructions shall be deemed to
form a part of these specifications.
(c) Rubber rings shall be lubricated before making the joint and the
lubricant shall only be soft soap water or an approved lubricant
supplied by the manufacture.
(d) In case of R.C. Pipe entering or leaving a manhole a flexible joint may
be provided at least within 0.60 M from the outer end of the manhole.
(B) Jointing of R.C. Pipes with collar joints

The R.C. pipes shall be carefully laid in position over the concrete
bedding or over the firm ground at the required level and their abutting
faces shall be coated with hot bitumen in liquid condition by means of a
brush. The wedge-shaped groove in the end of the pipe shall then be
filled with a sufficient quantity of a special bituminous plastic
compound. The collar shall then be slipped over the end of the pipe and
the next pipe butted well against the plastic compound into the grooves,
care being taken that the concentricity of the pipes and the levels are not
disturbed during the operation.
The callar shall then be placed symmetrically over the end of the two
pipes and the space between the inside of the collar and the outside of
the pipe filled with a 1:1 mixture of cement and sand tempered with just
sufficient water to have consistency of the semi dry conditions well
packed and thoroughly rammed with caulking tools. The joints shall be
finished off with a fillet sloping at 45º to the size of the pipe the finished
joints will be protected and cured for at least four days or as directed.
Any plastic solution or cement mortar that may have been queezed into
the inside of the pipe shall be removed so as to leave the inside of the
pipe perfectly clean.
49 (A) The work of laying of C.I. Pipes shall be carried out as per I.S. 3114
of 1965 or recent edition.

202
(B) Testing – The successful tenderer has to arrange for testing of C.I. Pipe
Sewer for hydrostatic test as per I.S. Code mentioned above or specified
by the Engineer in charge.
(C) Jointing of C.I. Pipes with lead

After the Engineer has checked and certified that the pipes and specials
are laid in proper alignment and level, the space left in the socket shall
be filled in by pouring molten lead. When the spigot end is shoved
home the spun yarn shall be driven tightly against the inside base of the
socket with suitable yarning too. A ring of hemp rope covered with clay
shall be wrapped around the pipes at the end of the socket leaving, a
hole into which the leads shall be poured. The lead used shall be soft
and of best quality, consisting of 99.94% pure lead of analysis and shall
confirm to Indian Standard Specification No. 27 of 1965. The average
consumption of jointing materials shall generally be in accordance with
5:1:3:2 of Indian Standard Specification No. 1536, of 1976.
Caulking of the joints shall be commenced after lead is poured in joints.

All excess lead protruding outside of the socket shall be removed with a
flat chisel and then caulked thrice all along the circumferential joint.
Suitable caulking tools of increasing thickness and a hammer of weight
not less than 2 Kgms. shall be used in such a manner as to make the
joints sound and water-tight. The joint when completed should be flush,
neat and even with the socket.
Where the pipes are not laid in continuous length but in stretches, the
open ends of the pipes shall be provided with either C.I. or wooden
blank flanges to prevent access to dirt and animals from spotting the
internal surface of pipes. While jointing two faces of pipe lines, a collar
joint will have to be provided. The mode of payment for the collar joints
will be the same as socket and spigot joint and paid under respective
item of Bill of Quantities. To fix a collar complete in all respects. It will
be treated as attending two joints and will be paid accordingly.
C.I. Pipes (mostly in length of 5.5 Metres), special (C.I.) sluice valves,
hydrants, etc. will be supplied by Municipal Corporation if, available,
from Municipal Stores at Byculla or any other Municipal stores within
Brihan Mumbai limits. The tenderers shall have to make their own
arrangements, at their cost to take deliver and transport them to the site
of works, including loading and unloading them at both ends. The
tenderers shall arrange to get a full months quota of requirements of
pipes etc. and stack the same at the site near their Works Chowky, so as
to avoid any delay due to non-availability of pipes etc. at the site of
works.
Class of Pipe
In case the tenderer has to supply Cast Iron Pipes specials and valves the
pipes shall confirm to IS 1536/1567, Class L.A. (Socket & spigot pipes)
203
Similarly and sluice valves and reflux valves shall e in accordance with
I.S. 2906/1969 clause 2(a) or IS 780/1969 Class I and Reflux value shall
be in accordance with IS 5312/1969.
The tenderers shall satisfy themselves about the soundness of pipes,

specials and sluice valves etc. before taking their delivery. If any defects
are noticed subsequently, it will be assumed that the damage was done
during subsequent handling and the tenderers shall be held responsible
for the same, and they shall have to make good the damage to the
satisfaction of the operation of taking delivery still they in handling the
pipes and specials etc. right from the operation of taking delivery still
they are finally assembled and jointed. The tenderers shall be
responsible for any loss, damage to the pipe specials sluice valves, etc.
after they have been delivered to the tenderers.
Cutting of C.I. Pipes

C.I. Pipes as far as possible shall be used for their full lengths. Where
the site conditions required shorter lengths, C.I. Pipes shall be cut to the
required dimension with a pipe cutting machine or by hand-cut as may
be directed by the Engineer. The cut will be neat and even, and no
damage shall be done to the pipe. In case of any damage to any portion
of C.I. pipes during cutting, the tenderers shall make good the loss. The
pipes shall neither be cut nor collars be used without instructions in
writing from the Engineer.
49 (B) Jointing of C.I.Pipes with rubber rings

Before assembling the joint, the spigot of one pipe and the interior of the
socket of the adjacent pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned. A thin film of
lubricant (soap and water) shall then be applied to the bullb seating inside
the socket. The rubber gasket shall then be wiped clean, flexed as
directed by the Engineer and placed in the socket with the bulb towards
the back of the socket. The groove in the gasket shall be located on the
retaining bed in the socket and the retaining neel of the gasket must be
firmly bedded in its seating. The gasket must fit evenly around the whole
circumference, without any bulges, which prevents the proper entry of the
spigot end. A thin film of lubricant (soap and water) shall then be applied
to the inside surface of the gasket which will be in contact with the
entering spigot. In addition, a thin film or lubricant shall be applied to the
outside surface of the entering spigot for a distance of 25 mm from the
spigot end.
The pipe to be jointed shall be supported centrally by the Rack and lever
tackle used for laying and balanced just clear of the trench bottom. The
spigot of the pipe shall be aligned and entered carefully into the adjacent
socket until it makes contact with the gasket.
The joint assembly shall be completed by forcing the spigot end of the
entering pipe past the gasket, which is thus compressed, until the spigot
204
end reaches the bottom of the socket. If the assembly is not completed
with the application of reasonable force, the spigot shall be removed and
the position of the gasket examined and set right as directed by the
Engineer.
50 Pipe laying in Tunnel

(a) Pipes loading shall be carefully bedded on class M 150 concrete
adjusted to line and laid and jointed, inspected and or tested and
approved by the Engineer. After approval, the whole of the tunnel
section shall be carefully and solidly packed with class M 150 concrete.
While concreting proceeds the Contractor will be encouraged to
remove the boarding to the heading wherever safe and practicable.
(b) For large diameter pipe lines tunnel constructions may be adopted. A
precast concrete invert section shall be bedded on class M150 concrete
and accurately set to line and level. The balance of the required cross
section shall be constructed by consecutive lifts of shuttering and class
M 150 concrete. The whole of the excavation shall be carefully and
solidly packed with class M 150 concrete. All the concrete cast in situ
and precast shall be made with Portland cement or sulphate resistant
port-land or high Alumina Cement as directed by the Engineer.
(c) The contractor will be required to form grout holes in the concrete as
the work proceeds and on completion of the concreting, to pressure
grout the outside of the tunnel section. The grout shall be of Portland
cement mortar of a consistency and mix approved by the Engineer.
The grout shall be applied by an approved apparatus at an adequate
pressure to ensure the complete filling of all voids. The grout shall be
applied until the Engineer is satisfied that all voids are filled.
(d) After completion of cement grouting the grout holes shall be neatly
pointed up with sulphate resisting cement mortar finished flush with
the internal faces of the tunnel.
51 All works to be water tight

(a) The drains, manholes and all joints of pipes must be made thoroughly
sound and water tight, and any joint which may be proved to be leaky
at any time during the progress of the works or during the contractors
subsequent period of maintenance shall be immediately made sound
by the contractors at their own expense. The contractors, when
required by the Engineer shall at their own cost prove all works to be
water tight by filling it with water to such height as the Engineer may
determine. Any additional precautionary measure or appliances that
may be found necessary to ensure the watertightness of the manholes,
flush tanks, disc plug in junctions and the joints of pipes shall be
adopted by the Contractor without extra charge, the responsibility of
making them completely water tight resting upon the contractors.

205
(b) Immediately after the test with the double disc or cylinder as
mentioned in clause No. 53 has been completed and any defect hereby
disclosed have been made good the Contractor shall prove the joints of
the stretch of under-ground pipes whether of stoneware, case iron of
R.C. Pipes, to be water tight by filing in pipes with water before filling
in the trench to the level or 100 M above the top of the highest pipe in
the stretch and heading the water up for the period of one hour or such
further time as the Engineer may direct. The apparatus used for the
purposes of testing shall be approved by the Engineer. The contractor
if required by the Engineer shall make the excavation dry and keep it
so during the period of testing. No test applied to part of a stretch the
excavation dry and keep it so during the period of testing. No test
applied to part of a stretch of pipes shall be considered conclusive nor
shall it be deemed to obviate the necessity of an application of the test
to the whole of stretch when completed. The loss of water over a
period of 30 minutes should be measured by adding water from a
measuring vessel at regular 10 minutes and noting the quantity
required to maintain the original water level. For the purposes of this
test the average quantity added should not exceed 1 litre/hour/100
linear metres / 10 mm. of nominal internal diameter (0.2
gallons/hour/100 linear feet/inch of nominal internal diameter.
Any leakage including excessive sweating which causes a drop in the

test water level will be visible and the defective part of the work
should be removed and made good.
(c) In the case of cast-iron rising mains, they shall be tested for a safe
pressure as directed by the Engineer.
The manholes when they have been raised above the highest subsoil
water level expected in the monsoon shall similarly be tested for water
tightness as for the pipe lines. The procedure for this shall be as
follows:-
The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitably plugged
with brick, masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. The
manhole under test shall then be filled with water upto the general
sub-soil water level and observed for a period of one hour. If the level
does not drop by more than 50 mm. in one hour it shall be assumed
that the manhole is water tight.
During the period of the test the outside trench shall be kept free from
any accumulation of subsoil water in case of a drop of more than 50
mm in the water level the contractor shall note the places from where
the leakage is taking place & taking place & take steps to stop the
leakage.
For R.C. pipes having diameter 1200 mm or more thorough visual

inspection of inner side of pipe shall be carried out with a trained eye.

206
52 Inspection of the joints

After the joints of any pipes in underground work have thoroughly set,
the Engineer (or any person whom he may appoint) may inspect the joints
and if he has any doubt as to their soundness he may required the
Contractors to cut open and clean away the cement or lead as the case
may be of any joint that he may select and to make good the same at their
expense provided that unless some defect be found, they shall not be
required to open more than one joint in 20 M. of pipe length if the defect
be found the Engineer may direct them to open as many joints as he may
deem necessary.
53 Cleaning of the pipes

(a) As soon as a stretch of pipes whether of stoneware or Cast iron or R.C.
Pipes has been laid complete from manhole to manhole, the Contractor
shall run through the pipes both backwards and forwards a double
disc or solid or closed cylinder 75 mm. less in diameter than the
internal diameter of the pipes. The open end of an incomplete stretch
of pipe line shall be securely closed as may be directed by the Engineer
to prevent entry of mud or silt etc.
(b) If as a result of the removal of any obstruction the Engineer considers

that damages may have been caused to the pipe lines, he shall be
entitled to order the length to be retested at the expense of the
Contractor. Should such retest prove unsatisfactory, the contractor
shall at his own expense amend the work and carry out such further
tests as are required by the Engineer.
(c) It shall also be ascertained by the Contractors that each stretch from
manhole to manhole is absolute clear and without any obstruction by
means of visual examination of the interior of the pipe line suitably
enlightened by projected sunlight or otherwise.
54 Fracture of pipes
(a) In the event of pipes being fractured after being to all appearances
properly laid whether due to imperfect loads have been formed or the
material for refilling have been improperly selected or to any other
cause, the Contractor in every instance will be held responsible and
will be called upon to replace such defective pipes at his own cost, if
such defect appears before the expiration of the period of maintenance.
(b) Any pipe or length of pipes found to be defective shall be immediately

removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense and leaking joints
shall be remade, the inspections and tests shall then be repeated as
often as necessary until the whole line under inspection or test is
accepted by the Engineer.
55 All works to be clear, clean and perfect

207
The contractors shall after completion or whenever required by the

Engineer, prove all pipes and fitting to be clear clean and perfect, and for
purpose shall, at their own expense and in the presence of the Engineer or
his appointee, provide suitable instruments and appliances and pass them
through the pipes and shall if required, throw in water and show that it
passes freely through every portion of the work. Brick, mortar and
rubbish shall not be allowed to fall into the manholes of sewer lines while
fixing or if allowed, shall be removed by the Contractors at their own
expense.
“During the cleaning operations of newly constructed sewer and

manholes, contractors shall take for the safety of labourers, all
precautions, as detailed under clause No. 151 of General Specifications
Part II.”
56 Contractors to clean and use existing pipes met with

The contractors are, if and when required, to take up any existing pipes
that may be met with and clean and prepare them for reuse. For such
work they will be paid at their contract rates for excavation and filling.
Such excavation will be measured 0.90 M wide for 225 mm. to 450 m.
pipes, 0.60 M wide for smaller pipes and only in case to the depth of the
pipe bed. The filling, consolidation, etc. shall be done as described for
new work and under the same condition in every respect.
57 Measurement of pipes.
(a) All pipes be measured according to the work actually done by them
and no allowance will be made for any waste in cutting to the exact
length required an exception to this will be made only in the case of
short branches of 100 mm dia. stoneware pipe, which be treated in the
manner here after described with regard to fittings. The Contractors
shall be under obligation to use the pieces or part of the pieces cut off
from 100 mm. stoneware pipes, if it be deemed by the Engineer
practicable to do so and no further payments shall be made for the
same to the Contractors. A socket attached to a straight pipe will not
be measured, but a spigot end of a straight pipe whether such end be
free for entering into a socket will be measured to its full length.
Pieces of 100 mm. dia stoneware pipe, for which they have been or
may be paid direct. When a cast-iron pipe may have necessarily been
cut for the exigencies of the work, the Contractors will be given credit
for the piece not used in the work at the rate at which they are charged
by the Commissioner, provided that the cuttings have been properly
done & that the portion used in the work be sound.
(b) A bend, junction, or any separate piece of fitting which may have
necessarily been cut for the exigencies of the work will be taken into
account as if whole, provided that the cutting has been done properly
and that the portion used in the work is sound. This clause shall not
apply to a straight pipe under any circumstances, except only to 100
208
mm. dia stoneware pipes as hereinbefore described. In measuring the

lengths of pipes laid, deduction shall be made for the lengths of
channels between the inside face of the walls of manholes.
The cost of every joint between metal pipes or fittings and stoneware
pipes or sockets or masonry shall be held to be included in the rate
entered in the Bill of Quantities and Rates for the metal pieces
connected with the stoneware pipe, socket or with the masonry.
58 Manholes, Depth of manholes

The manholes on the sewers shall be constructed in the form and of the
dimensions shown on the drawing. The depth of the manholes shall be
measured from the top of cover to the invert level of the manhole.
The manholes shall be constructed at places shown on the drawings or

wherever directed by the Engineer. Type designs for these manholes are
shown on the drawings but the actual dimension shall in each case be
determined by the Engineer as the circumstances may require.
59 Precast concrete manhole parts

(a) Precast concrete manhole parts shall be made through out of
sulphate resisting cement concrete and shall generally comply with the
requirements for concrete pipes (S.R.Cement).
(b) The parts shall have dimension and joints in accordance with the
standard drawings of the sewerage branch.
60 Concrete manholes
(a) Where cast in situ or reinforced concrete tube manholes are to be built
in the position shown on and in accordance with the details in the
approved drawings, all in situ concrete walls, slabs etc. shall be in
Class M 150 sulphate resisting cement concrete.
(b) The Chamber and shaft rings may be supplied in effective length of
600 mm, 900 mm. and 1500 mm. and each section will be provided
with lifting holes. The tapers to be used will also have an effective
length of 600 mm. The joints between the sections shall be of ogee form
and the Contractor shall set each section accurately in position making
the ogee joint with cement mortar to form a water tight joint. Before
completion of the manhole all the lifting holes, ogees and other joints
shall be neatly pointed.
(c) The reinforced concrete slabs covering the chambers and the shafts of
the manholes shall be set and jointed in sulphate resisting cement
mortar to form water tight joints.
(d) At all points where pipes are built into concrete walls or floors, great
care shall be taken that the joint is water tight, if found to be otherwise,
209
the concrete shall be cut away and replaced with concrete, all at the
contractor’s expense to make a water tight joint to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
(e) Channels and benching to the concrete floors of the manholes for
sewers upto 600 mm. diameter are to be formed as detailed in M 150
sulphate resisting concrete. In large diameter sewer manholes the
benching and channels shall be cast and formed in M 150 concrete and
the surface of the benching and channel finished with 75 mm. thick M
150 sulphate resisting cement concrete.
(f) Manhole covers and frames are to be set in cement mortar and
surrounded with M 150 concrete and cover left flush with the
surrounding ground or road surface as the case may and shall be set
on two courses of 200 mm brickwork. The line adjustment of cover
levels shall be effected by increasing courses of hard burnt tiles. Care
shall be taken to ensure that the cover is level with and sloped to any
fall or grade in the surrounding surface.
61 Construction of brick mansonry manholes

The walls of the manholes shall be built in brick work in cement mortar
and walls and the cap is plastered both from inside and outside with
cement plaster 1:1. In the case of conical manholes, the walls shall be
brought upto within 475 mm. of the road surface over which 30 cm. thick
concrete cap of M 150 fornicated conical shape as shown in the drawing
and is cast in situ and shall be covered over with 3 cast iron frame and
cover or a cast iron plate with a cast iron frame and cover as may in each
case be required by the Engineer. Where rectangular manholes are to be
constructed the brick walls shall be brought up within, 100 mm. to 150
mm. as required, of the road surface and shall at this depth be covered
over with a reinforced cement concrete slab with an opening of the site
and in the position as directed by the Engineer. The opening shall be
formed by means of joists of sizes as shown on drawing resting on the
side wall & embedded in the slab on these joints support walls of brick in
cement shall be erected and brought upto within 475 mm of the road
surface where they shall be covered with C.I. frame and cover, etc., as
described above. The work shall be properly bedded and the courses
brought up in a regular and uniform manner.
62 Rate of manholes
The rate to be quoted in the Bill of Quantities for the manholes shall
include complete masonry structure concrete cap plastered with cement
both inside and outside bottom concrete and channel or channels with the
C.I. frame and covers, C.I. Sheets, etc. everything complete as per type
design drawing including (75 mm x 75 mm) vata around the extended
wall at its junction with the bedding and including cutting the pipes flush
with the inside plaster of the wall flush without excavation and rubble
soling if required 150 mm. dia. vertical pipe 150 mm. dia. S.W. Double Tee
210
junction 150 mm. dia. S.W. right angled bend, etc., or branch connection
will be paid for separately.
63 Drop arrangement
The rate for providing 150 mm. 230 mm. 300 mm. dia. vertical drop
arrangement 0.60 M. high in manholes with drop arrangements will
include :-
I. (i) Providing 150 mm., 230 mm., or 300 mm. dia S.W. Pipe of required
length embedded in the masonry of the manholes at the upper and
lower ends of the drop arrangement.
(ii) Providing and fixing 1 No. 150 mm. 230 mm. or 300 mm. S.W. right
angled bend and 1 No. 150 mm. x 150 mm. x 150 mm., 230 mm. x 230
mm. x 230 mm. or 300 mm. x 300 mm x 300 mm. S.W. double Tee
junction including cutting the ends if require and jointing and
filleting as specified.
(iii) 1/2 brick thick 1:2 brick masonry encasement all round with extra
brick work below the bend upto the excavation level of manhole and
that in the tapering portion of the manhole including curing and
finishing smooth with cement plaster 20 mm. thick 1:1.
(iv) Plugging the open mouths of the double Tee junctions and house
connection pipes wherever directed so as to make them watertight.
II. – The rate for extra each metre height of 150 mm or 230 mm or 300 mm
vertical drop arrangement shall include the following.
(i) Providing 150 mm., 230 mm., or 300 mm. S.W. pipes including
cutting, jointing, filleting, etc. all complete.
(ii) 1/2 brick thick 1:2 brick masonry encasement all round including
cutting and finishing smooth the exposed surface with cement plaster
20 mm. thick 1:1.
(iii) For the payment of the items of vertical drop arrangement the height
will be measured from the invert of the right angled bend to the
invert of the sewer or house connection that is being dropped 600
mm. height being paid under the item of “Providing arrangement
and the remaining height under the item of Extra per Meter height of
drop arrangement.”
(iv) In case of drop arrangement above 300 mm. dia. the class of R.C. pipe
used shall be NP2 class. It shall consist of right angled bend of
required diameter and double “T” junction. It will be surrounded by
1/2 brick thick masonry (1:2) encasement all round with extra brick
below etc. as mentioned above.
211
63(A) Guide lines to additional Manholes
Additional manhole is constructed on the sewer line so as to facilitate :-
1. Cleaning the body of the sewer if the length between manholes is more
than 30 M.
2. To eliminate the body connection by constructing the manhole at the

above place so as to eliminate frequent chokes.
3. The purpose of constructing additional manhole is to facilitate cleaning

of the manhole and remove the silt upto the invert level and to
facilitate removing silt from the body of the sewer by manually or by
operating winching machines or to facilitate passing disc or operating
acquitter or compressor or jetting machines or by any other mechanical
means.
To serve the above purpose, manholes should be constructed right

upto the invert level of the sewer. For this purpose excavation is to be
done upto the foundation level by the side of the pipe or ovoid sewer
without damaging the pipe or ovoid sewer.
In pipe sewer, sufficient bedding of concrete should be placed and

walls should be constructed of standard thickness on the foundation
upto the top of road level as per standard design or circular manholes.
In ovoid sewer, walls should be constructed upto the top of the arch
and concrete beams should be provided above the ovoid sewer in a
rectangular shape, so that the weight of mansonry above does not fall
on the arch of ovoid sewer, and walls should be constructed upto road
level as per standard design of a rectangular manhole (including
steps). After all the plaster work is done and frame and covers are
fixed above usual 0.30 M thick concrete block, the top of the pipe or the
ovoid sewer should be broken. This should be done by some person
standing on top of the road level, by using long crow bars or by heavy
weight fixed at the bottom or by some other mechanical device. As
getting inside the manhole and breaking with sledge hammer or chisel
may cause sudden rise in level of water or poisonous gas may come
out suddenly and may endanger the life of the workman.
After sufficiently big hole is made in the arch of pipe, four manholes
should be kept open in the stretch where manhole is to be constructed,
two on upstream side and two on down steam side. The manhole
cover should be kept open for an hour and tests be carried out viz.,
Davy’s safety lamp, lead acetate paper test and candle test. After the
tests are successful, another workman should get down in the newly
constructed manhole preferably when the channel condition is seen on
the manhole upstream or down stream side. He should apply coconut
212
oil all over body and after tying rope around his waist and the other
end held by another workman at the top of the workman should get
down the manhole and chisel the pipe ends arches ends so that the
same is in flush with the wall of the manhole. Plaster in cement mortar
1:1 or if a big gap is there, concrete should be placed over exposed
surface. (1:1 1/2:3 C.c.)
The manhole should then be cleared off all debris etc. and handed over
to respective Sewerage Operation offices. In city if the manholes are
constructed above main sewer it should be shown to staff of
Dy.Ch.Eng.(S.O.) before handing over to the Ward Office, or
concerned authorities.
No utility service should be allowed to remain inside the manhole.

Care should be taken to shift the same outside manhole.
After completing the work, the same should be handed over to

concerned Dy. Ch.Eng.(S.O.) for maintenance a copy of the memo,
acknowledging the taking over should be handed over to respective
E.E. (S.P.) Construction.
63(B) Body manholes

In the event of constructing body manhole on existing functioning or non-
functioning sewer line, no additional cost for breaking existing sewer
pipe, breaking any encasement, construction of brick masonry pardi,
dewatering, desilting etc. will be paid.
64 Floors and half channel pipes

The floors shall consist of cement concrete. Salt glazed or concrete or R.C.
half channel pipes of the required size and curves shall be laid and
bedded in cement on the concrete base to the same line and fall as sewers
unless otherwise directed. Both sides of the channel pipes, shall be
benched up in concrete and rendered in cement mortar 20 mm. thick and
formed to a slope of not less than 1 in 12 to the channel.
65 Steps
Where the depth of the invert exceeds 1.20 M below the surface of the
ground, cast-iron steps weighing not less than 5.44 kg. and of approved
pattern shall be built at every four courses or 40 cm. intervals in manhole
with such additional hand iron as may be necessary for safety. The first
step shall be provided at 0.6M.
66 Pipe entering and leaving manholes

Whenever a pipe enters or leaves, manholes, bricks on edge laid around
the upper half of the pipe so as to form an arch. All around the pipe, there
shall be a joint of cement mortar 13 mm. thick between it and the bricks
and or cement concrete. The ends of all pipes shall be properly built in

213
and neatly finished of with cement mortar. The pipe projections are to be
cut so that the ends are flush with plastered surface.
67 Frames and covers :-

Cast iron frames are to be bedded in cement mortar on the brick work or
cement concrete with splayed fillet all around and in such position that
the top may be 13 mm. above the original surface of the road. The covers
are to be placed in position and the whole left neat and dry. The weight of
C.I. frame and cover shall confirm to I.S.S. 1726 of 1960 as per type design
drawings with Dy.Ch.E. Stores W.S.S.D.
Cover shall be of cast iron, circular or the required pattern, It shall be

coated with Dr. Angus Smith’s composition. Frames and covers shall be
of heavy type. It should have manufacturer’s Certificate alongwith testing
report. Before procurement of frame and cover the sample piece shall be
got approved from concerned E.E.(S.P.) Construction.
68 Vent Shafts :-
Vent shafts are to be provided at the heads of all sewers and elsewhere as
shown on the drawing s or as directed by the Engineer. The height and the
material, whether galvanized sheet iron or cast iron or R.C. shall be
decided by the Engineer. (Refer drawing No. Dy.Ch.E/S/S/No.95 dt.
18.10.88)
69 Painting Generally :-
(a) All surface shall be carefully prepared and cleaned free of grease, oil,
dust, dirt and loose surfaces.
(b) No painting shall be executed on any damp surface and suitable

precautions are to be taken to prevent dust. Each cost of paint shall be
thoroughly dry and well rubbed down before any subsequent coat is
applied.
(c) Paint shall be applied with new and first class brushes, etc. in the best
manner using the tip of the brush to avoid roping. The paint shall be
thoroughly washed and brushed into the surfaces to an even complete
coat.
(d) The contents of the cans and drums shall be thoroughly stirred and the
ingredients mixed before being used. Any material supplied which is
in any way unsatisfactory shall be returned to the manufacturer.
(e) Successive coats of paints, whether priming, undercoat or top –coat

shall be differing shades of colour to ensure the complete covering of
the surfaces by each coat.

214
(f) The contractor shall when necessary protect painted surfaces from
damage by weather or by his subsequent operations and shall make
good at his own expense any carriage incurred.
70 Painting metal surfaces :-

The Surface of uncoated iron or steel work shall be cleaned before
assembly with wire brushes to remove all rust and loose mill scale and
painted with one coat of priming paint as specified. After erection,
damage to the priming coat shall be made good by wire brushing,
removal of rust by an approved phosphate wash and repainting.
Steel and iron work that is to be continually immersed in sewage shall be

painted with three coats of bituminous paint. The reminder shall be
painted with two undercoats and one top coat of oil-based paint as
specified.
71 Refilling and Ramming :

(a) All concrete shall be thoroughly set before refilling commenced in refilling
the excavations, only selected hard dry material free from large stones or
lumps shall be used in the initial refilling and shall be carefully placed
next to the permanent work and well packed and well rammed in layers
of 150 mm. for a depth of at least 300 mm over the top of the work. The
remainder of the excavation shall be filled in with the best and most
suitable portions of the excavated material in layers of not more than 600
mm. deep, each layer shall be thoroughly rammed before the next layer is
placed, one man shall be employed for hand ramming for every man
refilling up to the level of 300 mm over the top of the pipe. In all cases
efficient mechanical rammer must be employed to consolidate the refilling
above 300 mm. over the top of the pipe. At least one mechanical rammer
must be in continual operation for every 3 men employed in refilling.
Refilling shall include the filling in of all voids caused by the withdrawal
of timbering. Surplus soil shall be piled on top of the filling to the extent
of possible subsidence. All road material which, before excavation form
the foundation to the road surface and kept separate from other excavated
material shall be carefully repacked in place after refilling to form a
compact neat surface. The Contractor shall maintain all refilling surfaces
until reinstated. The Contractor shall bear liability for claims arising from
accidents due to subsidence or inadequate maintenance.
(b) Where excavated material is not considered suitable by the Engineer the
Contractor will be required to lead and cart selected surplus excavated
material from any other part of the works and employ such material in
place of the rejected material. The Contractor may also be instructed to
supply suitable granular or other hard filling material for use in refilling;
such imported filling material will be paid for at the rates given in the Bill
of Quantities. No payments imported filling material will be made for
carting away additional surplus arising from rejected excavated material.

215
(c) When a trench is excavated under or near an existing work liable to be

affected by subsidence of the material in the trench or where any
permanent work will later be constructed under the contract, across, along
or over the line or the trench, the Contractor shall fill in the under the
trench with M 100 concrete or take such other means to prevent damage
by subsidence as the Engineer may direct, whether such work is shown on
the drawing or not, and whether it is billed in the quantities or not. Any
extra work so necessitated will be paid for according to the provisions of
the Conditions of Contract, unless, in the opinion of the Engineer. It is
necessitated by the Contractor’s negligence, bad workmanship faulty
materials or lack of reasonable foresight.
(d) The surface of the filled in trench shall be hand rolled by a hand-roller
weighing not less than ½ ton wherever directed by the Engineer.
72 Subsidence in Filling :-
Should any subsidence take place in the filling of the road on about or
above any part of the work whatsoever during maintenance period of
twelve months from the completion of the contract works, the Contractor
shall make good the same at their own cost, or the Engineer may, without
notice to the Contractors, make good the same in any way and with any
material that he may think proper, and at the expense of the Contractors.
The Engineer may also, if he anticipates the occurrence of any subsidence,
employ watchmen to give him, or whomsoever he may appoint, timely
notice of the necessary of making good the same, and the expense of such
watchman shall be charged to the Contractors.
73 Reinstating Road Surface :

Where trenches are taken in roads, the Contractors shall after refilling
them and consolidating the filling to required level, reinstate the road
surface by providing rubble soling and metalling in the case of water
bound roads and B.R.C. fabric and concreting in the case of concrete
roads. For this reinstatement the Contractors will be paid measurement of
the actual width or reinstatement or 300mm. on either side of the trench,
whichever is lower and if the excavation for the trench has been taken
unnecessarily wide on account of any mistake on the part of the
Contractor or by reason of any slip in the sides of the excavation or trench
from insufficient, imperfect careless shoring or otherwise, the extra
expenses required to reinstate the road surface to a width greater than 300
mm. on either side of the specified width of the trench shall be borne by
the Contractors.
The fencing along the trenches shall be maintained and lighted during
night hours by the Contractor until the road surface has been satisfactorily
reinstated by them as per this clause.
Pits taken for fencing / sight rail will be reinstated along with the
reinstatement of trenches and will not be paid separately.
216
74 Removing surplus materials :

All surplus materials from the excavations including any material that
may be taken out while executing the surface repairs. If required by the
Engineer to be used (for the purpose of any department of the Brihan
Mumbai Mahanagarpalika or of the ground from which the materials may
have been excavated) in the filling up of roads compounds or otherwise
shall be removed by the Contractors at their own cost within the limits of
Brihan Mumbai Mahanagarpalika and shall be spread and leveled on
stacked in depots as directed by the Engineer. Any surplus materials not
required by the Engineer for any of the above said purposes or otherwise
shall be removed by the Engineer to do so and shall be their property. In
the event of the Contractors not removing such surplus excavated
materials with the conditions required by the Engineer, he may, with or
without giving notice to be Contractors, remove the same.
75 Fittings :-
The terms “fitting” as used in this specification is intend to apply to any
every article used in combination with straight pipes, but not to a straight
pipe itself.
76 Concrete Walls :
(a) Concrete walls generally shall be constructed in alternative bays not
exceeding 5 meters in length. The height of any lift of concrete shall
not exceed 2.5 meters without written approval. Successive lifts of
concrete shall be proured in as short an interval as practicable.
(b) Walls shall be truly vertical and surfaces which are expected to view or
to liquid shall be finished to a very smoother surface. Wall thickness
shall be within plus or minus 3 mm or that specified or shown on the
drawings.
77 Concrete floors
(a) Concrete floors generally shall form smooth flat planes to grade and
level.
(b) Concrete shall be poured in bays not exceeding 8 meter in length.
78 Building in :
(a) Wherever possible and in all case where puddle flanges are provided
for pipes, structural member etc. passing through the walls of the
structures shall be built in as the work proceeds.
(b) Shuttering shall be neatly and closely trimmed around the pipe or
member and the concrete carefully compacted to give a solid
watertight bond.
79 Boxing and cutting out :

217
(a) Holes are to be boxed or cut in the walls or slabs for cables, ducts,
pipes ragbolts etc. i.e. the exact location, shape and dimensions
required as approved.
(b) Boxed out holes shall be of adequate size to allow the building in of the
pipes etc. and the proper sealing, grouting or concreting to make good.
The shuttering to the boxing shall be shaped to for rebates or keys. On
all sides and the openings formed shall be sloped to the upper edges so
that a concrete header may be formed for concreting in.
(c) Cut out holes for bolts, ragbolts etc. shall be shaped or dovetailed
during cutting to give a strong key.
(d) Full details of the proposed methods and location of all boxing, or cut
out holes shall be submitted for the approval of the Engineer well
before any formwork is erected and the Engineer may require any
change in method or dimension necessary to solidity build in and in no
gap corporate the pipes etc.
80 Building and grouting in :

(a) Bolts and other small fixing shall be carefully grouted in with a cement
sand grout in such a manner that there shall be no difference in colour
and texture from the adjoining surfaces.
(b) Pipes and larger members to be built into concrete walls shall be
carefully and neatly shuttered and concrete of the same class; colour
and texture cast and compacted around.
(c) Items built into brickwork and other materials shall be neatly fixed and
the material cut and pointed around the pipe etc.
(d) In all cases especially water retaining structures the building in shall
be solid and absolutely watertight in the event of leakage the
Contractor may be required to completely cut out and remove the
whole of the building in materials and replace the building or grouting
in material.
81 Bonding Ties :
Where brick walls are adjoining concrete the ends of brick walls shall be
bonded to reinforced concrete walls or column with 6 mm diameter mild
steel bonding ties centres, one end into reinforced concrete wall or column
and hooked around reinforcement and the other end built into brickwork.
82 Water service pipes :

All the water service pipes 50 mm or less in internal diameter together
with their fittings, except the tapes shall unless otherwise specified, be of
galvanized iron, and the quality and pattern of all such materials shall be
218
subjected to the approval of the water Department of the Municipality.

Each bib-tap shall be a screw down (of the lose valve and stuffing box
pattern), and shall bear a pressure of 21 Kg/Sq.cm. The metal must be
best gunmetal and of the best workmanship, both inside and outside. A
public stop-tap shall be a plug of the Bombay pattern now in use and of
quality of metal (except as to loose caps) and workmanship as above
prescribed for bid-tap. Each ball-tap must close water at a pressure of 7
Kg/Sq. Cm., when the ball is immersed upto three-fifth of diameter.
Galvanized wrought-iron, cast iron, and lead service pipes shall bear a
pressure of 2 Kg/Sq.Cm. lead, pipes shall weigh per meter run not less
than.
Dia. Weight Kg/RM
10mm 2.232 Kg/RM
13mm 2.976 Kg/RM
16mm 4.448 Kg/RM
20mm 5.178 Kg/RM
25mm 5.936 Kg/RM
32mm 8.914 Kg/RM
38mm 11.905 Kg/RM
Approved fitting and service pipes shall be sold from the Municipal
Stores; particulars of rates can be obtained on application to the Chief
Engineer at the Municipal office.
The rates for the water-service pipes, including bends, elbows and other
fittings and those for all other work in anyway connected therewith shall
comprise the cost of materials and of fixing the same in a proper manner
together with all charges according to rules and regulations and also the
cost of excavation and filling required. The rate of connection of a service
pipe with the water main shall include the cost of ferrule and brass stop
valve and all charges of the water department in connection therewith. All
such works shall be done by the contractors in compliance with the rules
and regulations in every respect.
83 Cast-iron work:
All cast-iron work to be supplied by the contractors shall be from the best
grey cold-blast pig-iron. The casting shall be of the best quality, clean,
sound, free from all imperfections, and of the best workmanship and from
approved manufactured. They shall be turned out clean and sound and
free from sand, porous spaces, airtight, pluging, and all other
imperfections of every kind. All the bolt-holes shall be drilled in the right
place and of required size by drilling machines. The castings shall be
straight or regular and true in every respect.
84. Wrought iron work:-

All wrought-iron works to be supplied by the contractors shall be of the
best iron, of the size and shape ordered. The iron-works shall be free from
burning, blisters and cracks. No piece shall be welded unless it is
219
absolutely necessary to do so to make up a grater length then is ordinary

available in the market. Welds when required shall be sound and
workmanlike. Rivet holes shall always be drilled when done by hand, and
shall be punched only when proper machinery is available. In the latter,
case the holes shall be cleared of any irregularity by a manner before the
riveting be begun. All rivets shall be firmly clinched whilst hot, and left
with a neat clean segmental head, free from cracks and flaws. All rivets
not passed by the Engineer shall be cut out and replaced by the
Contractors at their own cost. All bolts shall have well shaped heads
which shall be a no gap filed down so as to sit firmly and closely on the
washers, and these later shall have a level bearing on the surface against
which they abut, when they rest on a curved surface, the washers shall be
bent to the same curve and accurately filled. All screws shall be cut with
taps and dies clean and trine with a full deep thread without taper. The
holes in the nuts shall be tapped to the proper size so as to fit the bolt
accurately. All straps or collars shall be shrunk on so as to make them
firm and right. All screws, bolts straps and small articles of wrought iron
shall be dipped in or coated with raw linseed oil.
85. Wood :
The whole of the wood for use in the work shall be of the best quality,
Bombay-cut well seasoned, and free from shakes, large, loose, or dead
knots, bursts, sun cracks, flaws and imperfections of every kind. All wood
shall be Moulmein teak, unless otherwise specified.
86. Timber Preservative :

All timber hardboard etc. to be permanently incorporated into the work
shall be pressure impregnated with an approved preservative, shall be of
a type resistant to all forms of rot, termite and insect attack.
87. Wood Work :

All wood-work shall be of the best description and workmanship if after it
has been erected, any under shrinkage or bad workmanship shall appear,
the Contractors shall forthwith remove the defective work and replace the
same.
88. Contractors Earth or Murum for Filling in :

(a) All earth or murum supplied by the Contractors for filling in or
embankment shall be dry, friable and free from mud or vegetable
matter, and of a quality to be approved by the Engineer. All big
lumps or clods shall be broken, before spreading the earth or murum
on the ground.
(b) Measurements for supply of contractor’s earth for refilling.

The contractor’s earth supplied for refilling trenches will be measured
either by sectional measurement taken before an after refilling and
deducting 10 per cent from the quantities thus obtained or by lorry

220
measurement and deducting 30 per cent from quantity thus obtained

as may be directed by the Engineer.
96. Concrete:-
(A) Cement Concrete (Plan or reinforced):- All cement concrete to be used in the
work shall conform to the requirements of I.S. 456.
(B) Materials:
(a) Cement:- All cement for use on the works except otherwise stated shall be
standard Portland cement manufactured in India and shall conform to the
i.S. 269. It shall be of the make and quality approved by the Engineer.
For all underground R.C.C. works, sulphate resistant cement conforming

to IS 12330 PF 1988 Revised upto date must be used. Contractor has to
quote his rates accordingly.
The contractors should specifically note that the cement required for the
work will have to be procured by them directly from the open market.
If during the execution of work, the bags are required to weigh and any
shortage is required to be made up, by pitting extra cement in the short
weight bags, no compensation shall be paid to the contractors for this
shortage. The contractors shall take this into account while quoting their
rate of percentage, to allow for the reasonable shortfall.
The cement shall be stored in weather proor godown or cement silos

specially constructed for the purpose in such a manner as to prevent
deterioration due to moisture or intrusion of foreign matter. The weather
proof godown shall have solid impervious floor raised 300 mm. above the
general ground level so that the cement stored thereon shall not come to
direct contract with sub soil moisture. The passages and the general
construction shall be such that it affords full protection from weather
effects. Large stocks of cement shall not be kept at the works but only
sufficient quantities should be kept to maintain continuity of the work.
Storage of Cement: If cement is supplied in bags a suitable weighing scale

shall be provided as shall be required by the Engineer to be used for
checking the weight of every bag at the contractor’s expense. Bags under
weight by more than 2 percent of the nominal weight shall be rejected and
removed from the site.
No cement that has been stored for more than 90 days ordinarily be
allowed to be used on the works. Cement stored for longer period than 90
days shall be used on work only with the specific written permission of
the Engineer who shall ascertain its quality after due testing in the
laboratory, before giving such permission. All expenses in connection
with the tests shall be borne by the contractors.

221
For testing the quality of cement, samples shall be taken from every batch
at the site of work at the option of the Engineer. The contractors shall
provide every facility to the Engineer for inspection and sampling of
cement. The cement godown shall be so arranged by the contractors that
each consignment could be stacked separately and in such a manner so as
to allow counting of bags in each row with ease. The test results shall,
ordinarily, be available within a week of sampling and the contractors
shall not use any part of the consignment until the results of tests are
received and are found satisfactorily. Should, however, the use of such
cement becomes imperative before the test results are received, the
contractors may do so entirely at their own risk and cost and the whole of
such work carried out by them is liable for rejection, if the test results are
found unsatisfactorily. Any consignment falling to meet the requirements
of I.S. 269 shall be rejected and shall be removed from the work site within
48 hours of the intimation from the Engineer. The decision of the Engineer
in this respect shall be final and binding on the contractors.
All charges in connection with the testing of cement such as transport or

samples, testing fees etc. shall be borne by the contractors.
The cement used in any type of concrete shall be always be measured by

weight and one cubic meter shall be taken as weighing 1440 kgs. (Table 30
of A.C.C. Hand book).
Aggregates:- As the aggregates shall conform to the latest I.S. 383. The
aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring sand and gravel or stones
crushed or uncrushed or a combination thereof. They are classified
broadly under two categories viz. (i) Sand or fine aggregates and (ii)
coarse aggregates, depending upon their sizes. The fine aggregates are
those which pass through I.S. Sieve No. 475 and the coarse aggregates are
those which are retained on the I.S. sieve no. 475.
a) Storage of Aggregates:- The fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored

separately and in such a manner that segregation of heavy sized
particles shall not occur. The stock piles shall be formed on a platform
of weak concrete timber or similar approved hard standing and
aggregates shall be kept clean and free from foreign substances.
b) Aggregates shall not be unloaded on the roadways or pathways and the

Engineer may reject any stock piled or part of a stock pile if improper
storage has, in this opinion, caused contamination with foreign
substances.
c) Storage piles of aggregates shall be arranged with proper drainage and

protection from rainfall in order to prevent excessive changes in
moisture content taking place during concreting.

222
The aggregates both fine and course shall be hard, strong and durable
clean, free from veins and adherent casting. The use of flaky and
elongated pieces of aggregates shall be prohibited.
The aggregates shall not contain deleterious such as iron pyrite, coal mica,
shale or similar laximinate material, clay, alkali, soft fragments, sea shells,
organic impurities etc. in such quantity as to affect the strength or
durability of concrete or the reinforcement embedded in such reinforced
concrete.
The maximum quantities of deleterious materials that may be permitted

shall conform to the following limits by weight.
Deleterious substances Fine Aggregates Course Aggregates

percent by weight percent by weight
Uncrushe Crushed Uncrushed Crushed
d
1 Coal and lignite 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
.
2 Clay lumps 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
.
3 Soft fragments - - 3.00 -
.
4 Material passing 3.00 3.00 3.00 1.00
. through 75 Micron
5 Shale 1.00 - - -
.
The total of various deleterious materials occurring in any sample shall in

no case. Exceed 5 percent.
If it is not properly graded, it shall be screened by hand or by mechanical

means and the various sizes proportioned to get the required grading.
Storing of aggregates on dusty, muddy and grassy spots shall be avoided.

They shall be stored on the works in such a manner so as to prevent
intrusion of foreign matter and protected from exposure to dust. They
shall be placed in stock piles in individual units of suitable sizes and in
suitable layers to prevent segregation. They shall not be allowed to run
down slopes.
(1) Sand or fine aggregates: All fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard
strong durable uncoated delicious grit material consisting of well graded
particles obtained from rock fragments. It shall be free from clay from
lumps, injurious amount of dust, mila sheils, soft or flaky particles, shale,
alkali, organic matter, loan or other deleterious substances.

223
The sand shall be taken from sources approved by the Engineer, The sand
or fine aggregates shall conform to the latest I.S.No. 383.
If the Engineer considers it necessary, it shall be washed and / or screened

before use, at the expenses of the contractors.
The sand shall have a fineness modulus of not less than 2.5 and not more
than 3.0 and the grading shall conform as far as possible to the following
analysis:-
I.S. Sieve No. Percent Passing

Natual sand or crushed gravel Crushed stone
480 95.100 90.100
240 70.95 60.90
120 45.85 40.80
60 25.60 20.50
30 5.30 5.30
The specific gravity of sand shall not be less than 2.6
In no case shall fine aggregates be accepted, containing more than 2% by

dry weight not more than 3 / ½ % by dry volume not more than 5% of
clay, loam, silt in one hour settlement after shaking in an excess of water,
the lot represented by the sample shall be rejected.
The following two field tests are recommended for ascertaining the
percentage of clay lumps and impervious organic material and the
contractors shall carry out the same if Engineer deems necessary.
(i) Test for determining silt in sand:

Fill a calibrated tumber with sand to half it volumes and add thereto
until the tumbler is three quarter full, Shake up the mixture vigorously
and allow it to settle for about an hour, the volume of silt visible on top
of the sand shall e measured. If the volumes of the silt standing over
the sand exceeds 5% of total volumes of sand, same shall be rejected.
(ii) Colormetric test for organic impurities:

The sample of sand shall be mixed with equal volume 3% solution
(about one ounce in a quarter of water) or caustic soda/sodium
hydroxide taken in plain glass and the mixture shall be allowed to
stand for 24 hours. The liquid standing above the sand shall not be
darker than light straw (pale yellow) colour. If the colour is marked
yellow or brown, the test would indicate presence of organic materials
in excessive amount.

224
In case suitable sand is not available in adequate quantities within a

reasonable and economic limit, the contractors may be allowed to use
crushed or pulverized stone or gravel either alone or mixed within
natural sand in parts. The stone or gravel shall be clean sharp and free
from dust etc. and shall conform to the latest I.S. 383.
The percentage of crushed stone to be mixed with and shall be such as

to obtain the fineness modules of the blended sand within the limits
specified above, and / or as approved by the Engineer after laboratory
tests.
(2) Coarse aggregates: All coarse aggregates used in concrete works shall
consists of crushed rock gravel or other approved inert materials.
Broken or crushed rock from sound blue basalt or black trap free from
Zeolite or other common – impurities shall be used in the concrete as
coarse aggregate. The particles of aggregates shall be clean hard tough
durable free from deleterious substances and shall contain no soft, flat or
elongated pieces. The coarse aggregates shall have specific gravity not less
than 2.6 and the water absorption measured after being immersed for 24
hours in water shall not be more than 6% by weight. The maximum
percentage of deleterious materials in the coarse aggregates shall not
exceed 5% by weight in the aggregate when tested in conformity with I.S.
No. 383.
The nominal size of the coarse aggregate for reinforced concrete work
shall be 20 mm larger coarse aggregate upto 40 mm size may be used if
approved by the Engineer, in plain concrete work. The maximum size of
coarse aggregate shall be as large as possible within the limits specified
but in no case shall be grater than one quarter of the, minimum thickness
of the member. Provided that the concrete can be placed in the form work
without difficulty so as to surround all reinforced thoroughly and to fill
the corners of the form work. The minimum size of course aggregate shall
be as large as possible within the limits specified but in no case shall be
greater than one quarter of the minimum, thickness of the member,
provided that the concrete can be placed in the form work without
difficulty so as to surround all reinforcement thoroughly and to fill the
corners of the form work. The minimum, size of coarse aggregates shall be
mentioned earlier, such as to retain most of the material (90% to 95%
maximum) on I.S. sieve No.475)
The aggregates shall be screened and if necessary blended to give the

required grading when tested in the laboratory at contractors cost by
means of standard mesh sieves the grading short fall within the following
limits.
Sieves Size Percentage retain by Weight

Plain C.C. R.C.C.
225
40 mm --- ---
25 mm 10 to 15 ---
20 mm 35 to 40 15.0
10 mm 75 to 80 100.0
No. 475 98 to 100 100-95
The percentage given above are for guidance and the Engineer reserves
the right to modify the same to any other lower or higher value if
considered necessary by him in consultant with the requirements of the
work.
In the event of undesirable segregation occurring in coarse aggregates the

contractors shall separate the coarse aggregate in two or more suitable
fractions as directed by the Engineer who shall set up the required limits
for each such fraction. The grading so specified shall be such as to give a
dense, water tight concrete of specified proportion and strength and
required consistency.
The Engineer shall have the right and authority to carry out routine
control tests an analysis of the broken rock at any stage of the work
processing and / or concreting operations and the contractors shall give
all necessary facilities in respect of such testing. The sampling and testing
shall be carried out as per standard I.S. Practice entirely at the const of
contractors.
(3) Water:-
The water used for the preparation of concrete for washing sand etc. and
for curing shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of silt
organic material acid alskli salts, oil and other deleterious impurities and
it shall obtained from the sources approved by the Engineer. Portable
water shall generally be found fit for preparation of concrete. The quantity
of water to be added for making concrete shall be properly measured and
controlled. The water to be used for construction purpose will be tested in
municipal lab. The water to be used for construction must conform to IS-
456 amended upto date.
Water Cement Ratio: Suitable water cement ratios for the different mixes
and used shall be determined in consultation with the Engineer and they
shall generally not be exceeding 0.5 (i.e. 5% by weight) the exact values
being fixed after taking into account all relevant factors such as strength
required weather condition, water absorbed by material workability and
slumps required consistent with the work requirement methods of
compaction etc.
(C) Concrete:- All cement concrete whether used in R.C.C. work or plane
concrete work shall be M-10 designed in grades ( by the strength it
acquires at the age of 28 days) M-10, M-15, M-20 and M-25 where M refers
to the mix and the numbers 10, 15, 20 and 25 represent the specified 28

226
days works cube compressive strength of the mix under reference

expressed in Newton / mm2
The proportions of cement aggregate water of ordinary cement concrete
shall be as designed below and shall generally consist of quantities as
given in the table below per bag of cement.
Table 1 : Concrete mix proportion for ordinary concrete

Grade of Concrete Total quantity of dry Quantity of water per
aggregates (fine and 50 kg of cement
coarse) by volume per (Max in litres)
50 kg Cement
(max. in litres)
M-10 300 34
M-15 220 32
M-20 160 30
M-25 100 27
The preparation of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate for the various

mixes listed above shall generally be 1:2 by volume but variation from 1:1
1/3 to 1:3 depending upon the grading of the aggregate may be permitted
by the Engineer. The total quantity of fine and coarse aggregate however
shall not in any case exceed the quantity given in the above table 1.
The cement concrete shall be tested for compressive strength at the age of
28 days on 15 cm. Cubes in accordance with the latest I.S.: 516 and the
strength developed for all types of concrete shall not be less than those
given in Table 2.
Table 2: Strength requirement of concrete

Grade of concrete Minimum compressive strength of 15 cm cubes
at 28 days in Kgs/Cms2
Preliminary test Work test
M-10 135 100
M-15 200 150
M-20 260 200
M-25 320 250
For quick results the contractors shall carry out compression tests on
representative 15 cm cubes in accordance with relevant I.S. 516 at 7 days
in addition to the normal 28 days compressive strength. The 7 days
strength of the various concrete mixes shall not be less than the values
given in the Table below. However the 28 days compressive strength
alone shall be the criteria for acceptance or rejection of the concrete unless
the Engineer is satisfied of the relating between 7 days compressive
strength and the 28 days compressive strength established by carrying out
a number of tests in which case he may relax the test frequency of 28 days
compressive strength specified hereinafter.

227
Table 3: Optional works test requirement of concrete

Grade of concrete Minimum compressive strength of 15 cm cubes at
Kgs./Cms2 20 days, in
M-10 70
M-15 100
M-20 135
M-25 170
All test strength specified above are exclusively for 15 cm size cubes and
they shall be adequately modified to suit the requirement of 15 cm dia.
and 30 cm. long cylinder modes wherever used. In case of cylinder the
strength values obtained should be multiplied by 1.25 to obtain the
equivalent cubes strength.
All cement concrete whether plain reinforced shall be generally /

machined mixed. No hand mixing will be allowed without specified
sanction.
For minor detail of R.C.C. work and where any modification is desired the
same shall have to be done according to the R.C.C. code of the Mumbai
Municipal Corporation and as directed by Engineer.
All concrete used in Municipal works shall be tested for compressive

strength at the Municipal materials testing laboratory generally as
specified L.S. No. 456 of 1957. The above specifications do not cover leaner
mixes such as M-100 concrete is used extensively (i.e. more than 75 cu.mt.
in one work it shall be tested in the same manner as given under I.S.S.
referred to above. The minimum strength M-100 concrete shall be
Kgs./Sq.m for 7 days and 105 Kg/sq Cm for 28 days.
If the quantity of plane concrete and the concrete not to be used for
structural work to be laid on any day is less than 8 cu. M the testing
concrete may not be insisted upon by the Engineer at his own discretion.
If however the quantity exceeds 8 cu. m. test specimens must be taken and
sent to the Municipal laboratory for testing.
It the average of the results of the concrete cube crushing tests carried at
the age of 7 and 28 days in unsatisfactory a Hammer tests shall be done by
the staff of Municipal Material Testing Laboratory, Worli at Contractor’s
cost. The charges for carrying out such hammer test shall be paid by the
contractors as per the revised rates.
(D) Controls and testing of concrete:

Following tests shall be carried out at site whenever required by the
Engineer in accordance with I.S. 516 (latest)
1. Works tests – 7 days and 28 days compressive tests.
2. Consistency tests.
3. Moisture contents in aggregate
228
4. Unit weight of concrete
1. Work Tests:-
During concrete operations samples of concrete as placed in the work
shall be taken every day and a set of 6 cubes or cylinders shall be made
their form for being testing for their compressive strength. The
consistency (slump) tests shall also made and the slump recorded.
All concrete cubes or cylinders shall be tested for compressive strength as

specified under I.S. 456 and 516 at the Municipal Material Testing
Laboratory generally as per specifications under the latest I.S. 456 and I.S.
516. The above specifications cover concrete mix or grade M-100 and
above. Ordinarily it is not necessary to test the compressive strength of
mix or grade M-100 as it is generally used for non-structural purposes.
However when this mix (W-100) is used extensive on works (i.e. more
than 75 cum. of concrete is to be placed at one time in any work) it shall be
tested in the same manner as other grades of concrete used for structure
purposes.
The minimum strength of various grades of concrete both at the age 7

days and 28 days in tables 2 and 3.
In the case of concrete of mix M-150 and above the Engineer may not
insist on the testing of concrete if the quantity of concrete to be laid on any
particular days less than 10 cum. If however the quantity exceeds 10 cum
tests specimens must invariably be taken and sent to the Municipal
Laboratory for testing.
Specimen shall be made for every sample and three of them tested for 7
days strength. As mentioned earlier the 28 days strength of concrete shall
alone form the criteria for acceptance or rejection of concrete. With this
point in view of the concrete samples shall be tested both for 7 days
strength as well 28 days strength at the start of work and this shall be
continued until the Engineer is satisfied that a proper relation between 7
days compressive strength and 28 days strength is established in which
case he may decide to relax the frequency of testing the concrete cubes for
28 days compressive strength.
If the average of strength of the specimens tested at the age of 7 cr. 28 days
is not less than the strength specified in Tables 2 and 3, the testing shall be
considered satisfactorily subject to the condition that only one out of 3
consecutive tests may give a value less than specified strength but not less
than 90% of the specified strength. If the tests are unsatisfactory the
contractors shall take immediate steps to carry out remedial measures as
may be directed by the Engineer in respect of such works entirely at the
risk and cost of the contractors. Failure of a sample in test may entail
partial or whole demolition of such work heavy penalties. Black-listing of
the contractors concerned and / or such other similar steps. The results of
229
the tests conducted at the Municipal materials testing laboratory shall be

taken as final and binding on the contractors. In case of any dispute the
decision of the Municipal Commissioner shall be binding on the
contractors.
As record showing the location of test specimen and daily progress of the
work done shall be maintained by the Engineer in charge and shall be
counter signed by the contractors or their representative. In case of any
dispute the decision of the Municipal Commissioner shall be binding on
the contractors.
The Municipal Material Testing Laboratory is at present located in the

premises of Ashalt Plant off Dr. Annie BaZant Road, Worli. The
Contractors shall deliver the specimen for testing at this laboratory at their
own cost in the Municipal Laboratory. These fees may vary from year to
year as sanctioned by the competent authority. In case the contractors are
unable to bring their own modules for taking samples moulds may be
given on hire for the duration of 48 hours. If the moulds are retained by
the contractor beyond this period additional hire charges for a set of 6 will
be charged. The contractors will have to obtain these moulds from the
Municipal Material Testing Laboratory and deliver them back at their own
cost.
(2) Consistency – Slump Test:

The workability of concrete shall be checked at frequent intervals. The
slump test will be carried out in accordance with the standard method
given under I.S. Specification mentioned above. The slump shall be as
small as practicable consistent with the efficient working and compacting
of concrete. The slump shall not exceed 64 mm. but the Engineer may
under exceptional condition permit greater slump unto a limit of 150 mm.
The standard consistency test shall be applied every time at each mixer
when test cubes are taken for the works compressive strength test.
(3) Moisture content in the aggregates:-

The moisture contents in the aggregates shall be determined in the field in
accordance with the latest I.S. No. 2386 (Part III) Methods of test of
aggregates for concrete.
(4) Unit weight of concrete:

It shall be determined by placing representative samples of concrete in a
unit measure capacity and vibrating it externally by small vibrator or
hand compacting to represent actual placing condition. The top of the
concrete shall then to made truly flush with the top of the mould and the
weight of concrete per cu.mt. determined after curing and drying. The
weight of dry concrete shall be between 2400 – 2625 cum.

230
A complete record regarding various tests carried out at site and – in the
laboratory shall be kept by the Engineer. The contractors shall provide at
their own cost all facilities for labour material transport etc. required for
the proper execution of the above tests.
Any concrete which does not comply with the above requirements shall
be liable for rejections by the Engineer.
(E) Gauge boxes:

Gauge boxes of approved type shall be used for measuring sand and
coarse aggregates on volumetric basis. Such boxes shall be of seasoned
timber or steel and shall be of such sizes and shape and shall be used in a
manner as to enable the proportion of the material to be checked readily.
The cement used in concrete however shall not be used by measuring it in
gauge boxes but it shall be measured by weight whatever may be the type
of concrete.
(F) Storage of material:

Cement fine and coarse aggregates shall be separately at the site of work
in such a manner so as to prevent any deterioration or admixture of
foreign materials. Any material which has been damaged or is considered
defective by the Engineer shall not be used on the works and shall be
removed immediately from the site of work.
(G) Manufacture and placement of Concrete:

(i) Batching:
Whether controlled concrete or ordinary concrete is to be mixed the
quality of cement shall be determined by weight. It the makers weight per
bags is to be used the same shall be verified by weighing separately a
reasonable number of bags.
Whenever direct use of bagged cement is allowed one Jute bag of cement
shall be considered to contain 50 kg net weight of cement. This shall
however be verified at site by weighting for which the contractors shall
provide an accurate weighting apparatus on work site.
Having one designed the mix the Engineer may permit further mixing of
the aggregate to be done on volumetric basis for a particular batch or
stock of aggregates which has been used in the design of the mix.
The water shall be either measured by volume in calibrated tanks or

weighted, for volumetric measurements gauge boxes of approved type as
described earlier shall be used for measuring the fine and coarse
aggregates in required proportion.
(ii) Mixing of concrete:

Trials Mixes:

231
(a) Before concreting commences the contractor shall at his own expenses
make trial mixes to determine the mix proportion required to produce
the strength for each Class of concrete and for each degree of
workability required. Only material which the Contractor intends to
use for concreting on the works shall be used in preparing these mixes.
(b) The workability of each trial mix shall be recorded.

The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical and / or weight batch
mixer of adequate capacity. The ingredients shall be added to each
batch of mix by weight volume or both as the case may be so as to
ensure accurate proportioning. Water for each batch of concrete shall
measured in standard container so as to ensure the same amount of
water being used each time and shall be added prior to during and
following mixer charging operation. The mixing of each batch shall be
done for a period of not less than two minutes or shall continue until
there is a uniform distribution of material having the mass of uniform
colour and consistency. Every care shall be taken to ensure that there is
no segregation while unloading the mixture.
Mixing shall be done as near the place of placement as possible and

adequate shed shall be constructed over the mixer to protect the
discharged concrete from the effect of direct sunrays. Small additional
amount of water if necessary shall be allowed to be added to the mixer
to compensate for any anticipated evaporation losses during transport.
The quantity of water to be added shall be sufficient to allow a

workable mix being made tampered and vibrated into all parts of the
mould and between the reinforcement.
97. Transporting Concrete:

The concrete shall be transported in clean metal buckets barrow dumpers
or truck and the written approval of the Engineer must be obtained before
any method involving the use of concrete pumps places pipelines chutes
or spouts may be used.
98. Placing of Concrete:

(a) Unless otherwise approved concrete shall be placed in a single operation
to the full thickness of slabs beams and similar members and shall be
placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 600 mm. deep of 230 mm when
manually compacted in walls columns and similar members.
(b) The Contractors shall so organize his work that once concreting of a
particular section of the work has started the operation shall be
continuous and each operation shall be completed prior to a stoppage for
meals etc. The contractors attention is drawn to the requirements
regarding the formation of construction joints.

232
(c) Where concrete is to be placed directly against the surface of excavation all
softened material and debris shall removed from the contact surfaces
which shall be made dry clean any other cause they shall again be
excavated to firm material and trimmed as directed immediately before
the concrete is placed. The contractor in such event shall receive no
payment for the additional excavation and trimming or for any additional
concrete required to replace the material so removed.
(d) Concrete shall be well compacted between and round the steel
reinforcement by approved means so as to ensure compact concrete with
smooth surfaces without air holes flaws or voids. Great case shall be taken
to prevent the displacement of the steel before during or after concreting.
Whenever possible all reinforcing members shall be fixed in position
before the concreting has been must be inserted during concreting shall be
placed with the greatest case to ensure their perfect location in the
finished work.
(d) Great care shall be taken to prevent men engaged in placing concrete from
introducing clay or other foreign matter into the concrete or formwork by
means of their boots or in any other way.
Concrete shall be placed through chutes where ever the fall is more than
1.5 m to avoid segregation. No part of shoring provided in trenches shall
be used for platform to lay concrete in the trench.
99. Concreting through water:-

Concrete shall not be deposited under water without the prior consent in
writing of the Engineer. In the event of permission being given the
amount of cement in every batch shall be increased by twenty five percent
entirely at the expenses of the Contractor and he shall take every
reasonable precaution to ensure that cement or fine aggregate is not
washed out of any concrete so deposited by any flow of water.
100. Finish of Concrete:

(a) On removal of the shuttering and after the approval of the Engineer
honey combed surfaces shall be made good immediately by a method
approved by the Engineer and superficial water and air holes shall be
filled in. Unless instructed to the contrary the faces of explored
concrete placed against shuttering shall be rubbed down with a
carborandum stone immediately upon removal of the shuttering to
remove fins or other irregularities. The face of concrete for which
shuttering to remove fins or other irregularities. The face of concrete
for which shuttering is not provided other than a slab shall be
smoothed with a wooden float to give a finish equal to that of the
rubbed down face where shuttering is provided. No cement wash
mortar or paint may be applied to any concrete surface without the
express instruction of permission of the Engineer. Generally concrete
finishes as struck from the shuttering are required.
233
(b) All floors slabs inverts shall be laid to the required thickness
inclinations and curvatures shown on the detail drawings. The falls
shall be evenly laid so that no pockets occur and the concrete shall be
rammed consolidated and formed to a true and even slope by means
of wooden screeds and straight edges and shall immediately thereafter
be fleated over with a wooden fleat by hollows or rough places
unavoidably left after screeding being filled up with fine concrete.
Subsequently and just before setting the concrete shall be finished off
smooth and even surface with metal floats unless otherwise ordered.
(c) Laying of concrete floors and inverts in two courses will not be
permitted except where specified or by special permission of the
Engineer in writing. Where screeds are required or approved the
structural concrete shall be keyed and prepared as specified for
construction joints and the screeding properly bonded.
(d) First class plane surfaces free from ripples hollows air holes or exposed
aggregates is required.
101. Protection of Concrete:

(a) Concrete placed below ground level shall be protected from falling
earth during and after placing concrete placed in ground containing
deleterious substances shall be kept free from contact with such
ground and with water draining there from during lacing and for a
period of three days or as otherwise instructed thereafter.
(b) No load of any kind however light shall be allowed on concrete which
has not properly set and the contractor shall prevent men from
walking on or laying planks on concrete unit it has been pronounced
by the Engineer to e ready to carry a load.
(c) Immediately after the compaction of the concrete has been completed
the contractor shall ensure that is adequately protected from the
weather. Protective materials shall be kept continuously damp and in
position for a minimum period of fourteen days or such other time as
the Engineer may direct.
(d) Approved membrane curing compounds may be permitted. They shall

be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
within ½ hour of stripping the form work of placing the concrete. They
shall contain a dye to ensure the compete treatment of the surface of
the concrete.
(e) Where large sections of concrete are poured special precautions to the
approval of the Engineer shall be taken to reduce and dissipate the
heat generated by the setting and hardening of the concrete.

234
102. Concrete Additives:

(a) The use of retarders will not be permitted.
(b) Other additives shall only be used if written permission has been
obtained from the Engineer. They shall be obtained from a
manufacturer approved by the Engineer and shall be used strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer’s and the Engineer’s instructions.
103. Sulphate Resisting and Rapid Hardening Cement Concrete:

Where sulphate resisting or rapid hardening Portland Cement is specified
or ordered by the Engineer in writing the extra cost will be paid extra over
the price for Portlant Cement concrete of similar grade.
104. Permission for starting the concrete work:

The surface whether, concrete or rock or form work etc. on which concrete
is to be placed shall be got inspected and approved by the Engineer who
shall then issue the permission for starting the work. Any Concrete work
done without such permission shall be cut out and removed at the cost of
contractors.
No concreting shall be started unless the surface of the foundation is first

inspected and approved by the Engineer as stated above. If concreting is
to be done on concrete previously laid the surface of the old concrete shall
be cleaned with wire brushes and all laitance removed to expose the
original surface of metal and sand particles etc. It shall than be covered
with a 7 mm thick work shall be gently tapped by spades during
concreting.
106. Curing of concrete:

All concrete work shall be protected form direct rays of sun. The exposed
surfaces shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 10 days or for such
larger as may be directed by the Engineer. Concrete laid shall not be
disturbed and shall be suitably protected from any injury until completely
set; particular care shall be taken at all corner sand edges of the members.
All horizontal concrete surfaces shall be kept constantly wet by ponding
or in any other manner approved by the engineer till the time of next
pouring, regardless of time concrete surfaces shall be cured either by
sprinkling or by spraying water or by adopting any other method to keep
the area most. Flat or vertical surfaces may be covered with damp gunny
bags and wared frequently. Water used for curing shall be clean and free
from any excessive amount of silt, colouring, matter or impurities which
may stain the finished work. In order to ensure adequate quantities of
water for curing, the contractors shall make necessary monuments such as
providing sufficient length of temporary pipe lines of suitable sizes
storage of water in tanks and / or use of bristles.
107. Defective Concrete:

235
Defective Concrete shall be cut out and the work constructed with fresh
concrete of required quality in the presence of the Engineer. The concrete
this cutout shall not be used under any circumstances. Should any
concrete become permanently damages due to cracking, or broken or
damaged from whatever cause or should any concrete be found defective
in quality due to honeycombing or bad workmanship, it shall be removed
forthwith and replaced by concrete of required quality at the cost of the
contractors to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
108. Concrete for invert sewers:-

The concrete for the invert blocks shall unless otherwise specified to of M
150 grades. The Contractors shall provide a sufficient number of mould
boxes to allow the blocks to remain in them for atleast 24 hours. The
blocks shall be kept well moistened with water, both whilein the moulds
and after removal there from and for a period of seven days shall be
shaded from the sun till used in the drain. No blocks less than three days
old shall be introduced into the work and no blocks should exceed 0.60 m
in length.
109. Construction of Concrete sewers:-

The bed of the circular sewer shall be formed of cement concrete of the
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. The lower portion of the
sewer shall be constructed as shown on the drawing, of cement concrete
laid, rammed and consolidated in situ between a centering formed in the
shape of the inside of the sewer and the sides of the excavation which
shall be excavated vertically down to the bed of the sewer. The upper
portion of the sewer shall be built of cement concrete in the proportion of
M 200. The whole of the inside of the sewer together with the out side of
the arch shall be plastered with cement plastering.
110. Premixed Concrete:

(a) If the Contractors wished to used premixed concrete he must obtain the
written consent of the Engineer who will, inter alia, require to be satisfied
as the ability and willingness of the proposed supplier to adhere to his
specification that the supplier has adequate plant to produce the required
output and that control of the mix proportions is satisfactory. The
Engineers shall have access during all working hours to the plant.
(b) The concrete shall comply in all respects with the specified requirements
for concrete and the contractors shall arrange and pay for the making of
all the requisite tests.
(c) Premix concrete may only be transported in continuous mixing lorries of

an approved design and type. The concrete must be transported dry and
the water added to the mix after arrival at eh site and immediately before
placing.
111. Construction joints:

236
(a) Construction joints shall be of an approve shape and shall be vertical or

horizontal, as required except that in inclined or curved member the joints
shall be at right angle to the axis of the member. The joints shall be formed
only in the places approved by the Engineer.
(b) Construction joints shall be provided in the position described on the

drawings or elsewhere and where not so described shall be in accordance
with the following. A joint shall be formed horizontally at the top of a
foundation and 75 mm below the lowest soffits of the beams meeting at
the head of a column. A joint shall be formed in the rid of a large tee-beam
and all beams and 25 mm. below the soffit of the slab. Concrete in a hunch
or a splay on a beam or brace, and in the head of column where one or
more beams meet shall be placed without a joint at the same time as that
in the beam or beams or brace. Concrete in the splay at the junction of a
wall and slab shall be placed without a joint at the same time as that in the
slab. Concrete in a beam shall be placed throughout without a joint, but if
the provision of a joint is unavoidable the joint shall be vertical and at the
middle of a span. A joint in slab be vertical and parallel to the principal
reinforcement, where it is unavoidable at right angles to the principal
reinforcement the joint shall be vertical and the middle of the span.
(c) Main construction joints are to be keyed by the use of battens placed into
the concrete and subsequently removed.
Before placing new concrete against concrete that has already set or
hardened, the face of the old concrete shall be cleaned and roughened and
scum and loose aggregate removed there from leaving a surface of clean
exposed aggregate. Immediately before placing the new concrete the face
shall be thoroughly wetted and a coating of net cement grout applied
thereto. The new concrete shall be well rammed against the prepared face
before grout sets.
(d) Construction joints in the floor and walls of water retaining structures are
to be formed as specified for other joints and in addition and approved
water stop shall be used. Stop shall be rubber or P.V.C. not less than 150
mm. wide and 10 mm thick with concrete in an approved manner, and
joints in the water stop are to be bounded or welded together for the full
width of the strip.
112. Permanent Joints:

(a) Expansion joints, contraction joints or other permanent structure joints
shall be provided in the position and of the form as detailed in drawing
and fully described in the Bills of Quantities.
(b) Expansion and contraction joints shall be formed by casting the concrete
against the jointing material. The material shall be lightly but securely
fixed to the shuttering forming the joint and the concrete bounded to the
material. During refixing shutters and preparing for the second pour
237
concrete all necessary precautions must be taken to protect the jointing

material. The concrete on the second pour shall be thoroughly compacted
against the material, care being taken with the compacting vibrators and
tools to avoid damages to the material.
(c) The sealing of expansion, contraction joints etc. shall be effected by

forming a triangular rebate, centrally over the jointing material. The
jointing material shall be neatly cut back, where necessary to the rear of
the rebate. The rebate shall be primed and sealed with the approved
compound and the face of the sealer pointed or trimmed to a near straight
edged line as indicated on the drawings. One half of the sealer pointed or
trimmed to a neat straight edged line as indicated on the drawings. One
half of the dowel or link bar shall be firmly cast and bounded into the
paper, fitted with cardboard cylinder or painted with an approved
bitumen paint to prevent the establishment of the any bond.
113. Water bars:

(a) Water bars shall be of an approved type and shall be obtained from an
approved manufacturer. They shall be of a nature or synthetic rubber,
entruded P.V.C. plastic or copper strip. The copper strip shall comply
with B.S. 1878, 1952, shall be adequate gauge and shall not be perforated.
(b) The rubber or P.V.C. strips shall be of adequate dimensions generally not
less than 150 mm wide by 6 mm thick with keys at each and a central
shear bulb.
114. Expansion Jointing Material

Expansion Jointing shall be supplied in the required thickness and widths
required and no multi joints will be permitted. The material shall
comprise at an approved cellular material with a high degree of recovery
after crushing and the material shall be thoroughly impregnated with a
suitable preservative.
115. Form Work

(i) Material:- All form work for concrete works shall be made either of plain
and matched timber or M.S. Plates. The timber for the works shall be hard
wood dry and well seasoned. It shall not be so dry as to absorb water from
concrete not shall it be so green as to shirk after erection. When steel plates
are used for forms, the plates shall be free from wrinkles, dents, lumps or
other imperfections. The timber boards or steel plates shall have sufficient
thickness to withstand the construction loads and the pressure exerted by
the wet concrete as well as vibrator during placing of concrete. Normally
the thickness shall not be less than 38 mm. for timber and 18 gauges for
M.S. plates. However, in case where the depth of concrete to be poured in
the formwork is small the thickness is small the thickness of timber planks
may be reduced in consultation with the Engineer.

238
(ii) Arrangement: All forms shall conform to the shape lines, dimensions as
shown on the plans of the concrete members the formwork shall include
all wedging, bracing, tie-rod, clamps, stop off boards and other devices
necessary to mould the concrete to the desired shape.
The framework shall be constructed as to remain sufficiently right during

the placing and compacting of the concrete and shall with stand the
necessary pressured, ramming and vibrations without any deflection from
the prescribed lines and curves. It shall be properly strutted and braced in
at least two directions.
Where the depth of form work exceeds 1.5 meter the contractors shall
keep on side partly open from which the concrete could be placed and the
planking on the side could be raised as the work proceeds. This will avoid
segregation of material in concrete and also facilitate its proper vibration.
Before concrete is placed all rubbish shall be removed from the interior of
the forms and the surfaces of the form work in contact with the concrete
shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted. The inside surfaces of the form
work shall be treated with a coat of line, oil or any other material
approved by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to see that the above
approved composition is kept out of contact with the reinforcement. The
slab countering shall be covered with “double wax” water proofing paper
or tar paper or polythene sheet as directed by the Engineer.
Where no special finish is desired such as slabs, columns in the reservoir

etc. and where form finish is acceptable, the form work may be prepared
out of “Anchor” brand plywood or similar material which shall give a
good finish to the concrete surface and this obviate the necessity or
providing cement plaster finish. For works which are of repetitive nature,
such as columns footings, predestals for pipes-pedestal footings, the
formwork shall be fabricated out of steel plates and structural, to obtain in
form finish throughout the work. In all cases the form work shall be
inspected and approved by the Engineer, before any concreting is started.
The contractors shall, however, be solely responsible for the proper
design, adequacy and stability of the formwork, if at any time in the
opinion of the Engineer, the formwork provided is not considered
sufficiently rigid and / or is defective the contractors shall improve or
strengthen the same in such a manner as the Engineer may direct.
(iii) Removal of form work:- In no circumstances shall forms be struck off

until the concrete reaches adequate strength as required or without
obtaining permission of the Engineer. All form work shall be removed
without any shock or vibration as would damage the concrete. Before the
soffit and the struts are removed the concrete face shall be exposed where
necessary in order to ascertain that the concrete has hardened sufficient
for the responsibility for the removal of the form work whether whole or
part, shall rest entirely with the contractors who must never the less be
239
guided by the opinion of the Engineer in this regard. The work of striking
and the removal of form work shall be conducted in the presence of the
Engineer and under personal supervision of a competent foreman in the
employment of the contractor.
Generally nothing less than the following times should elapse between the
filling in of the concrete and removal of the forms:-
a) Vertical sides of slab, beams and columns 48 hours
b) Bottoms of slabs upto 4.6 metre span 7 days
c) Bottom of slabs above 4.6 meter span
Bottom of beams upto 20 ft./6 metre span and
Arch rib bottoms upto 6 metre span. 14 days
d) Bottoms of beams over 6 metre span, and
Arch rib above 6 metre span. 21 days
Surface treatment and finish:-

When the formwork is struck, all the faces of concrete shall be smooth and
sound, free from voids and air holes. Any roughness or irregularity on the
exposed surfaces shall be immediately filled up while the concrete is still
green, with cement grout, cement wash and / or 1:1 1/2 cement mortar
properly trowelled and finished. Such patchning of the concrete face shall
be carried only with the permission of the Engineer. If the concrete is
found honey combed, the honey combed portion and whatever
surrounding concrete that may be considered unsatisfactory by the
engineer shall be dismantled and fresh concrete of proper quality shall be
reinstated at contractors cost.
116. Reinforcement:
(i) Supply: The steel reinforcement to be used on the works shall conforms to
he specifications of the latest I.S. No. 432, I.S. No. 1139, I.S. No. 1786, I.S.
No. 1566, I.S. No. 226 as the case may be in respect of physical properties,
chemical requirement, tolerance limits etc.
All steel reinforcement required for the works shall be supplied by the
contractors who shall make their own arrangements for the procurement
of reinforcements bars from the open market.
In case, reinforcement bars are not freely available in the market, the
corporation shall give the contractors necessary authorization for its
procurement or arrange for release of the steel required for the work
through the Government steel distributing agency.
In the interest of the work the corporation may also supply to the
contractors the reinforcement bars if available in the Municipal Stores and
the same shall be sold to the contractors on usual terms and conditions.
The contractors shall have to make in that case, their own arrangement to
transport the steel from the Municipal Stores to the site of works.

240
All steel brought on site shall be stored in proper manner as approved by

the Engineer so as to avoid distortion, deterioration and corrosion. The
contractor shall have to maintain proper registers for the steel account
showing the steel received, steel issued, actual consumption of steel and
the balance stock on site, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.
For the purpose of submitting the steel account, the quantity to be

accounted for shall include the actual quantity of steel used on the works
as measured and paid for and also allow certain percentage for laps,
overside diameter, unaccountable wastage as given below:-
(i) 5 per cent for laps.
(ii) 2 1/2 per cent for oversize bars.
(iii) 10 per cent for unaccountable wastage or scrap.
These percentage shall be calculated on the actual quality used on works

as worked out from the drawings.
In case the work is to be carried out as per contractor’s own design on

lump sum basis, the contractor shall still maintain a register showing the
details of steel bars consumed and render a proper steel account on lines
similar to the work carried out as per Municipal design.
Structural Steel:
Structural steel members shall comply with the requirements of I.S. 432
Latest and shall be of uniform size and standard cross section.
All steel brought at site shall be stored in proper manner to avoid

distortion, deterioration and corrosion ad approved by the Engineer. The
contractor shall maintain proper registers for the receipt, the consumption,
the used steel and the balance stock on site as per requirements of the
Engineer.
If any steel does for reinforcement shall be free from loose or rust which
must be removed with a stiff wire brush. Bars must also be free of oil or
paint. The steel should be properly braced, supported and otherwise held
in a position so as to prevent displacement while concrete is put in the
correct number, and size of reinforcing bars, stirrups and binders shall be
looked after with proper care and checked over by a competent foreman
personally and finally before pouring the concrete.
All protruding bars from columns, beams and slabs to which other bars
are to be spilled later on, must be protected from rusting by a coat of thin
neat cement grout. All bending shall be done cold, gradually, evenly and
without jerky action is likely to snap or crack the steel.
Protecting Reinforcement.

241
(i) Where reinforcement is to remain exposed to the weather for sometime, a

thick cement grout wash shall be applied to the bars and maintained by
reapplication from time to time.
(ii) Clearings: All steel reinforcement placed in position shall be clean, free
from loose mill scales, dust, loose rust, oil, paint, grease, cement grout or
other deleterious coating which may impair or reduce bending property
of steel and shall be maintained clean conditions till they are finally
embedded in the concrete.
(iii) Bending:- The reinforcement shall be cut and bent cold to the correct size
and shape as shown in the drawing. The requirement of the latest I.S. No.
2502 shall be complied with. The reinforcement shall not be bent or
straightened in a manner which will injure the material. The bents, cranks,
hooks and other angles of the steel-reinforcement shall be carefully
formed as per I.S.S. practice, twisting of bars, being avoided. If any bend
shows a sign of brittleness or cracking the steel bars shall be rejected and
removed immediately from the work site.
(iv) Placing and fixing:- all reinforcement cut and bent as described above
shall be placed and maintained in position exactly as required and shown
in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer. All working drawings
showing of reinforcement to be used on the work shall be supplied by the
Engineer. Proper cover to the reinforcement shall be maintained as per I.S.
456 or as specified by means of suitable concrete cubes, made from rich
cement, sand mortar, which shall be tied to be the reinforcement bars with
the help of binding wires embedded in it. The reinforcement shall be
bound together with pliable iron binding wire so that the reinforcement
may not be disturbed during concrete placement operation. The binding
wires shall be nealed soft iron No. 16 S.W.G. Tack welding for fixing
reinforcements in their position shall be permitted. All protruding bars
from columns, beams and slabs to which other bars are to be spliced later
on must be protected from rusting by a coat of thin neat cement grout.
(v) Inspection:- After reinforcements placed in position, it shall be inspected

and approved by the Engineer just before the starting of concreting
operations.
(vi) Welding – Welding of reinforcement by gas or electricity may be

permitted under suitable conditions and with suitable safeguards, in
accordance with relevant Indian Standards for welding M.S. bars used in
R.C.C. works, when specially authorized by the Engineer, Welding shall
be done by experienced and licensed welders. Welding of joints where
transverse bars are in contact, shall be permitted. Forged welding shall be
prohibited.
(vii) Measurement and rates: - The steel bars used as reinforcement shall be
measured from the drawings and the theoretical weight thereof will be
242
calculated. No payment for any wastage shall be made and the lap, if
provided under the direction of the Engineer only, shall be measured and
included for payment. All hooks provided on the reinforcement bars,
however, shall be measured and paid for.
The length for bars shall be measured in metres correct to two places of
decimals and the weight payable should be worked out on the following
basis correction to 0.1 kg.
Serial No. Dia. of Bars in mm Weight in kg/Mt.

1 6 0.22
2 10 0.62
3 12 0.89
4 16 1.58
5 18 2.00
6 20 2.46
7 22 2.98
8 25 3.85
9 28 4.85
10 32 6.31
11 36 7.99
12 40 9.87
The wire for tying and devices for supporting bars and maintaining
various clearances will not be measured be paid for.
No payment will be made for clips, binding wires, tack-welding done in

lieu of lying, separators, wire chassis and other materials used for
fastening and supporting reinforcement in place. If the bars are
substituted at the contractors request and as a result, more steel is used
than specified, only the quantity specified shall be paid for. The steel
spaces used for keeping the reinforcement in position shall not be
measured separately and the cost thereof shall be deemed to have covered
by the rate of M.S. reinforcement which shall include providing steel
reinforcement, bending cutting, placing cleaning, supporting on spacers,
cost of binding wires, welding etc. as specified. The unit of measurement
for reinforcement shall be 1 metric tonne.
117. Stone:-
The stone for the work expect otherwise described shall be of blue trap of
the best quality. No stone with bends or flows or traversed with seams of
perishable material or brown or quarry faced or in any way otherwise
defective shall be used. The Engineer may concern and refuse to permit
the use of any stone which in his pinion is unfit for work. The Kurla stone
where required, shall be of the best yellow basalt and except in this
particular description and condition above applied to blue trap shall be
applicable to the Kurla stone. The porbunder stone required for the work
shall be of fine grain, good colour and free from salt. No porbunder stone
243
of doubtful quality or of very coarse gain or with black spots shall be

brought on to the works and no stone which has been at any time
saturated with sea-water shall be used in the work.
118. Dressing of Stones:-

All faces of stones required to be dressed shall be true and out of winding
except where otherwise specified. The face of the stone described
hammer-dressed shall be, as for as possible squared and leveled with a
masons hammer by knocking of all protuberances and ridges. Where it is
described dressed very rough, the protuberances and ridges shall be
further reduced with a chisel, leaving the face truly leveled, through
rough with depressions. These depressions shall not be more than 10 mm
in depth and 8 sq. centimeter in area Rough-dressed faces shall differ from
those dressed very tough in having the depressions not more than 5 mm
depth and 5.00 sq.cm. in area. When the face is required to be medium
dressed, the depression shall not be more than 10 mm. in depth 1.30 sq.cm
in area. In fair-dressing, the face shall be dressed fine, but the chisel marks
may be left visible in a few minutes dimples scattered over it in fine
dressings, neither chisel marks not any dimples whatsoever shall be left in
the face.
119. Cut stone work:-

The Cut-stone work shall be worked to such sizes and shapes as shown in
the drawings or may be ordered by the Engineer. Unless otherwise
described, the stone shall be fair-dressed on face and joints and rough-
dressed on bed. The visible edges and angles should be free from
unsightly chipping. The joints shall closed and not exceed 7.5 mm in
thickness. No stone shall be less in any dimension than its height. All
projecting stones shall tai and bed back into the work at least twice the
length of the entire projecting and not less than ½ the height of the stone.
The cut-stone work shall be pointed with cement and sand (1 to 1) flush
with the surface of the scone. The cost of pointing and of clamping and of
dwelling with copper clamps and dowels, where required by the
Engineer, shall be held to be included in the rate for cut-stone work.
120. Uncoursed Rubble Stone and Cement Masonry for Foundations etc. :-
1. To be of the best description of blue basalt stones from quarries approved
of by the Engineer and cement mortar in courses not exceeding 456 mm.
in height. The stones to be large, flat bedded and laid flush in mortar. No
stone to be less in breadth than 1 1/2 times its height and less in length or
tail into the work than twice its height. Every stone, whether large or
small, must be set flush in mortar. The small stones used for wedging or
filling in to be carefully selected to fill in the voids between large stones.
Care must be taken that no dry work or hollow space shall appear in the
masonry work. The stones to be arranged so as to break joint at least 76
mm. and long vertical lines of joints to be carefully avoided every where.
The joints at the face to be finished off by being neatly struck and

244
smoothened with the trowel while the mortar is fresh. The upper surface
of the work to be through to a uniform level at the height of every course.
2. When concrete is not used and the Engineer thinks it desirable, the lowest
course of footing of about 300 mm. or one foot in depth to be formed of
small chipped properly laid in mortar and well rammed down so as to
make a good solid level bed for the upper work.
3. Rough rubble quoin-stones, flat-bedded and of suitable size to be

provided at all angles, and bond stones having an excess of tail only in the
wall and not of height, where required to be also provided to ensure
uniform compactness of work. All stones to be laid on their quarry bed.
4. Before commencing the masonry work the foundation trenches to be leved

right through and the bottom of the water well rammed down. The
trenches to be kept free of water the masonry work is in progress, or if the
Engineer thinks it necessary, till the mortar used in the masonry is
sufficiently set.
5. The masonry to be well watered until it be comes hard and solid and to be
well covered during the rain.
6. Mortar to be as described under the head.
7. The measurement of the work to be of exact, length, breath and depth

ordered by the Engineer or shown of figured on the drawings.
8. One header in at least 0.84 Metre of facing shall bind into the work etc. as
in specification No. 121.
121. Uncoursed Rubble Stone and Cement Masonry for Plinths, Walls,
Backing to Cut-stone works, etc. :-
1. To be of the best description of blue basalt from an approved quarry and
cement mortar in courses not exceeding 456 mm. in height. The stones to
be flat-bedded and laid flush in mortar. No stone to be less in breadth
than 1 1/2 times its height and less in length or tall into the work than
twice its height. Every stone, whether large or small, must be set flush in
mortar, the small stones used for wedging or filling in being carefully
selected to fill in the voids between larger stones. Care must be taken that
no dry work or hollow space shall be left in the masonry. The stones to be
arranged as to break joint at least 76 mm. and long vertical lines of joints
to be carefully avoided everywhere. The joints at the face to be finished
off by being nearly stuck and smoothen with a trowel while the mortar is
fresh. The upper surface of the work to be brought to a uniform level at
the height of every course.”

245
2. When the rubble masonry is built for backing to coursed rubble or

khandkee face work, the height of the course to be the same as that the
khandkee course.
3. The stones at all courses and junctions of wall to be large size and dressed
with the hammer. At all angles formed at the junction of walls that stones
to run well into the masonry and laid headers and stretcher alternatively
and at every third course the angle to be formed by cutting the stone into
an angle.
4. One header in at square yard 0.84 square metre of facing shall bond into
the work. The header to be about 0.046 sq.m. in area at face and to run
back to the entire width of wall. When the thickness of a wall is more
than two feet, a series of bond stones to be laid through the work so as to
form a tie from front to back, breaking joint or overlapping each other for
at least 150 mm. No stone whose length is less than 45 cm. to be used in
the work as header.
5. All walls to be carried up simultaneously and to one level throughout and

no part shall be allowed to raise more than 3 feet or one metre above the
rest to avoid unequal settlement. If it should be necessary to carry up one
part of a wall before the other, it shall be done after previously obtaining
the Engineer’s permission, and in case the end of the portion first built
should be “raked back” that is left in steps, each course projecting further
than the one above it, Care should be taken to see that the sides of the wall
are not built separately, from the heating, the faces and internal filling
being done at the same time. The stones should cross from opposite sides
of the wall and overlap as much as possible. No course to be laid unless
the course below it is perfectly set.
6. The Masonry to be well watered until becomes hard and solid and to be
well protected from sun and rain.
7. The measurement of the work to be actual cubical contents of the masonry

after deducting all openings; cut-stone work and all other items of work
paid for separately.
8. All bond stones to be marked inside and outside and the marks to be
retained until ordered by the Chief Engineer to be removed.
9. Nothing extra will be allowed for inserting door and window frames or
any frames of a similar character nor for the insertion of wooden blocks
for fixing hooks, nails etc.
122. Dry Rubble Packing :-

Dry rubble packing shall consist of a layer of uniform thickness of blue
trap stone rubble carefully set-on ground properly formed for the
purpose. The stones shall be laid upon their largest face. The interstices
246
between the rubble stone shall be filled up with stone chips and the whole
packing made compact. If the packing be required for road work or other
similar purposes, the layer of rubble shall be composed of large stones not
less than 30 Kg. each. If the packing be required for flooring the stone
shall weight not more than 2.25 kg. each.
123. Brick Masonry Work:-

(a) Materials:-
(i) Bricks:- Bricks to be wholes sound, well burnt, free from cracks, to ring
when struck and not to crack or break. When soaked in water or
thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition from a
height of 60cm. regular in shape and uniform in size. They shall be of
the best description obtainable in market and of the best quality and
colour. They shall not absorb water more than 25%. Dry weight when
immersed in water for 24 hours. They shall have a crushing strength of
not less than 35 kg. Per sq.cm.
(ii) Cement : Shall conform to the specifications detailed in clause 114.
(iii) Sand : Sand shall conform to the specifications detailed in clause 114.
(b) Cement Morter :- All cement morter to be used on this work shall be
in proportion as specified and directed by the engineer. The
ingredients shall be measured dry, by means of properly made gauge
boxes on a covered platform and shall be thoroughly mixed dry before
adding water to get the required consistency. Only such quantity of
mortar shall be prepared at a time as can be used up immediately.
Mortar after it has begun to set, shall not be allowed to be ranked up
again, but shall be rejected and the contractors shall remove the same
from the work site immediately.
(c ) Workmanship :- The brick work shall be carried out in a workman

like manner and in perfect plumb, line and level as required. Bricks
shall be thoroughly cleaned; wall watered or soaked in water for at
least 12 hours before being used on the work. No broken bricks shall
be permitted to be used except as closers. Good bond shall be
preserved throughout the work both laterally and transversely. All bed
joints shall be horizontal in vertical walls, radial in arches and at right
angles for the slopes in battered walls in walling, the courses shall be
kept perfectly horizontal and rise in plumb. The vertical joints shall
break joints with the courses below and above. Use of bats shall be
avoided as far as practicable. The joints shall be close and regular and
shall not exceed 12mm. in thickness . The bond shall be English bond
unless otherwise permitted by the engineer.The contractors shall
provided at their own expences all moulds, templates, centres,
scaffolding, etc., as may be required for the proper execution of the
work and nothing extra will be paid for the same.

247
The mortar used should be stiff. The brick work shall be kept wet
while the work is in progress for at least seven days after completion,
to the entire satisfaction of the engineer. On Sunday and Holidays
when the work is not in progress, the masonry shall be watered
continuously by engaging bhisties. Watering shall be done carefully so
as not to wash out the mortar of the joints. The Engineer shall be at
liberty to engage labourers at contractors cost to water the work,
should the contractors fail to do so. Should the mortar perish, that is
become dry. White or powdery, through neglect in watering, the work
shall be pulled down and rebuilt at the contractors cost.
The whole of the masonry work shall be carried up at one uniform

level throughout but where breaks are unavoidable, the joint shall be
made in good long steps, raked so as to prevent cracks arising due to
separation of old and new work. All junctions of walls shall be formed
at the time the walls are being built and cross walls shall be carefully
bonded into the main walls.
When new work is to be added to existing structure, the old work

must be prepared received new work by roughening and grouting
with a layer of rich mortar and both the carefully bonded together.
During rains the works to be carefully covered without extra charge so

as to avoid fresh morter being washed away.
124. Cement Plaster :-

Cement plaster shall be provided to brick masonary or rubble masonary
wherever directed by the Engineer.
(a) Material :- (i) Cement shall confirm to the specifications detailed in

clause No. 114.
(ii) Sand :- Sand shall confirm to the specifications detailed
in clause No. 114.
(b) Cement Morter :- All cement morter to be used on this work shall be in
proportion as specified and directed. The ingradients shall be
measured dry, by means of properly made gauge boxes on a covered
platform and shall be thoroughly mixed dry before adding water to get
the required consistency. Only such quantity of mortar shall be
prepared at a time as can be used up immediately. Mortar after it has
begun to set, shall not be allowed to be raked up again, but shall be
removed from the work site immediately. Cement morter shall be used
within 30minutes after it leaves the mixing board or mill.
(c) Workmanship :- All stone or brick masonary shall be thoroughly

wetted and joints raked to a depth of 12 cm. and walls washed.
125. Pointing :-
248
The whole of the exposed faces of the brick work, cut-stone work and
stone paving when described as to be pointed are to have the joints raked
out a depth of a 13mm. and pointed with cement and sand unless
otherwise described in the proportion of one of cement to one of fine sand
flush with the face of the work and cut straight, paralled and of uniform
width.
The exposed faces of the rubble-work are to be similarly pointed (when

described as to be pointed); but the joints shall be raked out to a depth of
20mm. and shall be irregular in direction.
The above description of pointing shall apply generally to all classes

except only as the pointing material which may in certain cases be
otherwise described in this specification.
126. Bonding of old wok with new work:-

Whenever any new work meets the old, certain portion of the old work as
may be ordered by the engineer shall cut away in order that the new work
may be properly bonded into the old.No payment will be allowed to the
contractor for cutting away any portion of the work done under this
contract for the purposes of other similar work. Or in such case for
boarding and making good the same as above described.
127. Cutting holes in new work :-

Whenever any hole or other communication has to be cut into the wall of
or made with a drain or a sewer or a manhole, or into or with other
masonry, the hole or communication shall be cut or made neatly to the
requisite viz., and pipe tail piece, elbow or other article of work for which
it is required, shall be neatly and soundly stopped around with, or built in
cement and sand (1 to 1). The rate for cutting the hole or that for the work
for which the communication is required shall include the cost of such
stopping , that of any making good that may be required and also that of
any arrangements which the contractors may have to make in order to
stop the across of sewerage or water during the execution of their work,
No payment will be allowed to the contractors for cutting out any portion
of the new work for the purpose of other under this contract, or in such
case for stopping and making goods as above described. If the sewer or
the drain into which hole or communication is to be cut is in a working
condition and if there is a likelihood of the workmen being exposed to the
danger arising from the sewerage gases, such work and also that of
removing such stop or plug shall be done by the municipal staff trained
for such work and under the supervision of a responsible officer as may
be directed by the engineer and the cost of such work shall be borne by
the contractor.
128. Protection of work from sun :-

249
All cement work, pointing plastering and concrete work shall be shaded
from the sun, and the surface kept moistened until, in the opinion of the
Engineer it is thoroughly set.
129. Definition of incomplete work :-

A line or stretch of pipe sewer (including the excavation there of and all
other accessories thereto) will be considered incomplete unless entirely
laid , jointed and fully tested ereased wherever requires the trench filled
and consolidated and the manhole at each and completely finished with
floors, channels, cover and all other detail. A manhole will be considered
incomplete unless it is attached, is complete as described above.
The contractors shall have no claim for incomplete work and no

incomplete work will be measured up for payments to the contractors.
130. Handing over the work :-

Entire work of laying sewer line after fully testing the sewer line and
reinstating the trenches taken, complete in all respects shall be handed
over to the Dy. Ch.E. (S.O) of the respective zone along with the three
copies of completion plan. The original completion plan on reproducible
tracing film will be submitted to Dy. Ch.E. (S.P.) P. & D.
131. Percentage above or below entered in bill of quantities and rate to cover
everything necessary for complete execution of work :-
The percentage above or below quoted will be held to cover everything
necessary for the due and complete execution of the work according to the
drawings and the several conditions and stipulation and the contract,
including his specification, or the evident intent and meaning of all and
either or them or according to customary usage, and for the periodical and
final inspection and test and proof of the perfection and efficiency of the
work in every respect and for measuring numbering or weighing the
same, including setting out and laying or fixing in position and the
provision of all material power tool rammers, beaters labour tackled
platforms with impervious lapped joints for mortar and concrete and such
like shoring timbering, staging, scaffolding ranging roads straight edges
centering and boxes, draw edges, moulds, templetes post straight rails,
boning staves, measuring rods, pegs, board shores, barriers fencing
lighting, pumping apparatus temporary water chutes, temporary
enclosures, temporary arrangements for passage of traffic , access to
premises and continuance of drainage, water supply and lighting (if
interrupted by work), land temporary sheds and building nahanis roofed
in or otherwise haulage, painting, varnishing, polishing, establishments
for efficient supervision and watching arrangement for the efficient
protection of life and property and all requisite plant, implements, and
appliances of every kinds except only such matters and things as it may be
distinctly stated herein are to be supplied to the contractor, free. A rate for
any one description of work is to be held to include such items of other
classes of work as are obviously necessary for its due completion, and for
250
these no separate or specific charge will be admitted. The contractor shall

keep every portion of the work clean, clear, perfect and efficient at the
conclusion of whole, providing at their own cost all such material,
implement appliances and labour as the engineer may required to prove if
it to be so.
132. Measurement for Transport of rubble:-

Serviceable rock will not be used for refilling tranches.
The measurement for the items of transport of rubble to specified distance

will be either by-lorry measurement or depot measurement as directed
without deducting anything in quantities in excess of the calculated
surplus material to be removed as per excavation item.
133. Contractor to observe all condition :-

The contractor are particularly directed to observe from the Articles of
Agreement and the Specification, what is to be included in their rates for
the several portions of the work and also under what conditions payment
are to be made.
134. Cofferdam
Earth filled gunny bags will be placed in such a way that the volume of
void is minimal. The record of number of bags used for the work of
cofferdam must be maintained. The actual cross-sectional measurement
shall also be kept in the record for cross checks.
135. Sewer Desilting Work
Special directions to tenderers :-
Precautionary measured to be taken by the contractor for the safety and

welfare of the labours connected with desilting work.
To being with the work of desilting, initially six consecutive manholes are
to be opened two on the up-stream and two on the downstream side of
the two manholes, on the actual stretch to be cleaned or desilted. The
manholes should be kept open for one hour prior to the starting of
cleansing operations and should be so kept open during the whole
duration of cleaning operations. This to be done for allowing the
combustible gases to escape naturally. No lighted match sticks should be
thrown in the manhole. This may cause fire and explosions endangering
the life of the workmen and the pedestrians. This may also damage to the
sewer and other adjoining utility Services, if any.
Jalis should be placed over all the opened manholes to prevent

pedestrians etc., from falling in Tripod stands with flags painted red
should be placed over the manholes. On the flag it should be already
written in white bold letters Danger Manhole is keep open.
251
When working at night, lantern fitted with red globe and lights shall be
hung from the tripod stand. Each manhole kept open should be guarded
by one labourer or C.I. heavy cover with holes exactly fitting upto the
frame and capable of taking the load of lorry should be placed over the
manhole, so that top of the cover is flush with the road surface. The covers
shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost. The same
should be removed and replaced with regular manhole cover when the
days work is closed.
The contractor should keep sufficient number of solid bamboo of

sufficient length fixed with M.S. flat 150 mm. x 6 mm. (6” x 6” and 1/4”)
thick and some fitted with ports as is done in the case of cricket stumps, to
take measurement of water and silt.
TEST
Lead acetate paper wetted and tied to a string be lowered down to a depth of
about 30 cm. above the level of the water and should be kept there for 3 to 4
minutes . it should be taken out and seen if the lead acetate paper which is
originally white in colour terns to turn black fully or partly, it indicates the
presence of hydrogen sulphide gas. More time should be allowed for the
ventilation. In the alternative portable air blowers should be operated to below in
there are keeping the house pipe inside the manhole for sufficient time. Lead
acetate paper test should be taken until the absence of H2s. is fully indicated.
After each test date and time should be written on the lead acetate paper with
signature of the mukadam or contractor‘s representative. The site supervisor also
checks and initials it at the time of his visit.
Later a Davy’s safety lamp should be lowered down right upto the haunches of
the manhole. If the flame does not flicker, it indicates absence of methane, or
other corrcustible gasses.
After the presence of combustible are ruied out the candle testing equipment
covered with glass on three sides should be lowered down slowly. If the flame is
extinguished or if flickers, it indicates the presence of carbon dioxide . if it burns
for breathing or the workman working inside the manhole.
After all these test are carried out successfully particular care should be taken
where sewer is heavy silted that scum and sullage thoroughly stirred and
distributed by means of long bamboos from the top of the manhole to allow
entrapped gasses within silt pockets escape before allowing the labourers to go
down into the manhole. The depth of water should be measured and the laborer
should be asked to get down when the land of water is less than 60 cm. Before
the laourer is allowed to get down inside the manhole he should be asked to
apply coconut oil all over the body as precautionary measures to safe guard
252
against itching and burning sensation. Safety belt or strong rope should be tied
around his waist and chest when the labourers getting down, another man at top
should hold the other end of the rope which is tied to the chest when the
labourers getting down , going down the manhole. Not less than two peoples
should be allowed to work inside the manhole at time. They should always be
sent in pairs. The labourers should not be asked to work for more than one hour
at a time inside the manhole. If the contractor wants to work continuously,
another pair of laborer should be asked to get down and the work should be
asked to come up or pulled up. The labourers who are working inside the
manhole should give jerks very few minutes to signify that everything is alright
with them. If some or all the steps are not existing in the manhole the labourer
should go down with the help of 50 mm thick rope.
All lighting should be done through torches fitted with battery cells or with
battery cells or with flood light the top only. No torch or light should be taken
inside the manhole except Davy’s safety amp. The contractor should make
arrangements for storing water, etc, and the laborers should be asked to take
bath after the work is over. Contractor should provide carbolic soap at the rate of
one cake for four days and washing soaps at the rate of one cake for four days for
washing cloths that are used by labourers should be asked to take bath after the
work is over and while cleaning operation is done . In cold seasons i.e.
November 15, to January 31 st contractor should supply sufficient fire wood to
labourers for warning up after taking the bath.
The following are the tests for checking whether the contractor has done the
work thoroughly:-
(1) Contractor should be asked to pass a wooden Disc or scraper of suitable size
in circular and avoid sewers respectively to ensure that the body of the sewer
is thoroughly cleaned. In small dia. Sewers, rope or chain knots should be
dragged from one end of the manhole to another with 50 mm. thick rope
nothing exra will be paid on this account. Thos should be in the presence of
Executive Engg. , Drainage Construction or Executive Engineer Special.
If the there are chokes the contractor should remove the chokes by using
kamtis made of solid bamboo splited and tied with G.I. wires or use agitator
or air compressor to force air to break the chokes . If it is not possible to
remove them he may get the hard choke machines on hire from the municipal
workshop at Babula tank if and when available otherwise he should make his
own arrangement. Plugging etc. if required to be done for stopping the flow
or diverting the flow and pumping out sewage to facilitate removal of the
choke or for any other purpose connected with cleaning work should be done
by the contractor without any extra cost.
It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove all the materials used for
plugging and to clear the manhole. When all other methods and devices to
remove the choke fail, than only the contractor will be allowed to take trench.

253
(2) The passing of rope will be done first by 12mm. rope with a wooden stick or
ball at one end. It should be allowed to float from one manhole to another
and then 25mm. rope should be tied to 12 mm. rope at the first manhole and
then pulled from the other manhole and so on and this should be repeated till
a 50mm. rope is passed. This can also be done by using kamtis or by any
other suitable method.
(3) If more water is required for dragging the scrapper or disc or for any other
purpose, the contractor should divert the flow from other sewer by plugging
with G.I. sheet or wooden plug of sufficient size and properly tied with ropes
to the dog spikes or to the steps of the manhole and contractor also should see
that diverted flow makes the scrapper or disc to be dragged easily.
(4) Pick axes, with relevant suitable for opening manholes, crowbar, sledge
hammer and other materials for opening should be provided by the
contractors. He should see that the covers are not broken while opening the
manhole. If contractor is found to have broken the covers while removing
them for opening the manholes, without using the proper tools or techniques,
the manhole covers will be replaced at his risk and cost.
All the works should be carried out in a systematic and workman like manner.
If the manhole, lines etc., are located in creek land or in low lying area (1)
Contractor should provide wooden platforms or approaches upto 6 mtr. In
length and 1.22 mtr. wide and sufficiently strong to carry the load of labourers
and inspecting staff. If the distance exceeds 6 mtr. contractors should provided
approaches from road by filling with material brought from outside. The filling
required to be done will be paid.
In some manholes where sewage is falling over workman or causing obstruction
plugging the upper sewers temporarily will be allowed to be done without any
extra cost provided the contractor ensures that the line does not overflow and the
plugs are removed immediately after the work is over.
The rate of desilting includes all the above precautionary measures and testing
including dewatering plugging choke removing and any other precautionary
measure to be taken as directed by the Engineer in charge from time to time.
The Assistant Engineer in Charge of the work should personally see that all the
precautionary and safety measures are taken by contractor.
“The contractor should not engage either inexperienced labourers or any

labourers on subcontract basis. The contractor or his representative shall not
allow any labourer (who must be well experienced) to get inside the manhole for
cleaning or for any other purpose unless he has obtained a written certificate
from the Assistant Engineer on every day of doing such work to the effect that
the Asstt. Engineer has personally seen that all the precautionary and safety
measures are taken by the contractor and that the labourer shall enter the
manhole only after the rope / safety belt is tied to his waist with the other end of
rope held firmly by other labourers on the road and that at the close of the day
254
the contractors shall replace the covers of the manholes opened and show to the
Municipal site Engineer.
The contractor shall keep “first aid box, helmets and gas masks at the site of
works.”
DIVER
The contractor should keep sufficient number of divers capable of holding the
breath for more than three minutes at a stretch. The diver should be able to go
inside the stagnant manhole when there is 4.5 mtr. depth of water so as to
remove any obstruction the mouth at upstream or down stream of manhole or to
fix the G.I. pipe or operating the choke machine or to guide the nozzle of the air
compressor pipe or for any other purpose. All the facilities that are given to
labourers are required to be given to the Diver also. Sufficient cotton and
eucalyptus oil should also be made available to him before diving.
Contractor should maintain a muster of all the labourer working at site and his
supervisor should prepare a triplicate copy of the same specifying the persons
getting down the manhole and send one copy to the site Engineer and another
copy to the Assistant Engineer or Executive Engineer who is in charge of the
works and third copy should be kept in his office for his record. He should also
take measurements alongwith the site Engineer of the silt removed immediately
after the work is closed for the day and prepare the same measurement record in
triplicate. The contractor should give one copy to site Engineer and he should
reach the A.E. or Ex. Engineer on the next working day before 11A.M. without
any extra cost.
The contractor should also see that the silt is transported within 24 hours to the
Dumping ground or to the site wherever directed by the Asstt. Engineer or
Executive Engineer. If the contractor fails to remove the same within 24 hours
the same will be removed by the Corporation at his risk and cost after the
contractor is informed in writing.
The contractor should not make the silt depot etc. near the water gully. If it is
found that he has done it and blocked the water gully will be got cleaned
departmentally at the risk and cost of the contractor. Contractor should make
depots at places having least obstruction to traffic. Depots should not be made
near to junctions or near school or at any other place directed by the Ex.
Engineer. All the silt removed from manholes near Bus stop or junctions should
be transported immediately to a place approved by the Ex. Engineer within 100
metres from the manhole. No extra payment on this account will be made.
While removing silt from catch pit the Municipality will provide sluice gang to
close the inlet and outlet and the flow will be diverted through by pass and the
gang will see that leakages etc. are stopped with puddle provided by the
Corporation. However the responsibility of dewatering the catch pit by
providing sufficient number of pumps of sufficient capacity lies with the
255
contractor. Nothing extra will be paid whatsoever for pumping out water to
raise by 1.8 mtr. to 2.4 mtr. with in a matter of minutes the workmen who are
holding the rope should be alert to pull up the workmen working inside catch pit
to the top immediately with in a few seconds after they get signal from the
workmen working below that the water is rising rapidly. No person other than
the contractor’s labourer should be allowed to go inside the manhole. If it is
found that any unauthorized person has entered the manhole and is injured or
dies the contractor will be responsible for damages etc. claimed by the person or
his heirs.
As far as possible the Municipal Corporation will try to maintain the working
levels inside the manhole where desilting work is being done. If this is not
possible due to some sudden exigencies like high tide times, pumps getting out
of order, power failure or due to any other reason nothing extra will be paid on
this account. Air blowers bucket winching or any other mechanical equipment
agitators or Air compressors will be allowed to be used for removing silt for
which nothing extra will be paid. Municipal Corporation is having sewer
desilting equipment and it will be made available to the contractor on hire basis,
if it is not being used elsewhere by the Corporation Arrangements for
transporting the equipment etc. are to be made by the contractor.
Even though the contractors taken all the precautionary measures and by chance
any work man is injured or dies due to negligence or otherwise the contractor
will be responsible for the claims of damages by the workman or his heirs.
Whenever it is required to enter the body of the sewer for more than 1.52 mtr.
length a gas mask should be worn by the workman fitted with equipment for
supplying fresh air. No person should be allowed to enter without the above gas
mask.
7.19 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
For Desilting work:-
7.19.1 This contract envisages three parts in each year of two years contract.
a) Total qty. shall be of 2 years and maximum quantity to be desilted
shall be restricted upto 50% of each BOQ during first year and
remaining quantity shall be utilized in second year.
b) Desilting of Minor Nallas in three phases i.e. 1) Pre monsoon 2)
During monsoon 3) After monsoon
c) Transportation of desilted material to Dumping Ground.
256
d) Reconstruction of nalla walls broken for the access to lower

desilting machinery for desilting purpose, immediately after
completion of the work.
7.19.2 The engineer’s representative will be from the offices of Dy.Ch.E.
(S.W.D.) E.S.
7.19.3 Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act 1970. The Tenderer(s)
should specifically note that the successful tenderer shall have to
strictly comply with all the statutory requirement under the provision
of the Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act 1970 and with
the Maharashtra State Contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation)
Rules 1970 and indemnify the Corporation against any claim(s)
whatsoever.
7.19.4 Tenderers are requested to take cognizance of the child labour act and
to take precaution not to deploy child labourer on the work. If child
labourers are found deployed on the work, a penalty of Rs. 5,000/- on
the spot will be imposed on the defaulting contractors and further
action as deemed fit will be taken.
7.19.5 The contractor shall have to obtain all the permissions of the concerned
authorities outside M.C.G.M. required for carrying out the work. Only
recommendatory letters will be issued by MCGM.
7.19.6 The contractor shall obtain water connection for drinking purpose as per
condition in G.C.C. Extra water required for construction purpose will
have to be brought by the contractor at his own cost and no extra
claims in this behalf will be entertained.
7.19.7 All material required for the work can be stacked near the site of work in
such manner so as not to cause any inconvenience to the pedestrian
and vehicular traffic. If no space is available on site then tenderer shall
make his own arrangement for stacking of material etc. No extra
payment will be made on this account.
7.19.8 Quantities of all items provided in the B.O.Q. may not be required to be
executed depending upon the site conditions. The tenderer shall not
be entitled for any compensation on this account. Before starting the
work, contractor shall consult with the Site Engineer and shall take
actual measurements on the site for procurement of equipments etc.
7.19.9 Tenders should note that silt / garabge is required to be removed from
entire nalla system throughout the year. Tenderers should therefore
visit nalla system before quoting the tender.
7.19.10 Tenderer should note that there are only few access points in each
nalla system from where machinery can be lowered for desilting work
contractor’s cost and nothing extra will be paid to the contractors for
the same and hence adequate labour force shall be deployed for
desilting inaccessible sites.
7.19.11 The contractor shall have to desilt the nalla system fully before both
monsoon and have to take measures to maintain it clean through out
the contract period.
7.19.12 Tenderer should note that there are only few access points in each
nalla

257
system from where machinery can be lowered for desilting work and
hence adequate labour force shall be deployed for desilting
inaccessible sites.
7.19.13 The silt must be transported within 48 hours to the specified dumping
ground. However, in case of main roads, the silt will be transported
by deploying vehicles immediately. The said vehicles shall be steel
body dumpers. The wet silt shall not be allowed to drip out on the
road during transportation. 30% of the volume will be deducted for
voids from depot or dumper measurements for payment in case of dry
or wet silt, grit, sand pebbles etc. Similarly in case of rubble & large
stone, 40% deduction from volume will be made for the purpose of
payment.
7.19.14 The Contractor shall arrange to transport the silt from the site to the
dumping ground during day time. However, in case of contractor’s
request for permission or direction of Engineer-Incharge for the
transportation of silt during night time (8.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.) the same
may be considered on merits. The rebate stated in description of
corresponding item will not be applicable for night transportation in
that case.
7.19.15 The tenderers shall note that during execution of the work, silt etc.
dumped on the public streets/places will have to be removed
immediately as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge, failing which
the same will be got removed at their risk and cost.
7.19.16 The tenderers will carry out desilting before monsoon by using
mechanical / manual means. The tenderer shall also maintain the
S.W.D. network & see that no flooding occurs. If flooding occurs
tenderer will be accountable for the same. He shall deploy extra
labourers to keep the channels flowing smoothly during heavy rains.
7.19.17 To ensure thorough desilting of nallas / drain etc. the tenderers may
have to construct temporary coffer dams / divert existing flow /
pumping out water etc. as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, without
any extra cost.
7.19.18 Tenderer shall note that closed circuit television system will be
installed at all the dumping ground for checking and monitoring the
vehicles and desilted material from nalla / S.W.D.
7.19.19 The nalla may be carrying sullage and other flows even during dry
season. The nalla may also be subjected to tidal flows. Work may also
have to be carried out during night time, if necessary. Erection of
cofferdams provisions of pumping and/or lighting if required to be
provided or resorted to, for any reason, will be entirely at the
contractor’s cost and nothing extra will be paid to the contractors for
the same.
7.19.20 In the terms of desilting, the work shall include the cost of lifting the
silt settled sludge etc. to the bank of nalla or road surface and stacking
neatly onsides in depots as directed. Tenderer should notre that all
S.W.D. nallas carry sewage flow throughout the year.
7.19.21 The tenderer shall be required to make all necessary arrangements for
plugging the opening of some of the drain and necessary
258
arrangements for diverting the flow will also be made by the tenderers
at their own cost. Before the onset of monsoon, the work of plugging
already done will have to be removed so as to allow the storm water to
flow smoothly.
7.19.22 Silt and settled sludge referred to in direction above shall not be kept
near the refuse collection point.
7.19.23 Contractor shall not dispute the transporation of such silt and debris
on the plea that some garbage, night soil is deposited over it.
7.19.24 Contractors shall spray oil based deodorants on the desilted material
immediately after removal of silt from the SWDs. The oil based
deodorant/ insect repellant shall be of make Phinotic super forte,
Rannulol DD-10, Bio-Clean and Sanyo supreme. They shall be mixed
in the proportion of 1:100 to 1:400.
7.19.25 Since the desilting work is time bound, the work will have to be
carried out beyond the normal specified working hours. (6.00 a.m. to
8.00 p.m.) The tenderer should make specific provisions for this
contingency. No extra payment will be made on this account.
7.19.26 In case of executing the work in the covered portion of the drain,
efforts will be made to clear the hutments existing on the manholes
from which the work of desilting is proposed to be carried out.
However, if it is not possible to remove the huts constructed over the
manholes, the work will have to be executed through the body of the
built-up drain. No extra payment will be paid on this account.
7.19.27 If the contractor engages any machinery for collecting, carrying or
lifting the slit from the nalla bed and if any damage occurs to the nalla
bed or side walls or any structures belonging to any-body due to
impact of the machines or due any reason, the contractor will have to
make good all such damages without any extra cost to M.C.G.M.
failing which the work will be got done at their risk and cost to other
agency appointed by M.C.G.M.
7.19.28 The contract period of the work will be 2 (Two) years from the date of
issue of Work Order.
The quantities given in B.O.Q. are for the two years and to be
distributed equally for the two years i.e. 2009-10 and 2010-11.
a. Year 2009-10 – Quantity of BOQ proposed to be desilted in the
year 2009-2010 i.e. (50% of tender BOQ) as
i) 70% of above quantity to be used for thorough desilting of nallas
prior to monsoon i.e. 15.6.2009.
ii) 30% of quantity of BOQ reserved for attending nallas during the
monsoon and after the monsoon to be executed as per the site
requirement.
b. The balance 50% of BOQ is for the year 2010-2011 and is to be

utilized for the work as per above norms and/or shall have to be
executed as per the direction of Engg-in-charge.
7.19.29 The tenderer shall have to carry out similar works under this contract
in the same or any adjacent nalla group at the same percentage under

259
the contract awarded if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge in

writing.
7.19.30 If so directed tenderer shall have to carry out desilting of other sites of
any wards; which are not mentioned in the tender within the
municipal ward limit (within bill of quantity).
7.19.31 The work of desilting at outfall depends on the tidal conditions. The
contractor has to carryout the desilting work in all conditions.
7.19.32 The successful tenderer shall provide dumpers & machineries as per
prevailing norms of R.T.O. Deptt.
7.19.33 The tenderer shall in his own interest, study all the routes for plying
the vehicle, for transporting the silt, as on certain roads, the dumpers
are allowed to be plied the certain hours only. This shall be kept in
mind while quoting for the tender.
7.19.34 The successful tenderer will have to arrange requisite machinery on
site immediately on intimation / direction of Engg-in charge.
7.19.35 All the necessary precautions, safety measures such as Gumboots,
helmets, masks etc. for the contractors staff at the work site shall be the
responsibility of the successful tenderer. The successful tenderer shall
also be liable for any injury to the life & damage to private, municipal
or government properties, if any, caused by them during the
operations connected with this work.
7.19.36 All the tenderers are advised to visit the site work so as to ascertain the
scope of work required for effective execution of work & also to
ascertain difficulties of accesses / approach road, traffic restriction on
account of V.I.P. roads & tidal conditions.
7.19.37 The machineries once brought on site shall remain on site till the
successful completion of work to the satisfaction or Engineer-in-charge
or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The tenderers are requested to
note that though the machineries is expected to stay on site throughout
the execution of the work, payment will be considered only for the
“Effective working period of the machineries” & not for the idle
period.
7.19.38 In case of any dispute decision of Ch. E.(S.W.D.) in case of major nallas
& Zonal DMC in case of minor nallas will be binding on the successful
tenderer subject to tender clause no. 51 of the tender.
7.19.39 The tenderer shall note that no payment will be made against the
material required for construction of ramps, approach road, accesses
etc.
7.19.40 The tenderer should have adequate dumpers for the transportation of
slit to the designated dumping ground, as the transportation work is
also required to be carried out during night time on account of traffic
restrictions.
7.19.41 Any nalla / box drain / culvert falling in catchment area but not
included in the lists shall also have to be attended by contractor if so
directed by Engineer.
7.19.42 Tenderer or the technical partner or engineer of the firm must attend
prebid meeting and he should also inspect the nallas alongwith this
office staff.
260
7.19.43 The dredger shall be utilized at the location as suggested by engineer

of contractor. Lifting, shifting & unloading of dredger from one to
another location shall be done at their own cost.
7.19.44 Third party quality audit of the desilting works
The desilting work awarded to the successful tenderer will attract the
3rd party quality audit through the auditors appointed by MCGM for
such purpose.
The 3rd party quality audit will be for inspection of the work from its
quality, quantity, timeliness and to ensure that the various terms &
conditions, specifications, special directions etc. are scrupulously
followed.
The appointment of third party quality auditor will be for technical
aspects and the recommendations made by them as regards efficiency
of the contractor from quantity, quality, time management & work will
be noted for assessing the performance of contractor for taking action
against the contractor & awarding any contract in future.
7.19.45 The tenderer shall take utmost care while transporting the wet silt to
dumping ground. The wet silt shall be transported in water tight
vehicles to ensure that wet silt shall be transported in water tight
vehicles to ensure that wet slits does not spill on the road and cause
any accident. In case of any such accident, it will be the entire
responsibility of the contractors to bear all the damage claims etc.
7.19.46 The tenderer shall return the original log sheets alongwith
computerized weighment slips to Engineer-in-charge, duly
acknowledged by dumping ground staff on the same day or latest by
next day.
7.19.47 The tender shall note the only original logsheet duly acknowledged by
the dumping ground staff will be considered for payment purposes,
Duplicable or photo copy of the logsheet will not be accepted. Only in
case of loss of logsheets or misplacement, certified copy of the
logsheets from the dumping ground staff will be considered if the
same is submitted within a period of one week.
7.19.48 For payment to be made for desilting item. Lead will be measured
from the actual site of desilting to the unloading point.
7.19.49 For payment to be made for transportation item, the distance will be
measured from loading point to the respective check post of the
dumping ground.
7.19.50 The tenderer shall note that whenever the Engineer directs the
contractor to route a loaded vehicle through check point while
departing to dumping ground, the contractor shall do so and get the
log sheet endorsed at this checkpoint and then proceed to the dumping
ground. Nothing extra will be paid on this account.
7.19.51 The bucket of poclain, crane or other machineries deployed by
contractors to remove silt from nalla shall have adequate capacity to
desilt the material.
7.19.52 At the unloading ground, the drivers of contractor’s vehicles with
tipping arrangement, shall obey the instructions of the dumping
ground staff for proper entry of the log sheet, for treatment of
261
disinfection operation and systematic parking at the site as shown by

the municipal staff. The failure to comply this will be viewed
seriously. The contractor shall depute a responsible person at the
dumping ground from time to time to see that the vehicle driver are
following the instructions of dumping ground staff for unloading the
desilted material at proper place.
7.19.53 Only one major nalla work and one minor nalla work irrespective of
Divisions shall be allotted to one tenderer, however, final decision in
this regard is with Municipal commissioner.
7.19.54 Within contract period is directives are received from the Hon’ble
court to remove the mangroves for widening of the nalla at any stretch,
same work shall have to be carried out as per the directives of the
Hon’ble court under the same terms and conditions.
7.19.54A The dumpers carrying desilted material shall be covered with tarpaulin
sheets during transportation.
7.19.54B The successful tenderer shall have to provide 1 passenger vehicle with
driver at their own cost for joint inspection of desilting work daily.
The vehicle shall have ‘T’ permit and R.T.O. approved, PUC
compliable. The vehicle shall be made available at any time as and
when required including Sundays. The vehicles shall be made
available for total 120 shifts as and when required by the site
engineers.
7.19.55 PENALTIES :-
7.19.55.1 In addition to any penal action under the general conditions of
individual contracts a registered contractor be liable under the
Registration Rules to one or more of the following penalties.
(i) Warning
(ii) Fine
(iii) Demotion
(iv) Deregistration
(v) Black-listing
7.19.55.2 The contractor shall note that weekly programme of desilting will have
to be submitted for the period from 1.4.09 to 7.6.09 and 1.4.10 to 7.6.10
and contractor should complete the penalty of Rs. 5000/- per day will
be imposed.
7.19.55.3 The stacked desilted materials shall be sprayed with deodorants and
the cost for the same shall be considered while quoting the percentage,
failing which a penalty of Rs. 100/- per day per spot will be imposed.
7.19.55.4 The dumpers carrying the desilted material shall be covered with
Tarpaulin sheets during transportation in accordance with MSW 2000
rules and no separate payment shall be made for the same. If the
tarpaulin cover is not provided on vehicle or is torn out or small one, a
penalty of Rs. 500 per trip for that vehicle will be imposed.
7.19.55.5 The silt removed from the nalla / S.W.D. must be transported within
48 hours to the specified dumping ground. For failure to abide by this
condition, a penalty of Rs. 100/- per day per spot will be recovered
from the Contractor’s bills.
262
7.19.55.6 The contractor shall submit and finalise in consultation with the
Engineer-in-charge the phase wise programme of desilting of nalla /
S.W.D. within seven days of issue of work order. For failure to comply
with this stipulated time limit penalty of Rs. 100/- per day will be
levied till same is submitted.
7.19.55.7 The contractor shall have to take Photographs as per Clause No. 6.16.
Failure to abide this condition, a Penalty of Rs. 100/- per photograph
copy will be recovered from the contrator’s bill.
7.19.55.8 All the side flaps (phalkas) provided to the dumpers / trucks will be in
perfect condition to avoid spilling of silt on the road while
transporting to dumping ground, and any of the flap (phalka) is not in
perfect condition, resulting in spilling of silt on the road, the penalty of
Rs. 1,500/- will be imposed per vehicle per trip.
7.19.55.9 All the vehicles transporting desilted material to dumping ground
shall be provided with a board showing “On Municipal Duty”. If the
board showing that the vehicle is “On Municipal Duty”, is not
provided a penalty of Rs. 100/- will be imposed for per vehicle per
trip.
7.19.55.10 In the event of any delay on part of the Tenderer to adhere to the
contract, MCGM shall be entitled, at its option to recover from the
Tenderer as agreed, liquidated damages which shall not be way of a
penalty but shall be a genuine pre-estimate of the losses that MCGM
shall incur, a sum of 0.5% of the price of the total Contract Cost for
each work or part thereof, by which the work has been delayed,
subject however to a limit of 10% of the Total contract Cost, without
prejudice to MCGM’s other rights mentioned in the Contract.
7.19.55.11 If pantoon mounted poclain / poclain/ JCB is not brought on site
within 24 hours of the instructions of Engineer-in-charge, a penalty of
Rs. 5000/- will be levied per day.
7.19.55.12 Tenerers are requested to take cognizance of the child labour act and to
take precaution not to deploy child labourers on the work. If child
labourers are found deployed on the work, a penalty of Rs. 5.000/- on
the spot will be imposed on the defaulting contractors and further
action as deemed fit will be taken.
7.19.55.13 Failure to supply the vehicle for the supervision of the work of penalty
of Rs. 1000/- per day will be recovered from contractors bill.
7.19.55.14 If the site chowkey with the necessary requirements is not provided
within 15 days from the receipt of work order, penalty of Rs. 500/- per
day will be imposed.
7.19.55.15 The contractors shall provide proper safety gears to their staff. Failure
to provide safety gears as per above clause a penalty of Rs. 100/- site
per day shall be imposed.
7.19.55.16 The essence of the contract is to carry out the desilting work in time by
following the desilting programme as per the schedule.
It will be the responsibility of the contractor to desilt the complete

Nalla / SWD before monsoon i.e. 31 st May of every year. The
contractor shall adhere the programme submitted by them and
263
approved by engineer of this department. In case of failure to adhere

the programme a penalty at the rate of Rs. 500/- per week for the
quantity not desilted and liftedin the calendar month shall be levied.
7.19.56 POLLUTION :
The noise level shall be maintained within the permissible limits in
silence zone area during the construction activities by the contractors
as per the notification dt. 14.7.2000 issued by the Ministry of
Environments and forests.
Note :- The Engineer not below the rank of Asst. Engineer is entitled to propose
penalty for each defective work / lapse / disobedience of orders of the
officers not below the rank of site engineer.
7.19.52 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
7.19.52.1 The mode of payment of desilting will be on volumetric basis. The

dumpers carrying the desilted material will directly report at Private
Weighing bride installed nearby designated Dumping Ground. (The
lorry will be weighed loaded as well as empty). The silt loaded
vehicle will be monitored and recorded by C.C.T.V. installed for the
purpose. Payment will be released to the contractors on production of
computerized print out for the weight of silt carried. The charges for
weighing the loaded as well as empty lorries at private weigh bridge
will be born by the contractors. However additional cost of travel will
be borne by MCGM & will be paid at the rate as per BOQ.
7.19.52.2 The purpose of weighing is to ensure proper volume of material
transported. The densities of various types of materials are as given
below:
7.19.52.2.1 As such the deviation upto 10% in actual volume of silt on the basis of
lorry measurement from the calculated volume on the weight basis
will be allowed. For deviation more than 10% the volume lesser
than 10% will be proportionately reduced for payment purpose.
7.19.52.2.2 In case of vehicles sent to Mulund dumping ground the applicable toll
tharges at toll naka will be entirely born by the contractors. The
tenderer shall take the cognizance of the same while quoting the
rates.
7.19.52.2.3 In ideal condition, it is expected that machineries i.e. pontoon
mounted poclain / poclain etc. to remove 300 cu. Meters silt per shift
of 8 hours & if it is not achieved, then Engineer’s decision regarding
output & payment will be final & binding.
7.19.52.2.4 For desilting where transportation of the materials is fasible, the
measurement of transportation quantity shall be adopted as
measurement of desilting.
7.19.52.2.5 In cases, where transportation is not feasible, the desilting material
will be stacked on site, so as to form neat depots. The dimensions of
the same shall be recorded immediately and thereafter, silt shall be
spread in the areas within radius of 300 mtrs. as may be directed a
264
spread in the areas within radius of 300 mtrs. as may be directed. A

deduction of 30% will be made uniformly irrespective of type of
material from the depot volume, for voids.
7.19.52.2.6 The inside dimension of the transportation vehicle and height of the
silt loaded will be recorded specifically for each and every trip on
the log sheet by the site-in-charge. A deduction of 30% shall be
made for voids uniformly for the 4 categories of silt. And for
boulders etc., a deduction of 40% will be made for voids. The same
will be cross tallied with the volume derived from weigh-bridge slip
readings. The lesser of the two will be accepted for measurement.
7.19.52.2.7 The depots after measurements shall be removed from the site as
quickly as possible to avoid the nuisance to the pedestrian or
vehicular traffic. The silt which is not to be transferred due to the
presence of low lying area or lack of proper access to vehicle etc.,
shall be spread in low areas within a radius of 300 R.M. and the
same shall be leveled to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer In
charge. Excess silt shall be removed and dumped at the dumping
ground as directed by the Engineer.
7.19.52.2.8 The tenderer shall return the original log sheets along with
computerized weigh-bridge slips to Engineer-in-charge, duly
acknowledged by dumping ground staff on the same day or latest
by next day.
7.19.52.2.9 The tender shall note the only original log sheet duly acknowledged
by the dumping ground staff will be considered for payment
purposes, Duplicable or photo copy of the log sheet will not be
accepted. Only in case of loss of log sheets or misplacement,
certified copy of the log sheets from the during ground staff will be
considered if the same is submitted within a period of one week.
7.19.52.2.10 For payment to be made for desilting item. Lead will be measured
from the actual site of desilting to the unloading point.
7.19.52.2.11 For payment to be made for transportation item, the distance will be
measured from loading point to the respective check post of the
dumping ground.
7.19.52.2.12 The tenderer shall note that whenever the Engineer directs the
contractor to route a loaded vehicle through check point while
departing to dumping ground, the contractor shall do so and get the
log sheet endorsed at this checkpoint and than proceed to the
dumping ground. Nothing extra will be paid on this account.
7.19.52.2.13 The bucket of poclain, crane or other machineries deployed by
contractors to remove silt from nalla shall have holes of minimum 25
mm. diameter at a distance of 150 mm. from each other in all
directions.
7.19.52.2.14 In case of desilting works of; Major nallas 30 photographs per
kilometer; Minor nallas 01 photograph per 50 meters; Underground
SWDs 01 photograph per SWD manhole; before and after work;
shall have to be taken by using digital camera indicating date. Video
recording of working for per major nallas shall be of 01 hour

265
duration for length upto 2 kilometers and 02 hours for length above
02 kilometers.
7.19.52.2.15 The body of dumper / vehicle shall be of fixed nature and no loose
planks will be allowed to increase the height / capacity of the
dumper /vehicle.
7.19.52.2.16 Mode of measurement
The measurements of the dimensions of the vehicles data regarding
assessment of the quantity to be removed various registers
documents maintained by the contractor shall be made available to
the third party quality auditor as & when required and shall be
submitted as per the schedule finalized by them.
SECTION – 8
ANNEXURE - A,

266
FORM OF BANK
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT FORM

267
8.1 ANNEXURE ‘A’
(a) Estimated cost of tender: - Rs.67,96,31,000.00
(b) Earnest Money (1% of the estimated cost of work): Rs. 67,96,310.00
Time allowed (Period of completion)
1. Contract as a whole - Period of completion: _24_ (months)

(Exclusive of Monsoon)
DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD FOR ALL 60 months from the date of

ACTIVITIES CARRIED OUT DURING completion of the project
THE CONTRACT PERIOD AND THE
MAINTENANCE PERIOD -
NOTE :
1. The contractors would not have to pay water & sewerage charges, to the
M.C.G.M..
2. Percentage to be charged as supervision charges for the work got executed
through other means/ at risk and cost of the contractors = 15% (fifteen
Percent).
3. The liability of the contractor for the roads improved by him shall be
60 months from the date of completion of the project notwithstanding the
nature of allied activities & items, either during the contract period or
during maintenance period.
Dy. Ch. Eng. (Roads) E.S. Signature of Tenderer
Signature of Issuing Officer

Date______________

268
8.2 BANK GUARANTEE
THIS INDENTURE made this ……………………...……… day of ……………….. 200 .

BETWEEN THE ……………………………………………………………………….……….
BANK incorporated under the English/Indian Companies Acts and carrying on
business in Mumbai (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Bank’ which expression shall be
deemed to include its successors and assigns) of the first part …………………………
…..………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………… Inhabitant
(s) carrying on business at ……………………………………………………….
………………………. in Mumbai under the Style & Name ……………………….………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
… [hereinafter referred to as ‘the Contractor(s)’] of the second part Shri
………………..…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
… THE MUNICIPAL COMMISSIONER FOR GREATER MUMBAI (hereinafter
referred to as “the Commissioner”which expression shall be deemed, also to include
his successor or successors for the time being in the said office of Municipal
Commissioner) of the third part and THE MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OF
GREATER MUMBAI (hereinafter referred to as “the Corporation”) of the fourth part
WHEREAS the contractor(s) has/have submitted to the Commissioner tenders for the
supply of materials, …………………………………………………………………………
for the period commencing from ……………………………………………………
to ………………………………………………… and the terms of such tender require
that the Contractor(s) shall deposit with the Commissioner as security a sum of
Rs. ………………………… (Rupees …………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………) AND WHEREAS if and when any such
tender is accepted by the Commissioner, the contract to be entered into in furtherance
thereof by the Contractor(s) if he/they shall duly and faithfully carryout the terms
and provisions of such contract and shall duly satisfy all claims properly chargeable
against him/them thereunder AND WHEREAS the Contractor(s) is/are (a)
269
constituent(s) of the Bank and in order to facilitate the keeping of the accounts of the
Contractor(s), the Bank with the consent and concurrence of the Contractor(s) has
requested the Commissioner to accept the Undertaking of the Bank hereinafter
contained, in place of the Contractor(s) depositing with the Commissioner any such
sums as security as aforesaid AND WHEREAS accordingly the Commissioner has
agreed to accept such Undertaking. NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in
consideration of the premises, the Bank at the request of the Contractor(s) (hereby
testified) UNDERTAKES with the Commissioner to pay to the Commissioner upon
demand in writing, whenever required by him, from time to time, so to do, a sum not
exceeding in the whole Rs. ………………… (Rupees ……………………………………..
for the orders for the supply of the said ……………………………………………………
………………………………………………………..) which are placed during the said
period as also for the orders which though placed during the said period are not
completed during the said period.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF
Witness (1) …………………………………………
Name and …………………………………………
Address …………………………………………
…………………………………………
Witness (2) …………………………………………
Name and ………………………………………… the duly constituted Attorney
Address ………………………………………… Manager ………………………
………………………………………… for ……………………………….
of the Bank and the said Messers. (Name of the Bank)
WITNESS (1) …………………………………………
Name and …………………………………………
Address …………………………………………
…………………………………………
WITNESS (2) ………………………………………… for Messers ……………………
Name and ………………………………………… (Name of the Contractor)
Address …………………………………………
…………………………………………

270
have here into their respective hands the day and year first above written.
8.3 AGREEMENT FORM
THIS AGREEMENT made at Mumbai, this ______________ day of

_______________ Two thousand ___________ BETWEEN THE MUNICIPAL
CORPORATION OF BRIHAN MUMBAI, a body Corporate having a common
seal and perpetual succession constituted under the Mumbai Municipal
Corporation Act 1888, hereinafter referred to as the " MCGM " (which
expression unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall deem to
mean and include its successor or successors and assigns) of the FIRST PART;
Shri _________________________________ Director (E.S.& P.) for and on behalf of
the MCGM, hereinafter referred to as "the Commissioner" (in which expression
unless excluded by or repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall be
deemed to mean and include the successor or successors for the time being
holding the office of the Director (E.S.& P.) of the SECOND PART; AND SHRI
______________________ Proprietor of M/s
_____________________________________________ having his office at
__________________________________________, hereinafter referred to as "the
Contractor" (which expression unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof shall be deemed to mean and include his heirs, executors, administrators
and assigns)of the THIRD PART OR SHRI ________________________ SHRI
__________________________AND SHRI________________________________ all
of _________________ partners of the Partnership Firm registered under the
Indian Partnership Act, 1932 carrying on business under the name and style of
_________________________________ having its registered office at
_________________________________ hereinafter referred to as " the Contractors
" (which expression unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall
deem to mean and include the partners or partner for the time being of the said
firm, the survivor or survivors of them and the heirs, executors, administrators of
the last surviving partners, their or his assigns) OF THE THIRD PART OR
M/s._________________________________________________ a Company
271
registered under the Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at
______________________________________________ hereinafter referred to as
" the Contractor " (which expression unless repugnant to the meaning thereof
shall be deemed to man and include its successor or successors and assigns).
WHEREAS the Commissioner on behalf of MCGM had invited sealed tenders on
percentage basis for ____________________
AND WHEREAS the Contractor, along with other Contractor has tendered for
the hereinabove referred works pursuant to the tenders invited.
AND WHEREAS the tender of the Contractor on evaluation being the lowest
responsive tender has been accepted and recommended by the Commissioner for
approval of the Standing Committee of the MCGM.
AND WHEREAS the Standing Committee of the MCGM has accorded its
approval vide SCR No. __________ dated ___________ in the matter of awarding
the contract to the Contractor.
AND WHEREAS the parties hereto are desirous of recording the conditions on
which the contract is awarded to the Contractor.
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY
AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS:
(1) In this agreement, words and expressions shall have the same meanings
as are respectively assigned to them in the General Conditions of Contract
for works hereinafter referred to, and shall be deemed to form and be read
and construed as part of this agreement.
(2) The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and
construed, along with correspondence exchanged with contractors after
opening of the Tender and before issue of Work Order as part of this
agreement, viz.
(a) The said Tender Document
(b) The General Conditions of Contract for Civil Works (effective from
01.04.2000), and amendments thereof.
(c) The Specifications
(d) The Schedule of Rates

272
(e) The booklet of Guidelines for Trench Reinstatement and

amendments thereof.
f) Corrigendum / Addendum and / or Minutes of the Pre-Bid
meetings, if any.
(g) Notification of Award
(h) Any other document listed in the Contract data as forming part of
the contract.
(3) In consideration of the payments to be made by the Commissioner to the
contractor as hereinafter mentioned "the Contractor" hereby covenants
with the Commissioner to construct, complete and maintain the works in
conformity in all respects with the provision of the contract.
(4) The Commissioner hereby covenants to pay to the Contractor in
consideration of the construction, completion and maintenance of the
works, the contract sum at times and in the manner prescribed by the
contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have hereunto put their respective
hand and seal on the day and year hereinabove mentioned.
The Common Seal of the )
MCGM is hereto affixed )
In the presence of )
1. )
2. )
Two members of the Standing )
Committee of the MCGM who, in )
token thereof have set their )
respective hands )
in the presence of )
1. )
2. )

273
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )

by the within-named )
Shri _______________________ )
Director (E.S. & P.) )
1. )
2. )

Shri _________________________ )
Proprietor of )
M/s ________________________ )
1. )
2. )
OR
1. Shri _____________________ )
2. Shri _____________________ )
3. Shri _____________________ )
Partners of the Partnership Firm )
M/s ______________________ )
1. )
2. )
OR
The Common Seal of )

M/s ___________________ has )

274
been hereunto affixed pursuant to )

the Resolution of the Board of )
Directors, dated _____________ )
1. )
2. )
The Directors of )
M/s ______________________ )
1. )
2. )

275
SECTION – 9
CONSOLIDATED BILL
OF QUANTITIES,
FINANCIAL BID
FORM

276
9 – CONSOLIDATED BILL OF QUANTITIES
NAME OF WORK: AE - 23 - IMPROVEMENT OF ROAD FROM

VIDYAVIHAR STATION TO SANTACRUZ CHEMBER LINK
ROAD KNOWN AS RAMDEV PEER MANDIR ROAD
Sr. Schedule Rate in Total Amount

Description Of the Item Unit Quantity
No. No. Rs. in Rs.
Supplying,loading,transporting on
site, unloading,lowering in trenches,
assembling and jointing cast iron
pipes, including chamfering cut
edges of pipes for specials and
fixing with Styrence Butadience
HE-A-4- Rubber (SBR) Ring Gaskets for 33.0 2,759. 91,0
1 M
C following diameters (Tyton joint 0 00 47.00
pipes)The pipe shall confirm IS :
1536 & SBR Ring Gasket shall
confirm IS : 5382 & IS : 12820. The
rate is inclusive of cleaning, flushing
and testing of water main up to
6kg/sq.cm 150 mm
Cutting of cast iron and ductile iron
HE-A-9- pipes with cutting tools, cutting 4.0 236. 9
2 Each
C machine and chamfering the edges 0 00 44.00
etc. complete 150mm dia.
Jointing of C.I. and/or M.S. pipes,
specials etc. with spun yarn, molten
HE-A-15- lead, including caulking etc. 2.0 675. 1,3
3 Joint
C complete for 150mm dia.(Including 0 00 50.00
cost of all materials but excluding
cost of pipes and specials)
Supplying and Transporting
M.S.fabricated material on site,
aligning, fixing in position, tack
welding including marginal cutting,
synthetic Rubber packing etc.
A) Minor fixtures such as man hole 0.5 111,970. 55,9
4 HE-B-3 M.T.
frame & covers, rings, small pieces 0 00 85.00
to form saddle pieces, ladders,
platforms, stiffner rings etc.
B) Major fixtures such as
tees,domes,bends,branches,flange
ring assembling etc.
Loading transporting on site,
HE-C-1- unloading sluice valves with its 1.0 2,432. 2,4
5 Each
C complete appurtenances & 0 00 32.00
dismentling joints, nuts, bolts,
277

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
washers etc. from any municipal
stores in Greater Mumbai, stacking
the same in true plumb and level
with tapers, saddles, branches,
flanges etc. on CI / DI or MS water
mains for 150mm dia.
Providing and transporting to site
necessary and adequate plant and
equipment for taking trial bores for
subsoil investigations including
conducting an initial survey for
FMBR- Each 1.0 35,000. 35,0
6 establishing datum RLS and
1.009 Unit 0 00 00.00
locations of trial bores including
installation of the drilling equipment
of the first bore location etc.
complete as specified and directed
with reference to T.H.D.
Shifting and locating the drilling
equipment from one location to
another within a lead of 500 m
between successive locations
including surveying the spot for
FMBR- Each 2.0 2,500. 5,0
7 establishing bore hole location,
1.010 Unit 0 00 00.00
fixing ground levels with reference
to datum RLS and observing ground
water level during boring operation
etc. complete as specified and
directed.
Taking trial bores upto 150 mm dia.
for subsoil investigation through
overburden and soil of all sorts
FMBR- 30.0 700. 21,0
8 including cleaning the bottom of R.M.T.
1.011 a 0 00 00.00
holes before taking field tests at
various depths etc. complete as
specified and directed.
Taking trial bores for subsoil
investigation through rock using
rotary drilling equipment with NX
size diamond core drilling bits to
obtain approximately 54 mm dia.
FMBR- rock cores including provision of
9
1.012 wooden boxes for storage of cores,
indexing the core samples at site of
work and conveying the same to the
head quarters of concerned office
etc. -complete as specified and
directed.
a) Depth upto to 10.0 m below R.M.T. 20.0 800. 16,0
278

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
ground surface. 0 00 00.00
b) Depth beyond 10.0 m upto 20.00 20.0 900. 18,0
R.M.T.
m below ground surface 0 00 00.00
Preparing and submitting reports and
drawings in triplicate for location
depth and details of underground
pipe lines, cables and services as
FMBR- existing according to standard Each 140.0 5,000. 700,0
10
1.019 technique as specified upto whatever Trench 0 00 00.00
depth of excavation and including all
equipment, material, and labour of
technical expertise as directed
excluding excavation.
Providing and laying Dry Rubble
stone packing having thickness 230
mm and above in foundation
including hand packing in regular
FMBR- 8,260.8 780. 6,443,4
11 line and level, filling interstices with Cum
2.011 6 00 70.80
small pieces of stone, thoroughly
ramming and consolidating
including watering as necessary etc.
complete as specified and directed.
Providing and placing in position
controlled cement concrete of M-35
grade for foundation work with
minimum cement 400 kg./cum. and
water cement ratio not exceeding 0.4
for RCC raft foundation slab with V
FMBR- notches Sloped / flat / strlp footings, 7,377.0 6,152. 45,383,3
12 Cum
2.015 pile caps tie beams to required lines / 0 00 04.00
levels including leveling,
compacting by vibrators, curing
including shuttering, centering as
necessary and required etc. complete
as specified and as directed but
excluding reinforcement.
Providing and Placing in position M-
35 grade controlled cement concrete
for sub-structure work with
minimum cement content of 400
FMBR- 4,394.5 6,168. 27,105,2
13 kg/cum and water cement ratio not Cum
3.005 a 0 00 76.00
exceeding 0.40 for columns pier
shafts, abutments, walls of subways
retaining walls to required lines as
necessary etc. complete as directed.

279

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
grade using minimum cement
content as 400Kg/cum and max
water cement ratio of 0.40 for RCC
work of main beams, girders, cross
FMBR girders, diaphragm solid slab to
6,097.5 9,909. 60,420,1
14 4.005 (a) required lines and levels including Cum
0 00 27.50
ii levelling, compacting by vibrators,
curing including formwork with
formfinish surface as necessary and
required centering etc.complete as
specified and directed but excluding
reinforcement.(using concrete
mixer).
water cement ratio of 0.40 in cast-in-
situ RCC Kerbs in line and level and
FMBR- 682.0 6,565. 4,477,3
15 shape as per drawings, finishing the Cum
4.008 0 00 30.00
exposed faces including levelling,
compacting by vibrators, curing
including formwork, shuttering as
necessary and required centering
etc.complete as specified and
directed
16 FMBR Providing and placing in position Cum 739.5 8,532. 6,309,4
4.023 controlled cement concrete of M-30 0 00 14.00
water cement ratio of 0.40 in cast-in-
situ Anti Crash Barrier with form
finished surface as per detailed
drawings to required line and levels
including compacting by vibrators,
levelling, formwork, curing and
finishing etc., providing temporary
supports as required including
provisions for fixing sockets for
lighting posts at a distance of 20
mtrs. centre to centre as directed and
providing and fixing 100mm PVC
pipes inside throughout the length
for passing electric cables complete
as specified and directed as per
drawings and design (Excluding
280

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
reinforcement).
Providing and Fabricating structural
steel work in rolled sections like
angles, tees, channels, joists, etc. as
per detail designs and drawings
including cutting, fabricating,
hoisting, erecting and fixing in
FMBR- position making rivetted / bolted / 55.0 92,350. 5,079,2
17 MT
5.030 welded connections with 0 00 50.00
connections with connecting plates,
braces, holdfasts and painting with
two coats of enamel paint of
approved shade and make over one
coat of primer (red oxide) etc.
providing and fixing in position
drainage spouts including trough of
260 x 260. size fabricatede using
FMBR- 148.0 987. 146,0
18 mild steel plates, flats etc. and 100 No.
5.006 0 00 76.00
mm dia cast iron pipe 1 m long,
grating as per detailed drawings etc.
Providing and laying bitumen mastic
layer 12 mm thick over bridge deck
excluding tack coat etc. complete as
FMBR- 15,245.0 339. 5,168,0
19 specified and directed. (with Sqm
5.007 0 00 55.00
bitumen 10/20 penetration not less
than 10.5% and lime stone dust not,
less than 40%)
Providing and applying epoxy base
paint to RCC piers, columns, beams,
girders, diaphragms, slabs, parapets
etc. including cleaning the surfaces
thoroughly so as to remove
deposited salts, oil, grease, tar,
moisture etc. from the surface,
FMBR- preparing the surface, applying putty 31,336.0 332. 10,403,5
20 Sqm
5.013 consisting of epoxy base paint and 0 00 52.00
steolite powder, to render the
concrete surfaces smooth by
covering small irregularities and
applying one coat of epoxy paint
including scaffolding etc. complete
as specified and directed.(2 coats
epoxy + primer)
Providing and applying protective
FMBR- 5,900.0 342. 2,017,8
21 paint consisting of two coats of coat Sqm
5.016 0 00 00.00
tar epoxy paint over one coat of
281

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
primer of approved quality and make
to the external surfaces of concrete
structures to be buried under the soil
etc. complete as specified and
directed.
Providing and fixing in position
PVC pipe 100 mm dia. in any
position including all fittings and
FMBR- accessories, making joints / 3,040.0 384. 1,167,3
22 RMT
5.018 connections water tight with solvent 0 00 60.00
cement, scaffolding if necessary and
making good the damages if any etc.
Dismantling existing R.C.C slabs,
Beams, Parapets, Kerbs etc. with
outmost care without damaging the
existing reinforcement including
FMBR- cleaning the reinforcement and 1,262.6 1,618. 2,042,8
23 Cum
5.020 disposing off the dismantled 0 00 86.80
material safely without causing any
disturbance to the traffic and public
in general etc. complete as specified
and directed.
Excavation upto 2.00 metres
(inclduing for foundation) in all
types of soils, such as Earth, Marine,
clay, marshy land, running sand,
garbage, slush, murum, rock
boulders, etc. as directed by
Engineer. The rate includes
pumping out water, refilling, 27,776.6 167. 4,638,6
24 FMCS-1 Cum
removing the rank vegetation, 0 00 92.20
refilling with a lead of 50 metres as
directed including levelling,
ramming, etc. complete and
removing the surplus excavated
materials to any distance as directed
(Records to be properly
maintained.).
25 FMCS-2 Excavation upto 2.00 metres to 4.00 Cum 18,901.3 191. 3,610,1
meters (inclduing for foundation) in 0 00 48.30
all types of soils, such as Earth,
Marine, clay, marshy land, running
sand, garbage, slush, murum, rock
pumping out water,refilling,
removing the rank vegetation,
282

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
maintained.).
Excavation upto 4.00 M and Upto
6M (including for foundation ) in all
types of soils, such as Earth, Marine
Clay, Marshy Land, Running Sand,
Garbage, Slush, Murum, Rock
Boulders etc. as directed by
Engineer. The rate includes pumping
out water, backfilling, removing the
rank vegetation and refilling the
excavated materials within a lead of
150M as directed including leveling,
ramming etc complete, and 13,527.0 240. 3,246,4
26 FMCS-3 Cum
measured from the edge of cutting 0 00 80.00
including all lifts and stacking in
layers and removing the surplus
excavated materials to any distance
as directed {Records to be
maintained properly}. The rate also
includes supporting public utilities
such as cables, drains services pipes
water mains, but shall not include
the cost of shoring. Where unshored
trenches are allowed slope as
specified shall be given.
Excavation upto 6.00 metres to 8.00
meters (inclduing for foundation) in
all types of soils, such as Earth,
Marine, clay, marshy land, running
sand, garbage, slush, murum, rock
pumping out water, refilling, 4,812.0 310.0 1,491,7
27 FMCS-4 Cum
removing the rank vegetation, 0 0 20.00
maintained.).

283

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
Excavation upto 8.00 metres to
10.00 meters (inclduing for
foundation) in all types of soils, such
as Earth, Marine, clay, marshy land,
running sand, garbage, slush,
murum, rock boulders, etc. as
directed by Engineer. The rate
includes pumping out water, 4,812.0 402. 1,934,4
28 FMCS-5 Cum
refilling, removing the rank 0 00 24.00
vegetation, refilling with a lead of 50
metres as directed including
levelling, ramming, etc. complete
and removing the surplus excavated
maintained.).
Excavation by chiselling.(including
for foundation ) in all types of soils,
such as Earth, Marine Clay, Marshy
Land, Running Sand, Garbage,
Slush, Murum, Rock Boulders etc.
as directed by Engineer. The rate
includes pumping out water,
backfilling, removing the rank
vegetation and refilling the
excavated materials within a lead of
150M as directed including leveling,
ramming etc complete, and 31,677.5 2,156. 68,296,6
29 FMCS-12 Cum
measured from the edge of cutting 0 00 90.00
including all lifts and stacking in
layers and removing the surplus
excavated materials to any distance
as directed {Records to be
maintained properly}. The rate also
includes supporting public utilities
such as cables, drains services pipes
water mains, but shall not include
the cost of shoring. Where unshored
trenches are allowed slope as
specified shall be given.
E.O above for excavation in hard 739.0 3,753. 2,773,4
30 FMCS-13 Cum
strata by splitter machine. 0 00 67.00
4,995.0 411. 2,052,9
31 FMCS-14 E.O. Excavation in soft rock. Cum
0 00 45.00
32 FMCS-17 Transporting surplus materials upto Cum 19,060.0 219. 4,174,1
3 km. excluding levelling. [Note : 0 00 40.00
Prior Specific sanction of Head of
Deptt. should be taken if
284

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
transportation is to be done at night
i.e. between 8.00 pm. to 6 am. and
the rate should be reduced by 10%]
E.O. above for transporting beyond
3 km. for every 1 km. [Note : Prior
sanction of Head of Deptt. should be
114,360.0 13. 1,486,6
33 FMCS-18 taken if transportation is to be done Cum
0 00 80.00
at night i.e. between 8.00 p.m to 6
a.m. and the rate should be reduced
by 10%]
Providing and removing shoring in
trenches wherever directed as per
specifications/ drawings etc.
complete.
FMCS- (Note: 1) Rate applicable shall be 1,566.6 4,019. 6,296,1
34 Cum
19a paid for each excavated side of 0 00 65.40
trench 2) In case of leaving wood
work in trenches deduct Rs. 5/- per
sq.m. of or Rs. 59/- per Cu.M. for
not doing deshoring.
Providing and laying M 10 cement
concrete with minimum cement
content of 215 kg. per Cu. M.
4,865.7 3,563. 17,336,6
35 FMCS-22 including mixing, placing, Cum
4 00 31.62
consolidating, curing etc. complete
but excluding shuttering. (not to be
used for R.C.C. Works)
Supply, cut, bend and fix in position
High Yield strength Deformed bars
upto 16mm diameters confirming to
IS 1786, Epoxy coated by Fusion
bonding {conforming to IS 13620}
including tying with 18 guage
galvanised binding wire coated by
PVC {extrusion process} or
FMCS-32 709.3 60,008. 42,566,0
36 welding, tested steel reinforcment MT
A 4 00 74.72
for all reinforced concrete at all
locations and levels, including extra
cost on account of touch up material
supplied by coating agency for cut
area, transporting, handling etc.
complete. No separate payment for
chairs, laps, wastage and binding
wire will be made.

285

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
from 20 mm upto 28 mm diameters
confirming to IS 1786, Epoxy coated
by Fusion bonding {conforming to
IS 13620} including tying with 18
guage galvanised binding wire
coated by PVC {extrusion
FMCS-32 process}or welding, tested steel 1,418.6 57,175. 81,113,0
37 MT
B reinforcment for all reinforced 8 00 29.00
concrete at all locations and levels,
including extra cost on account of
touch up material supplied by
coating agency for cut area,
transporting, handling etc. complete.
No separate payment for chairs, laps,
wastage and binding wire will be
made.
32 mm diameter and above
confirming to IS 1786, Epoxy coated
by Fusion bonding {conforming to
IS 13620} including tying with 18
guage galvanised binding wire
coated by PVC {extrusion process}
FMCS-32 709.3 56,694. 40,215,3
38 or welding, tested steel reinforcment MT
C 4 00 21.96
for all reinforced concrete at all
locations and levels, includingextra
cost on account of touch up material
supplied by coating agency for cut
area, transporting, handling etc.
complete. No separate payment for
chairs, laps, wastage and binding
wire will be made.
P/L earth work in embankments
& /or filling low-laying grounds in
layers not exceeding 25cm. In loose
FMR- thickness & compacting each layer 16,435.0 617. 10,140,3
39 Cum
1.08 with a 10/12 tonnes power roller 0 00 95.00
including levelling watering, etc.
complete in confirmity with a
reqired lines,grades
40 FMR- Preparing stabilised soil base 15cm. Sqm 16,435.0 159. 2,613,1
1.12 Compacted thickness including 0 00 65.00
excavation adding the required
sand,lime or other suitable material
mixed & laid complete in regular
286

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
lines to confirm with the required
grade,camber & cross section,
rolling etc. complet
Supplying blue trap stones of
approved quality & providing the
same in rubble packing 25cm. Thick
to the required grade,level &
FMR- camber, filling in voids with chips & 2,537.5 277. 702,8
41 Sqm
2.02 A 60mm metal etc. compacting using 0 00 87.50
mechanical vibrating compactor / 8-
10 MT Roller etc.complete as
specified & as directed by the
Engineer .
Providing dry rubble packing behind
the abutment retaining & wing wall
FMR- 6,510.0 647. 4,211,9
42 in horizontal layers etc. complete as Cum
2.05 0 00 70.00
specified & as directed by the
Engineer.
Providing & laying, spreading &
compacting graded crushed stone
agreegate to wet mix macadam
FMR- satisfaction including premixing the 4,930.5 2,618. 12,908,0
43 Cum
2.21 material with water to OMC in 0 00 49.00
mechanical mix (pug mill) carriage
of mix material by tipper to site
laying in uniform layer of
Providing & laying, spreading &
compacting specified crushed stone
in granular subbase course including
FMR- premixing the material in 4,930.5 2,271. 11,197,1
44 Cum
2.22 mechanical mixer (pug) will carriage 0 00 65.50
of mixed material laying in uniform
layer of 100mm(compacted
thickness each) with motor
Providing & fixing 60 mm thick
interlocking unishape concrete
pavers (monolithic- single layer
FMR- precast concrete blocks) of gray 3,410.0 950. 3,239,5
45 Sqm
3.20 cement coloured having average 0 00 00.00
crushing strength of 40 N/mm² as
per technical specification, placed
onon uniformly graded.
Providing and applying TACK
COAT with bitumen 60/70 Pen
FMR- bitumen @ 0.30 to 0.35 Kg. of 28,365.0 23. 652,3
46 Sqm
5.30 Sq.mt. over prepared surface to 0 00 95.00
receive bituminous mix by applying
TACK COAT with mechanical
287

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
spray bitumen, including cleaning of
road surface etc. completed, as
directed For NON BITUMINOUS
SURFACES CEMENT
CONCRETE PAVEMENT (As per
New Road Specifications Clause No.
314)
P/L hot premix Bituminous concrete
with 6.00% of bitumen grade
30/40,surface coat by mix design as
per MORTH to the conmpacted
thickness of 40 mm ,using new
material to the required line,level
FMR- and camber using mechanical 28,365.0 425. 12,055,1
47 Sqm
5.46A compactor and finisher,rolling 0 00 25.00
etc.complete as specified and as
directed with lime filler 5.00%by
weight and antistriping agent @ 1%
of bitumen by weight
etc.complete.As per new Road
Specification clause no.364)
P/L hot Premix Dense bitumenious
macadam with 4.50% bitumen
content of grade 60-70 to the
required line,level,and camber
rolling with 10/12 M.T. penumatic
FMR- type roller etc. complete as specified 5,623.4 8,259. 46,443,6
48 Cum
5.56A and as directed to thickness of 65 0 00 60.60
mm with antistriping agent at
1.00%by weight of bitumen using
grading II of "MORTH"(As per new
Road Specification clause no.354)
etc. completed to any thickness.
P/L, mastic asphalt 40mm thick with
10/20 grade bitumen including
producing the same at computerised
FMR- batch mix plant, transporting the 29,615.0 1,601. 47,413,6
49 Sqm
5.70 same to site by means of mastic 0 00 15.00
cookers, laying the same with mastic
paver and including all necessary
tools, labours &
50 FMR- Raising or lowering circular Each 10.0 756. 7,5
6.03 manholes to the required level upto 0 00 60.00
20 cm. including all material, form
work etc. with 16 cm. thick cement
concrete M-15 (1:2:4) c.c. coping
under frame and cover of manhole,
including curing etc. complete as
288

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
specified.
Raising or lowering rectangular
manholes to the required level upto
30 cm. including all materials, form
FMR- work, brick work and with 16 cm. 4.0 1,626. 6,5
51 Each
6.05 thick M-15 (1:2:4) C.C. coping 0 00 04.00
under frame & cover of manhole
including curring etc. complete, as
specified.
Providing applying Yellow & Black
road marking paint grade –I in 3-
coats including single coat of
FMR approved brand primer after 8,100.0 51. 413,1
52 Rmt
7.18 cleaning of old surface of kerb stone 0 00 00.00
with brushing by wire brush as per
relevant I. S. codes to satisfaction of
Engineer in charge --- etc. complete.
Providing applying Yellow & Black
road marking paint grade –I in 3-
coats including single coat of
approved brand primer after
FMR 2,970.0 145. 430,6
53 cleaning of old surface of any type Sqm
7.19 0 00 50.00
divider with brushing by wire brush
as per relevant I. S. codes to
satisfaction of Engineer in charge ---
etc. complete.
Cutting down of various dia -----.
FMR- 5.0 868. 4,3
54 The of tree above 50mm. Upto Each
7.21 0 00 40.00
150mm.
FMR- 5.0 4,054. 20,2
55 The of tree above150mm. Upto Each
7.22 0 00 70.00
300mm.
FMR- 4.0 5,449. 21,7
56 The of tree above300mm. Upto Each
7.23 0 00 96.00
450mm.
FMR- 2.0 7,283. 14,5
7.24 0 00 66.00
600mm.
FMR- 3.0 10,773. 32,3
7.25 0 00 19.00
900mm.
59 FMR- Barricading the trenches on traffic Rmt 2,400.0 130. 312,0
7.37 flow side with 1.60 mtr. Height M.S. 0 00 00.00
Angle post of 50 x 50 x 5 mm.
buried in half the depth in drum of
20 ltrs. Capacit by 1:3:6 concrete
spaced at 2.25 m centre to centre
with 22 ghuage G.I. corrugated sheet
289

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
of size 2.
Supply & filling sand, metal
GRAVELLY SAND Corresponded
to CLASS II/ CLASS III
FMR- 9,000.0 2,058. 18,522,0
60 GRADING of TABLE 100.1of new m3
10.35 0 00 00.00
road specifications-2006 in trenches
upto required depth & watering,
ramming etc. complete as directed
Providing and fixing pre-cast
Central Median divider Type-I of
R.M.C.M-20 C.C. on Road as per
drawing, finished neatly, compacting
, curing, form work, etc, including
beding R.M.C.M-10 C.C, 15 cm
thick, filling of joints in C.M. 1:2 &
painting the exposed surface with 3
coat of road marking paint, Grade-I
FMR- 1,550.0 1,836. 2,845,8
61 of approved colour and quality Rmt
10.65 0 00 00.00
including required excavation in
C.C., asphalt etc. and removing the
same any where in City & Sub limit,
levelling the same as specified and
as directed by the Engineer.( Note:-
Every 10 dividers shall have 40 mm.
dia. hole along the center line of
divider at formation level of road to
drain off rain water / excess water.)
FMSP- Providing & laying M 15 c.c. For
5(As per foundation/bedding including 561.3 4,751. 2,666,8
62 Cum
01-06- boxing, curing etc. complete as 3 00 78.83
2009) specified and as directed.
FMSP- Providing & laying 230 mm. dia.
45(As per stoneware pipes including jointing, 480.0 602. 288,9
63 Rmt
01-06- filleting etc. complete as specified & 0 00 60.00
2009) as directed.
FMSP-
Providing & laying 150 mm dia. (P1
56(As per 80.0 397. 31,7
64 class) pipes with collar joints etc. Rmt
01-06- 0 00 60.00
complete -do- -do-
2009)
FMSP- P/L 800 mm. dia. R.C. Pipes (NP3
63(As per Class) with rubber rings jointing etc. 1,200.0 4,425. 5,310,0
65 Rmt
01-06- complete as specified and as 0 00 00.00
2009) directed.
Constructing on sewer brick
FMSP-
masonary conical manhole 1.82M
100(As 32.0 56,010. 1,792,3
66 (6'-0") dia. at bottom 0.53M (1'-9") Each
per 01- 0 00 20.00
dia at top, including C.I. Heavy
06-2009)
circular airtight frame and cover etc.
290

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
complete as per description in Item
No.92 depth above 2.89 M (9'-6")
& upto 5.03m ( 16' 6'' )
FMSP- (6'-0") dia. at bottom 0.53M (1'-9")
101(As dia at top, including C.I. Heavy 68.4 16,729. 1,145,6
67 MD
per 01- circular airtight frame and cover etc. 8 00 01.92
06-2009) complete as per description in Item
No.92 depth above 5.03 M. (16'-6")
and upto 9.14M (30'-0'')
FMSP- (6'-0") dia. at bottom 0.53M (1'-9")
102(As dia at top, including C.I. Heavy 99.8 22,026. 2,199,0
68 MD
per 01- circular airtight frame and cover etc. 4 00 75.84
06-2009) complete as per description in Item
No.92 depth above 9.14 M. (30'-0")
and upto 11M (36'-4").
masonry scraper manhole 1.82M x
1.82M (6'x6') at bottom and 1.22M x
FMSP-
0.91M (4'x3')at top , including C.I.
116(As 8.0 126,515. 1,012,1
69 Rectangular heavy airtight frame Each
per 01- 0 00 20.00
and cover weighing between 901 kg
06-2009)
to 982 kg etc. complete as per
description in item No. 92 depth
2.89M (9'-6")
FMSP- 0.91M (4'x3')at top , including C.I.
117(As Rectangular heavy airtight frame 17.1 19,993. 342,2
70 M.D.
per 01- and cover weighing between 901 kg 2 00 80.16
06-2009) to 982 kg etc. complete as per
2.89M (9'-6") and upto 5.03M (16'-
6") depth
FMSP- 0.91M (4'x3')at top , including C.I.
118(As Rectangular heavy airtight frame 24.9 30,323. 756,8
71 M.D.
per 01- and cover weighing between 901 kg 6 00 62.08
06-2009) to 982 kg etc. complete as per
5.03 M (16'-6") and upto 9.14 M
(30'-0") depth
291

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
Providing 230 mm (9") dia stone
ware pipes in vertical drop of 0.61M
(2') including 230 mm (9") dia stone
ware pipe fixed in brick masonary of
the manhole at required level &
providing 150 mm (6") dia stone
ware right angled bend, 150 mm x
150 mm x 150 mm (6"x6"x6") S.W.
double tee junction including
cutting, jointing & filleting as per
detailed specifications, encased in
FMSP- half brick thick masonary in cement
139(As mortar (1:2) all round the pipes 32.0 4,045. 129,4
72 Each
per 01- double tee, bend and extra brick 0 00 40.00
06-2009) work below bend upto the
foundation of the manhole and
tapering portion of the manhole
plastering the exposed surfaces after
raking out the joints of the masonary
to a depth of 20 mm (3/4") in C.M.
(1:1) 20 mm (3/4") thick and neat
cement rendering so as to give a
smooth surface, including plugging
the openings etc. complete as
directed and as per drawing
inDy.Ch.E.(S.P.)P&D's office.
FMSP-
Extra over above per additional
140(As 158.4 2,067. 327,5
73 metre depth -do- -do- as per above M.D.
per 01- 8 00 78.16
item.
06-2009)
Providing R.C.C. Spun vent shaft
FMSP- 7.31M (24') in ht. Including flue
167(As chamber etc. complete without 8.0 22,304. 178,4
74 Each
per 01- excavation.The ht. Of the vent shaft 0 00 32.00
06-2009) to be measured from its bottom upto
the top.
FMSP-
Supplying and fixing C.I. Steps
176(As 1,600.0 441. 705,6
75 weighing 5.44 Kg each wherever Each
per 01- 0 00 00.00
directed.
06-2009)
76 FMSP- Constructing coffer dams of puddle Bag. 60.0 36. 2,1
203(As bags completely new with clay/ silt/ 0 00 60.00
per 01- impervious materials core including
06-2009) diversion of flow removing and
pumping out water etc. complete to
keep working space dry as specified
and as directed.(This item includes
maintenance during the work in
292

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
progress and removal of the same
after complete of work.).
Desilting the nalla manually or by
machine upto depth of 3.0 Mtrs. and
FMSWD- spreading around/stacking the 19,060.0 85. 1,620,1
77 Cum
4 desilted material within a distance 0 00 00.00
of 30 Mtrs. as specified or as
directed.
Desilting the nalla manually or by
machine upto depth of 3.0 Mtrs. and
FMSWD- 14,300.0 121. 1,730,3
78 stacking desilted material for lead CUM
5 0 00 00.00
more than 30 Mtrs.as specified or as
directed.
Extra over above for lead more than
FMSWD- 14,300.0 22. 314,6
79 30 mtrs. and up to 1 Km. as Cum
7 0 00 00.00
specified or as directed.
Supply of labourers during monsoon
for removing floating material,
FMSWD- 2,000.0 154. 308,0
80 cleaning screens and maintaining Each
10 0 00 00.00
free flow with tools and implements
for a shift of 8 hours per day.
Providing and laying M:15 RMC
(Ready Mixed Concrete) in
FMSWD 187.1 4,580. 857,0
81 foundation including boxing,curing Cum
- 15 A 3 00 55.40
by any means, etc. complete as
specified and/or as directed.
Providing and laying RMC M:20
R.C.C. work in dhapas, beams and
slabs, etc. without reinforcement
including curing by any means,
FMSWD 1,092.3 6,744. 7,366,4
82 providing, placing, removing, Cum
- 18 A 0 00 71.20
launching,cleaning, stripping the
form work, finished with cement
sand plaster 12 mm thick in 1:2
proportion, etc. complete as directed.
controlled cement Ready Mix
Concrete of M: 20 grade in raft slab
FMSWD by using ordinary portland cement 474.0 4,654. 2,205,9
83 Cum
- 24 including curing by any means, as 0 00 96.00
specified & as directed.
(Reinforcement and form work will
be paid separately).
84 FMSWD- Cutting down stone, concrete, brick Cum 10,788.0 103. 1,111,1
34 masonary work by any means in 0 00 64.00
lime or cement mortar including
plaster, pointing, in compound walls,
arches, piers / wing walls, abutments
293

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
etc. complete.
Cutting down existing cement/lime
concrete work by any means in
pavement, bedding, below
foundation, coping, walls, arches ,
FMSWD- 40.0 204. 8,1
85 stone/brick pavements, coping, etc. Cum
35 0 00 60.00
of any thickness at any
height/depth, above or below
ground level, etc. complete, as
specified & as directed.
Constructing uncoursed rubble
FMSWD masonry in cement mortar 1:4 of 148.5 2,381. 353,5
86 Cum
- 47 first sort (with contractor's rubbles) 0 00 78.50
as specified & as directed. .
Providing 12 mm thick cement
plaster in cement mortar 1:2
including neat cement rendering
FMSWD with approved water proofing 1,520.5 133. 202,2
87 Sqm.
- 57 compound (with a proportion as 0 00 26.50
specified by the manufacturer per
bag of cement) as specified &
directed .
Providing 20 mm thick cement
plaster in cement mortar 1:2
including neat cement rendering
FMSWD with approved water proofing 165.0 201. 33,1
88 Sqm.
- 59 compound (with proportion as 0 00 65.00
specified by the manufacturer per
bag of cement) as specified &
directed.
Providing tuck cement pointing in
cement mortar 1:1 to stone masonary
FMSWD 187.0 92. 17,2
89 face including raking out mortar Sqm.
- 70 0 00 04.00
upto 20mm depth, etc. complete, as
specified & directed.
90 FMSWD Providing and laying 250 mm dia Rmt 235.0 611. 143,5
- 73 R.C.C. NP 2 class Hume pipe or 0 00 85.00
equivalent pipe with collar joints
including jointing and filleting etc.
complete as specified and as
directed. (All the pipes supplied
shall conform to latest I.S. 458. The
contractor shall also arrange to get
the pipes tested in accordance with
tests specified in latest I.S. 3597 at
contractor's cost and as directed.
Testing shall be carried out in
presence of Municipal staff/site
294

No. No. Rs. in Rs.
staff. Laying of concrete pipes shall
be carried out as per latest I.S. 783).
Constructing dummy water entrance
(single) of size 0.45 mtr. x 0.45 mtr.
x 0.61 mtr. with precast
FMSWD 235.0 3,400. 799,0
91 R.C.C.runner beams etc. without Each
- 127 0 00 00.00
excavation as per drawing in
Dy.Ch.E. (S.W.D.) office (without
grating).
S/F 1.22 Mtr. x 0.91 Mtr.
rectangular heavy air tight C.I.
Manhole frame and cover weighing
between 901 kg. to 982
FMSWD 139.0 66,698. 9,271,0
92 kg.,conforming to relevant Bureau Each
- 146 0 00 22.00
of Indian Standard Specifications,
grade FG150 / HD20 complete.
(Inspection shall be as per guidelines
of IS Specifications.)
S/F 0.91 Mtr. x 0.61 mtr.
Rectangular C.I. Manhole frame and
cover weighing 259 kg. to 287 kg.,
FMSWD- conforming to relevant Bureau of 179.0 19,440. 3,479,7
93 Each
148 Indian Standard Specifications, of 0 00 60.00
grade FG150/HD20, complete.
(Inspection shall be as per guidelines
of IS Specifications.)
Hiring J.C.B. / Bull dozer for
FMSWD- Shift of 30.0 12,272. 368,1
94 Municipal work such as desilting,
172 8 hours 0 00 60.00
levelling, etc.
Total Estimated Cost 679,630,718.49
Rounded Off Estimated cost 679,631,000.00
FINANCIAL BID FORM
I/We hereby confirm that we have examined Tender Document including

addendum etc. (as applicable), conditions of contract, specification, Drawings,
Bill of Quantities etc. forming part of the Tender and accordingly we hereby
submit our offer to execute the said work as per the tender documents in all
respects at the rates quoted below
1. Name of the Work : AE - 23 Improvement of Road from Vidyavihar

Station to Santacruz - Chembur Link Road known
as Ramdev Peer Mandir Road
295
2. Name of the Client : Municipal Corporation Of Great Mumbai
3. Name of the Department : Chief Engineer (Roads & Tr.)
4. Estimated Cost : 67,96,31,000.00

(To be filled in by M.C.G.M.)
5. a) * Premium (in figures) : _________% above the rates in BOQ
(in words) ____________________ Percent above the rates in BOQ
b) * Rebate (in figures) : _________% below the rates in BOQ
(in words) ____________________ Percent below the rates in BOQ
(* Cross out whichever is not applicable.)

Note: Write Zero (0) or "At Par", if the tenderer wants to quote "At Par".
Name and Title of Signatory
Name of Tenderer :
Address:
E-mail address of the firm :

Tel. Nos. :
Signature of the Tenderer of the Firm
Full Names and Residential 1.

Addresses & Tel. no. of all the 2.
partners constituting the firm :- 3.
4.
5.
(A separate sheet shall be attached for Names & address if necessary)

296
SECTION – 10
DRAWINGS

297

Improve Ramdev Peer Mandir Marg Road and Infrastructure

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Improve Ramdev Peer Mandir Marg Road and Infrastructure

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BRIHAN MUMBAI MAHA NAGAR PALIKA

Tender No. _________________

Office of Deputy Chief Engineer (Roads) E.S

(Rubber stamp of the name and Signature of the

Date:……………………. For Dy.Ch.E. (Roads) E.S.

Name of work :- AE-23 Improvement of Road from Vidyavihar Station to

Prepared by : Consultant Checked by:

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

4 Special Conditions of Contract 51

5 Special Directions to Tenderers 78

8 Annexure ‘A’, 269

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

MUNICIPAL CORPORATION OF GREATER MUMBAI

Sr. Name of work Estimated Contract E.M.D. Rs. Cost of

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

1 General: This contract covers the following works:

i) Improvement of road – Existing narrow road from vidyavihar station road

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

2.1 INVITATION OF TENDER

2.2 QUALIFICATION OF THE TENDERER(S)

2.2.3 POST QUALIFICATION CRITERIA –

The Post qualification criteria as prescribed below shall be filled in the

II) GENERAL CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

b) The tenderer(s) has generated a Maximum annual turnover of any one-

III) PARTICULAR CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE: -

b) The tenderer(s) shall provide evidence that he has completed the

IV) FINANCIAL CAPABILITIES

Tenderer(s) shall supply general information on the management

Sr. Post Qualification Minimum

A notarized Undertaking on Rs.100/- stamp paper shall be submitted in

VI) EQUIPMENT CAPABILITIES

Sr. Equipment No.

Sr. Equipment No.

The minimum suggested major equipments to begin with for execution of

VII) BID CAPACITY –

The available bid capacity will be calculated as under:-

Assessed Available Bid Capacity = (Ax N x 2.0 - B)

B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

The qualification criteria specified above shall be met by the tenderer, as a

In case of Consortium, all the partners of the Consortium shall jointly

II) Qualification Criteria

The Consortium must comply with the following requirements:

b) Lead Partner must satisfy the following criteria individually.

In accordance with the above, the submission by the tenderer shall

III) Partner in Charge (Lead Partner):

One of the partners, who is responsible for performing a key function in

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

submitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of

IV) Partner Limitation:

The limit on the number of partners in a Consortium is three (including

V) Joint and Several Liabilities:

VI) Consortium Agreement

The Consortium agreement shall include among other things; the

Ramdeo peer mandir marg

2.5 ONE TENDE PER TENDERER(S)

2.5.1 a) Firms with common proprietors/partners connected with one another